e10vk
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C.
20549
Form 10-K
|
|
|
(Mark One)
|
|
|
þ
|
|
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
|
|
|
For the fiscal year ended
October 31, 2008
|
OR
|
o
|
|
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
|
|
|
For the transition period
from to
|
Commission file number
001-32465
VERIFONE HOLDINGS,
INC.
(Exact name of Registrant as
Specified in its Charter)
|
|
|
DELAWARE
(State or Other Jurisdiction
of
Incorporation or Organization)
|
|
04-3692546
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)
|
2099 Gateway Place, Suite 600
San Jose, CA
(Address of Principal
Executive Offices)
|
|
95110
(Zip
Code)
|
(408) 232-7800
(Registrants Telephone
Number, Including Area Code)
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the
Act:
|
|
|
Title of Each Class
|
|
Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered
|
|
Common Stock, $.01 par value
|
|
New York Stock Exchange
|
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the
Act:
None.
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known
seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities
Act. Yes o No þ
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file
reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the
Act. Yes o No þ
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed
all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding
12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant
was required to file such reports), and (2) has been
subject to such filing requirements for the past
90 days. Yes þ No o
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers
pursuant to Item 405 of
Regulation S-K
is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best
of registrants knowledge, in definitive proxy or
information statements incorporated by reference in
Part III of this
Form 10-K,
or any amendment to this
Form 10-K. o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large
accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated
filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of
large accelerated filer, accelerated
filer and smaller reporting company in
Rule 12b-2
of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
|
|
|
|
Large
accelerated
filer þ
|
Accelerated
filer o
|
Non-accelerated
filer o
|
Smaller
reporting
company o
|
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company
(as defined in
Rule 12b-2
of the
Act). Yes o No þ
As of April 30, 2008, the aggregate market value of the
common stock of the registrant held by non-affiliates was
approximately $726.0 million based on the closing sale
price as reported on the New York Stock Exchange.
There were 84,446,625 shares of the registrants
common stock issued and outstanding as of the close of business
on December 31, 2008.
DOCUMENTS
INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
As noted herein, the information called for by Part III is
incorporated by reference to specified portions of the
Registrants definitive proxy statement to be filed in
conjunction with the Registrants 2009 Annual Meeting of
Stockholders, which is expected to be filed not later than
120 days after the Registrants fiscal year ended
October 31, 2008.
VERIFONE
HOLDINGS, INC.
2008
ANNUAL REPORT ON
FORM 10-K
INDEX
i
FORWARD
LOOKING STATEMENTS
This report and certain information incorporated by reference
herein contain forward-looking statements within the meaning of
the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995,
Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, and
Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. These
statements relate to future events or our future financial
performance. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking
statements by terminology such as may,
should, expect, plan,
intend, anticipate, believe,
estimate, predict,
potential, or continue, the negative of
such terms, or comparable terminology.
Actual events or results may differ materially. In evaluating
these statements, you should specifically consider various
factors, including the risks outlined in
Item 1A-Risk
Factors in this Annual Report on
Form 10-K.
These factors may cause our actual results to differ materially
from any forward-looking statement.
Although we believe that the expectations reflected in the
forward-looking statements are reasonable, we cannot guarantee
future results, events, levels of activity, performance, or
achievements. Moreover, neither we nor any other person assumes
responsibility for the accuracy and completeness of the
forward-looking statements.
These statements relate to future events or our future financial
performance, and involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties,
and other factors that may cause our actual results, levels of
activity, performance, or achievements to be materially
different from any future results, levels of activity,
performance, or achievements expressed or implied by these
forward-looking statements. These risks and other factors
include those listed under
Item 1A-Risk
Factors in this Annual Report on
Form 10-K,
and elsewhere in this report. We are under no duty to update any
of the forward-looking statements after the date of this Annual
Report on
Form 10-K
to conform such statements to actual results or to changes in
expectations.
ii
PART I
We are a global leader in secure electronic payment solutions.
We provide expertise, solutions, and services that add value to
the point of sale with merchant-operated, consumer-facing, and
self-service payment systems for the financial, retail,
hospitality, petroleum, transportation, government, and
healthcare vertical markets. Since 1981, we have designed and
marketed system solutions that facilitate the long-term shift
toward electronic payment transactions and away from cash and
checks.
Our system solutions consist of point of sale electronic payment
devices that run our proprietary and
third-party
operating systems, security and encryption software, and
certified payment software as well as other third-party
value-added applications. Our system solutions are able to
process a wide range of payment types. They include signature
and PIN-based debit cards, credit cards, contactless/radio
frequency identification (RFID) cards and tokens,
Near Field Communication (NFC), enabled mobile
phones, smart cards, pre-paid gift and other stored-value cards,
electronic bill payment, check authorization and conversion,
signature capture, and electronic benefits transfer
(EBT). Our proprietary architecture was the first to
enable multiple value-added applications, such as gift card and
loyalty card programs, healthcare insurance eligibility, and
time and attendance tracking, to reside on the same system
without requiring recertification when new applications are
added to the system. We are an industry leader in
multi-application payment system deployments and we believe we
have the largest selection of certified value-added applications.
We design our system solutions to meet the demanding
requirements of our direct and indirect customers. Our
electronic payment systems are available in several modular
configurations, offering our customers flexibility to support a
variety of connectivity options, including wireline and wireless
internet protocol (IP) technologies. We also offer
our customers support for installed systems, consulting and
project management services for system deployment, and
customization of integrated software solutions.
Security has become a driving factor in our business as our
customers endeavor to meet ever escalating governmental
requirements related to the prevention of identity theft as well
as operating regulation safeguards issued by the credit and
debit card associations, members of which include Visa
International (Visa), MasterCard Worldwide
(MasterCard), American Express, Discover Financial
Services, and JCB Co., Ltd. (JCB). In September
2006, these card associations established the Payment Card
Industry Security Standards Council (PCI SSC) to
oversee and unify industry standards in the areas of credit card
data security, referred to as the PCI-PED standard which
consists of PIN-entry device security (PED) and the
PCI Data Security Standard (PCI-DSS) for enterprise
data security, and the Payment Application Data Security
Standard (PA-DSS) for payment application data
security. We are a leader in providing systems and software
solutions that meet these standards and have upgraded or
launched next generation system solutions that span our product
portfolio ahead of mandated deadlines.
Our customers are primarily financial institutions, payment
processors, petroleum companies, large retailers, government
organizations, and healthcare companies, as well as independent
sales organizations (ISO). The functionality of our
system solutions includes the capture of electronic payment
data, certified transaction security, connectivity, compliance
with regulatory standards and the flexibility to execute a
variety of payment and non-payment applications on a single
system solution.
Company
History
VeriFone, Inc., our principal operating subsidiary, was
incorporated in 1981. Shortly afterward, we introduced the first
check verification and credit authorization device ever utilized
by merchants in a commercial setting. In 1984, we introduced the
first mass market electronic payment system intended to replace
manual credit card authorization devices for small merchants.
VeriFone, Inc. became a publicly traded company in 1990 and was
acquired by Hewlett-Packard Company in 1997. Hewlett-Packard
(HP) operated VeriFone, Inc. as a division until
July 2001, when it sold VeriFone, Inc. to Gores Technology
Group, LLC, a privately held acquisition and investment
management firm, in a transaction led by our Chief Executive
Officer, Douglas G. Bergeron. In July 2002, Mr. Bergeron
and certain investment funds affiliated with GTCR Golder Rauner,
LLC, or GTCR, a private equity
1
firm, led a recapitalization in which VeriFone Holdings, Inc.
was organized as a holding company for VeriFone, Inc., and
GTCR-affiliated funds became our majority stockholders. We
completed our initial public offering on May 4, 2005.
On November 1, 2006, we acquired Lipman Electronic
Engineering Ltd. (Lipman). In connection with this
acquisition, we issued 13,462,474 shares of our common
stock and paid $347.4 million in cash in exchange for all
the outstanding ordinary shares of Lipman. All options to
purchase Lipman ordinary shares were exchanged for options to
purchase approximately 3.4 million shares of our common
stock. In addition, in accordance with the merger agreement,
Lipmans Board of Directors declared a special cash
dividend of $1.50 per Lipman ordinary share, or an aggregate
amount of $40.4 million. This special cash dividend was
paid on October 23, 2006 to Lipman shareholders of record
as of October 11, 2006. The aggregate purchase price for
this acquisition was $799.3 million. See Note 2.
Business Combinations of Notes to Consolidated
Financial Statements for additional information related to this
acquisition.
Our
Industry
The electronic payment solutions industry encompasses systems,
software, and services that enable the acceptance and processing
of electronic payments for goods and services and provide other
value-added functionality at the point of sale. The electronic
payment system is a critical part of the payment processing
infrastructure. We believe that current industry trends,
including the global shift toward electronic payment
transactions and away from cash and checks, the rapid
penetration of electronic payments in emerging markets as those
economies modernize, the increasing proliferation of IP,
connectivity and wireless communication, and an increasing focus
on security to combat fraud and identity theft, will continue to
drive demand for electronic payment systems.
The electronic payment system serves as the interface between
consumers and merchants at the point of sale and with the
payment processing infrastructure. It captures critical
electronic payment data, secures the data through sophisticated
encryption software and algorithms, and routes the data across a
range of payment networks for processing, authorization, and
settlement. Payment networks include credit card networks, such
as Visa, MasterCard, and American Express, that route credit
card and signature-based debit transactions, as well as
electronic funds transfer (EFT) networks, such as
STAR, Interlink, and NYCE, that route PIN-based debit
transactions. In a typical electronic payment transaction, the
electronic payment system first captures and secures consumer
payment data from one of a variety of payment media, such as a
credit or debit card, smart card, or contactless/RFID card.
Consumer payment data is then routed from the electronic payment
system to the appropriate payment processor and financial
institution for authorization. Finally, the electronic payment
system receives the authorization to complete the transaction
between the merchant and consumer.
Industry
Trends
The major trend driving growth in the global payments industry
has been the move towards electronic payment transactions and
away from cash and checks. This trend has been accelerated by
the usage of credit and debit card based payments, especially
PIN-based debit. Another key driver is the growth in single
application credit card solutions, which enable merchants to
provide an efficient payment solution in non-traditional
settings such as the emergence of
pay-at-the-table
in restaurants, which is capitalizing on the development of
wireless communications infrastructure. The key geographic,
technological, and regulatory drivers for this trend towards
electronic payments are discussed below.
Rapid
Penetration of Electronic Payments in Emerging
Markets
Certain regions, such as Eastern Europe, Latin America, and
Asia, have lower rates of electronic payments and are
experiencing rapid growth. The adoption of electronic payments
in these regions is driven primarily by economic growth,
infrastructure development, support from governments seeking to
increase value-added tax (VAT) and sales tax
collection, and the expanding presence of IP and wireless
communication networks.
2
IP
Connectivity
Broadband connectivity provides faster transmission of
transaction data at a lower cost than traditional dial up
telephone connections, enabling more advanced payment and other
value-added applications at the point of sale. Major
telecommunications carriers have expanded their communications
networks and lowered fees, which allows more merchants to
utilize
IP-based
networks cost effectively. The faster processing and lower costs
associated with IP connectivity have opened new markets for
electronic payment systems, including many that have been
primarily cash-only industries such as quick service restaurants
(QSRs). New wireless electronic payment solutions
are being developed to increase transaction processing speed,
throughput, and mobility at the point of sale, and offer
significant security benefits by enabling consumers to avoid
relinquishing their payment cards. A portable device can be
presented to consumers, for example, to
pay-at-the-table
in full-service restaurants or to pay in other environments,
such as outdoor arenas, pizza delivery, farmers markets,
and taxi cabs.
Growth
of Wireless Communications
The development and increased use of wireless communications
infrastructure are increasing demand for compact, easy-to-use,
and reliable wireless payment solutions. The flexibility, ease
of installation, and mobility of wireless make this technology
an attractive and often more cost-effective alternative to
traditional landline-based telecommunications.
The wireless communications industry has grown substantially in
the United States and globally over the past twenty years.
Cellular and Wireless Fidelity (Wi-Fi)
communications fully support secure
IP-based
payment transactions. The increased speed of wireless
communications, and ever-expanding coverage maps of standardized
wireless data technologies such as General Packet Radio Service
(GPRS), and Code Division Multiple Access
(CDMA) makes wireless telecommunications an
attractive alternative to traditional telecommunications.
Mobile technologies enable new applications for electronic
payment transactions, including
pay-at-the-table
and
pay-at-the-curb
in restaurants, as well as electronic card payments in
environments that once required cash payments or more expensive
off-line card acceptance. These include delivery services,
in-home services, taxi, and limousine credit and debit card
acceptance. Mobile technologies also facilitate establishment of
unattended payment stations such as ticketing and vending kiosks.
Increasing
Focus on Security to Minimize Fraud and Identity
Theft
Industry security standards are constantly evolving, driving
recertification and replacement of electronic payment systems,
particularly in Europe and the United States. In order to offer
electronic payment systems that connect to payment networks,
electronic payment system providers must certify their products
and services with card associations, financial institutions, and
payment processors and comply with government and
telecommunications company regulations. This certification
process may take up to twelve months to complete. See
Industry Standards and Government Regulations
for a more detailed description of these standards and
regulations.
Storage and handling of credit card data by retailers represents
a constant threat of fraud and identity theft, creating
tremendous risk of financial and reputational losses.
The protection of cardholder data currently requires retailers
to:
|
|
|
|
|
Install only approved PIN-Entry Devices and replace any
unapproved devices by 2010;
|
|
|
|
Upgrade or modify processing systems to ensure ALL applications
that capture, manage, transmit, or store cardholder information
within the enterprise are compliant with PCI-DSS and PA-DSS;
|
|
|
|
Upgrade wired/wireless networking infrastructure to monitored
high-security routers/switches/hubs;
|
|
|
|
Make wholesale changes to password and other system access
policies; and
|
|
|
|
Undertake costly quarterly or annual security audits by approved
third-party auditors.
|
The current industry-wide response to this threat is to set site
security policies across all enterprise systems. This approach
is difficult and costly due to the complexity of most retail
Information Technology (IT)
3
environments, and is unlikely to guarantee protection against
data breaches. Furthermore, any system change, no matter how
small, may be costly and time consuming to retailers as
modification of any portion of the point of sale
(POS) system usually requires end-to-end
re-certification.
Contactless
Payments and Mobile Phone Initiated Payments based on
NFC
Payments initiated via Contactless RFID technology continue to
grow in popularity with trials, pilots, or rollouts taking place
in all major geographies. Contactless payment credentials can be
in the form of credit cards, key fobs, or other devices which
use radio frequency communications between the payment
credential and the point of sale system. According to the
Smartcard Alliance, domestically there are approximately
18 million RFID-imbedded cards now in circulation and over
51,000 retail locations now able to accept contactless payments.
This contactless acceptance infrastructure is not only capable
of reading cards, key fobs, or token-based RFID payment media,
but is also compatible with payments initiated via mobile phones
using NFC technology.
Unattended
Self-Service Kiosks and Outdoor Payment Systems
The growth in EuroPay, MasterCard, and Visa (EMV)
transactions that require consumers to enter a secret PIN code
has had a trickle down effect on all aspects of the payment
acceptance infrastructure, including self-service market
segments. Unattended applications such as automated ticketing
machines, self-order kiosks, bill payment, product vending,
telephone calling card top up, and self-checkout applications
that historically relied on a simple magnetic stripe reader to
process credit and debit payments now require complex and secure
payment systems to interact with the consumer safely and
securely. Due to the dramatic increase in complexities involved
in developing compliant, secure, and certified payment
solutions, most unattended and outdoor kiosk vendors have turned
to traditional payment system vendors such as VeriFone to
provide easy to integrate and pre-certified payment modules to
enable the future of electronic payments in these environments.
Products
and Services
Our
System Solutions
Our system solutions are available in several distinctive
modular configurations, offering our customers flexibility to
support a variety of consumer payment and connectivity options,
including wireline and wireless IP technologies.
Countertop
Our countertop electronic payment systems accept magnetic, smart
card, and contactless/RFID cards and support credit, debit,
check, electronic benefits transfer, and a full range of
pre-paid products, including gift cards and loyalty programs.
Our countertop solutions are available under the Vx solutions
and NURIT brands. These electronic payment systems incorporate
high performance 32-bit Acorn RISC Machines (ARM)
microprocessors and have product line extensions targeted at the
high-end countertop broadband and wireless solutions for
financial retail,
multi-lane
retail, hospitality, government, and health care market
segments. We design our products in a modular fashion to offer a
wide range of options to our customers, including the ability to
deploy new technologies at minimal cost as technology standards
change. Our electronic payment systems are easily integrated
with a full range of optional external devices, including secure
PIN pads, check imaging equipment, barcode readers,
contactless/RFID readers, and biometric devices. Our secure PIN
pads support credit and debit transactions, as well as a wide
range of applications that are either built into electronic
payment systems or connect to electronic cash registers
(ECRs) and POS systems. In addition, we offer an
array of certified software applications and application
libraries that enable our countertop systems and secure PIN pads
to interface with major ECR and POS systems.
Mobile/Wireless
We offer a line of wireless system solutions that support
IP-based
CDMA, GPRS, and Wi-Fi technologies for secure, always
on connectivity. In addition, we have added a Bluetooth
communications solution to our portfolio of wireless payment
systems. We expect that market opportunities for wireless
solutions will continue to be found in
4
developing countries where wireless telecommunications networks
are being deployed at a much faster rate than wireline networks.
We have leveraged our wireless system expertise to enter into
new markets for electronic payment solutions such as the
emerging
pay-at-the-table
market solutions for full-service restaurants and systems for
transportation and delivery segments where merchants and
consumers are demanding secure payment systems to reduce fraud
and identity theft.
Consumer-activated
We offer a line of products specifically designed for
consumer-activated functionality at the point of sale. These
products include large, easy-to-read displays, user-friendly
interfaces, ECR interfaces, durable key pads, signature capture
functionality, and other features that are important to serving
customers in a
multi-lane
retail environment. For example, our signature capture devices
automatically store signatures and transaction data for fast
recall, and the signature image is time stamped for fraud
prevention. Our consumer-activated system solutions also enable
merchants to display advertising, promotional content, loyalty
program information, and electronic forms in order to market
products and services to consumers at the point of sale. We have
extended our product portfolio to support these same features
into the unattended market segments such as parking, ticketing,
vending machines, gas pumps, self-checkout, and QSR markets.
Petroleum
Our family of products for petroleum companies consists of
integrated electronic payment systems that combine card
processing, fuel dispensing, and ECR functions, as well as
secure payment systems for integration with leading petroleum
pump controllers and systems. These products are designed to
meet the needs of petroleum company operations, where rapid
consumer turnaround, easy pump control, and accurate record
keeping are imperative. These products allow our petroleum
company customers to manage fuel dispensing and control and
enable pay at the pump functionality, cashiering,
store management, inventory management, and accounting for goods
and services at the point of sale. They are compatible with a
wide range of fuel pumps, allowing retail petroleum outlets to
integrate our systems easily at most locations. We have recently
expanded this suite of products to add a range of high security
unattended devices and related software products targeted at
integration with the petroleum pumps in domestic and
international markets.
Server-based
Our server-based transaction products enable merchants to
integrate advanced payment functionality into
PC-based and
other retail systems seamlessly. These products handle all of
the business logic steps related to an electronic payment
transaction (credit, debit, gift, and loyalty), including
collection of payment-related information from the consumer and
merchant, and communication with payment processors for
authorization and settlement. Our products also enable the
functionality of peripherals that connect to PC-based electronic
payment systems, including consumer-activated products such as
secure PIN pads and signature capture devices. The PayWare
software product line we acquired from Trintech Group PLC in
September 2006 has augmented our server-based, enterprise
payment software solutions. The combined PayWare suite of
products now includes Card acceptance/merchant acquiring
solutions (PCCharge, Payware PC, Payware Merchant, Payware
Transact), POS Integration Software (Payware Link and Payware
Link LE), Value Added Payment Solutions (Payware Gift and
Payware Prepay) and Card Management Systems for Issuers and
Acquirers (Payware CMS).
Unattended
and Self-Service Payments
We offer a line of secure payment hardware and software
integration modules designed to enable self-service solutions
such as vending machines, ticketing kiosks, petroleum
dispensers, public transportation turnstiles and buses,
self-checkout, bill payment, and photo finishing kiosks to
securely begin accepting magnetic stripe, EMV chipcard
and/or
contactless/NFC payment schemes. Our solutions leverage our
widely adopted VX and MX Solutions security architecture,
developer tools and an extensive developer network enabling our
global customer base to leverage existing certified payment
applications or easily provide customized solutions for unique
unattended environments. Designed for both indoor and outdoor
use in harsh environments, these components
5
are easily integrated with existing self-service solutions and
are used to securely segregate payment processing from the
system of the host device.
Cardholder
Data Security
We recently introduced a powerful and unique solution to protect
sensitive consumer magnetic stripe data captured from credit and
debit cards at the point of sale. This solution, VeriShield
Protect, encrypts consumer card data at the moment it is swiped,
before it enters the retailers point of sale system and
maintains that protection until it is outside of the
merchants infrastructure, effectively shielding the
merchant from access to detailed consumer data. VeriShield
Protect employs proprietary technology designed to mask the
encrypted data in a manner that does not require changes to
currently installed point of sales systems and applications,
making adoption of this highly secure solution simple and cost
effective for merchants. VeriShield Protect aids retailers in
achieving certification for data security standards set forth by
the PCI SSC, also adding an additional layer of protection not
currently mandated by performing end-to-end encryption using
proven secure Tamper Resistant Security Module (TRSM) technology
commonly used today to protect consumer PINs at ATMs and POS
devices. VeriShield Protect is currently available on our MX
Solutions product line which is targeted at
multi-lane
retailer and petroleum-convenience store environments.
Our
Services
Client
Services
We support our installed base by providing payment system
consulting, deployment,
on-site and
telephone-based installation and training,
24-hour help
desk support, repairs, replacement of impaired system solutions,
asset tracking, and reporting. We provide a single source of
comprehensive management services providing support primarily
for our own system solutions in most vertical markets. Our
services address many system configurations, including local
area networks, leased-line, and
dial-up
environments. We also offer customized service programs for
specific vertical markets in addition to standardized service
plans.
Customized
Application Development
We provide specific project management services for large
turn-key application implementations. Our project management
services include all phases of implementation, including
customized software development, procurement, vendor
coordination, site preparation, training, installation,
follow-on support, and legacy system disposal. We also offer
customer education programs as well as consulting services
regarding selection of product and payment methodologies and
strategies such as debit implementation. We believe that our
client services are distinguished by our ability to perform mass
customizations for large customers quickly and efficiently.
Technology
We have developed the following core technologies that are
essential to the creation, delivery, and management of our
system solutions. We believe these technologies are central to
our leadership position in the electronic payment solutions
industry.
Platform
Architecture
Our secure, multi-tasking, multi-application platform
architecture consists of an ARM
System-on-Chip,
our proprietary operating systems, proprietary security system,
multi-application support, and file authentication technology.
The combination of these technologies provides an innovative
memory protection and separation scheme to ensure a robust and
secure operating environment, enabling the download and
execution of multiple applications on an electronic payment
system without the need for recertification.
Our operating environment and modular design provide a
consistent and intuitive user interface for third-party
applications as well as our own. We believe our platform design
enables our customers to deliver and manage multi-application
payment systems in a timely, secure, and cost-effective manner.
We continue to enhance and extend the
6
capabilities of our platform to meet the growing demands of our
customers for secure multi-application payment systems.
Our newer consumer-activated and unattended payment system
solutions also incorporate a commercial Linux operating system
that we have customized to include security, application
resources, and data communication capabilities required in these
payment systems. The Linux operating system was chosen for
functionality, adaptability, and robustness as well as the
readily available development tools for graphical user interface
and multi-media content applications.
Libraries
and Development Tools
We believe that by delivering a broad portfolio of application
libraries and development tools to our large community of
internal and third-party application developers, we are able to
significantly reduce the time to obtain certification for our
system solutions. We provide a set of application libraries, or
programming modules such as smart card interfaces, networking
and wireless control protocol/internet protocol communications
(TCP/IP) and secure socket layer (SSL)
that have defined programming interfaces, that facilitate the
timely and consistent implementation of our multi-application
system solutions. Further, we maintain a high level of
application compatibility across platforms, facilitating the
migration of applications to future solutions.
We also provide developer tool kits that contain industry
standard visual development environments (C/C++) along with
platform-specific compilers and debuggers. We provide numerous
support vehicles for our application development communities,
including Developer Training, a dedicated developers
support team, and VeriFone DevNet, an online developers
portal that provides registered developers access to libraries,
tools, programming guides, and support. Our libraries, tool
kits, training, and support systems facilitate the rapid growth
in deployment of third-party, value-added applications for our
system solutions.
We believe that this growing portfolio of value-added
applications increases the attractiveness of our solutions to
global financial institutions and payment processors. In the
highly competitive transaction processing market, these
institutions are looking for ways to differentiate their
solutions by adding additional services beyond credit and debit
transaction processing. These value-added applications provide
this differentiation and also provide a way to increase merchant
retention and revenue for these channels.
Application
Framework
Our SoftPay application framework contains a comprehensive set
of pre-certified software modules enabling rapid configuration
and delivery of merchant-ready applications for payment
processors and financial institutions. We have configured
SoftPay for use in a broad range of vertical markets including
retail, restaurants, lodging, and rental services. SoftPay
supports our comprehensive range of wireline and wireless IP
communications options, including Ethernet, CDMA, GPRS, and
Wi-Fi.
Remote
Management System
Effective remote management is essential to cost effective
deployment and maintenance of electronic payment systems. Our
VeriCentre and NURIT Control Center systems provide broad remote
management functionality for our system solutions, including
software downloads, application management, remote diagnostics,
and information reporting. In addition, we have developed a
solution for managing the multi-media content, signature
capture/storage/retrieval,
and device management of our multi-media capable,
consumer-activated Mx product line. Our management system
licensees are responsible for the implementation, maintenance,
and operation of the system. In certain markets and with certain
customers, we maintain and manage the system to provide remote
management services directly to customers. In addition, message
management functionality allows financial institutions and
payment processors to send customized text and graphics messages
to any or all of their Verix NURIT, Secura, or Mx terminal based
merchants, and receive pre-formatted responses.
7
Customers
Our customers include financial institutions, payment
processors, petroleum companies, large retailers, government
organizations, and healthcare companies, as well as ISOs, which
re-sell our system solutions to small merchants. In North
America, for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2008,
approximately 42% of our sales were via ISOs, distributors,
resellers, and system integrators, approximately 52% were direct
sales to petroleum companies, retailers, and
government-sponsored payment processors, and the remainder were
to non-government-sponsored payment processors and financial
institutions. Internationally, for the fiscal year ended
October 31, 2008, approximately 33% of our sales were via
distributors, resellers, and system integrators and the
remaining 67% were direct sales to financial institutions,
payment processors, and major retailers.
The percentage of net revenues from our ten largest customers is
as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended October 31
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
Percentage of net revenues from our ten largest customers
|
|
|
32.9
|
%
|
|
|
30.8
|
%
|
|
|
36.1
|
%
|
Percentage of net revenues from First Data Corp. and its
affiliates
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
13.0
|
%
|
|
|
|
* |
|
Less than 10% of net revenues |
No customer accounted for more than 10% of our net revenues for
either of the fiscal years ended October 31, 2008 or
October 31, 2007. For the year ended October 31, 2006,
First Data Corporation and its affiliates accounted for 13.0% of
our net revenues. Sales to First Data Corporation and its
affiliates include its TASQ Technology division, which
aggregates orders it receives from payment processors and ISOs.
Sales and
Marketing
Our North American sales teams are focused specifically on
financial institutions, payment processors,
third-party
distributors, and value-added resellers, and on specific
vertical markets, such as petroleum,
multi-lane
retail, restaurants, bank branches, self-service kiosks,
government, and healthcare. Typically, each sales team includes
a general manager or managing director, account representatives,
business development personnel, sales engineers, and customer
service representatives with specific vertical market expertise.
The sales teams are supported by client services, manufacturing,
and product development teams to deliver products and services
that meet the needs of our diverse customer base.
Our marketing group is responsible for product management,
account management, program marketing, and corporate
communications. Our product management group analyzes and
identifies product and technology trends in the marketplace and
works closely with our research and development group to develop
new products and enhancements. Our program marketing function
promotes adoption of our branded solutions through initiatives
such as our Value-Added Partner (VAP) Program. Our
corporate communications function coordinates key market
messaging across regions, including public relations and
go-to-market product campaigns.
As of October 31, 2008, we had 325 sales and marketing
employees, representing approximately 14% of our total workforce.
Our VAP Program provides a technical, operational, and marketing
environment for third-party developers to leverage our
distribution channels to sell value-added applications and
services. As of October 31, 2008, over 37 third-party
developers, or partners, in our VAP Program have provided
solutions for pre-paid cards, gift cards, and loyalty cards and
age verification services, among others. Through the program,
merchants obtain seamless access to value-added applications,
allowing them to differentiate their offerings without a costly
product development cycle.
Global
Outsourcing and Manufacturing Operations
Prior to our Lipman acquisition, we outsourced 100% of our
product manufacturing to providers in the Electronic
Manufacturing Services (EMS) industry. This work was
outsourced to Jabil Circuit, Inc., Sanmina-SCI Corporation, and
Inventec Appliances Corporation. We have enabled direct shipment
capability for several product
8
lines from our EMS providers to our customers in various
countries around the world. We have enhanced our previous supply
chain model by creating a hybrid global manufacturing function
where we will be able to enjoy the best elements of our
outsourced model combined with our Israeli in-house
manufacturing facilities. We believe that this new manufacturing
model will provide us with significant advantages in terms of
cost, new product introductions, flexibility to meet market
demand, and quality.
Competition
Our principal competitors in the market for electronic payment
systems and services are Ingenico S.A. and Hypercom Corporation,
the two other large providers of payment systems. We also
compete with First Data Corporation, Gemalto N.V., Gilbarco,
Inc., a subsidiary of Danaher Corporation, International
Business Machines Corporation, MICROS Systems, Inc., NCR
Corporation, Radiant Systems, Inc., and Symbol Technologies,
Inc., which is owned by Motorola, Inc. We compete primarily on
the basis of the following factors: trusted brand, end-to-end
system solutions, product certifications, value-added
applications and advanced product features, advanced
communications modularity, reliability, and low total cost of
ownership.
We expect competition in our industry will be largely driven by
the requirements to respond to increasingly complex technology,
industry certifications, and security standards. We also see
continued emphasis on consolidation among suppliers as evidenced
by the recent Ingenico S.A./SAGEM Monetal merger and the
acquisition by Hypercom of Thales
e-Transactions,
as the scale advantages related to research and development
investment, volume purchasing power, and sales/technical support
infrastructure continue to put pressure on smaller companies in
our industry. In addition, First Data Corporation, a leading
provider of payment processing services, has developed and
continues to develop a series of proprietary electronic payment
systems for the U.S. market.
Research
and Development
We work with our customers to develop system solutions that
address existing and anticipated end-user needs. Our development
activities are distributed globally and managed primarily from
the U.S. We utilize regional application development
capabilities in locations where labor costs are lower than in
the United States and where regional expertise can be leveraged
for our target markets in Asia, Europe, and Latin America. Our
regional application development centers provide customization
and adaptation to meet the needs of customers in local markets.
Our modular designs enable us to customize existing systems in
order to meet customer requirements, shorten development cycles
and reduce time to market.
Our research and development goals include:
|
|
|
|
|
developing new solutions, technologies, and applications;
|
|
|
|
developing enhancements to existing product solutions,
technologies and applications;
|
|
|
|
certifications of new and existing solutions in accordance with
industry standards and regulations; and
|
|
|
|
ensuring compatibility and interoperability between our
solutions and those of third parties.
|
Our research and development expenses were $75.6 million,
$65.4 million and $47.4 million for the fiscal years
ended October 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006, respectively.
Research and development expenses as a percentage of net
revenues were 8.2%, 7.2%, and 8.1% for the fiscal years ended
October 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006, respectively. As of
October 31, 2008, we had 836 research and development
employees representing approximately 35% of our total workforce.
Industry
Standards and Government Regulations
In order to offer products that connect to payment networks,
electronic payment system providers must certify their products
and services with card associations, financial institutions, and
payment processors, as well as comply with government and
telecommunications company regulations.
We have gained an in-depth knowledge of certification
requirements and processes by working closely with card
associations, payment processors, security organizations, and
international regulatory organizations to certify
9
our new products. We accelerate this certification process by
leveraging our platform architectures, user interface, and core
technologies.
We retain a group of engineers who specialize in security design
methodologies. This group is responsible for designing and
integrating security measures in our system solutions and
conducts early design reviews with independent security lab
consultants to ensure compliance of our electronic payment
system designs with worldwide security standards.
Regulatory certifications are addressed by our compliance
engineering department, which is staffed by electromagnetic
compatibility (EMC) safety, telecommunications, and
wireless carrier certification experts.
We actively participate in electronic payment industry working
groups that help develop market standards. Our personnel are
members of several working groups of the American National
Standards Institute (ANSI), a private, non-profit
organization that administrates and coordinates voluntary
standardization in the U.S. and the Industry Standards
Organization which contains working groups responsible for
international security standards. They have leadership roles on
subcommittees that develop standards in such areas as financial
transactions, data security, smart cards, and the petroleum
industry.
We also are subject to other legal and regulatory requirements,
including the European Unions (EU) Restriction
on Hazardous Substances (RoHS) Directive and the
European Union Directive on Waste Electrical and Electronic
Equipment (WEEE), which are designed to restrict the
use of certain hazardous substances in finished goods and
require active steps to promote recycling of components to limit
the total quantity of waste going to final disposal.
Although the European Commission has adopted both directives,
each member state is responsible for their enforcement. Each EU
member state has an independent responsibility to enact national
law to give effect to the WEEE Directive within its own borders,
resulting in some variations in the implementation of WEEE among
the different EU countries. In contrast, the RoHS directive has
been universally implemented in all EU countries in a standard
manner. In addition, similar legislations could be enacted in
other jurisdictions, including the United States.
In March 2007, VeriFone achieved compliance with the
Administrative Measures on the Control of Pollution Caused
by Electronic Information Products, commonly referred to
as China RoHS regulations, as required by Chinas Ministry
of Information Industry. Similar to the EU RoHS Directive, the
China regulations restrict the importation into and production
within China of electrical equipment containing certain
hazardous materials.
We believe we have taken all necessary steps to ensure all newly
finished goods shipping into EU, China, and U.S. markets
were fully compliant with regional or country specific
environmental legislation. We are also working diligently with
local business representatives
and/or
customers on the various local WEEE compliance strategies,
including WEEE registration, collection, reporting and recycling
schemes.
We are also subject to the following standards and requirements:
Security
Standards
Industry and government security standards ensure the integrity
of the electronic payment process and protect the privacy of
consumers using electronic payment systems. New standards are
continually being adopted or proposed as a result of worldwide
fraud prevention initiatives, increasing the need for new
security solutions and technologies. In order for us to remain
compliant with the growing variety of international
requirements, we have developed a security architecture that
incorporates physical, electronic, operating system, encryption,
and application-level security measures. This architecture has
proven successful even in countries that have particularly
stringent and specific security requirements, such as Australia,
Canada, Germany, the Netherlands, New Zealand, Singapore,
Sweden, Switzerland and the United Kingdom.
Card
Association Standards
Payment Card Industry Security Standards. In
September 2006, the PCI SSC was formed by American Express,
Discover Financial Services, JCB, MasterCard, and Visa. PCI SSC
is responsible for developing and
10
disseminating security specifications, validation of testing
methods and security assessor training. The five founding
companies participate on the policy setting Executive Committee
of the PCI SSC.
In September 2006, the PCI SSC published an updated version of
the PCI-DSS that represents a common set of industry tools and
measurements to help ensure the safe handling of sensitive
electronic transaction information. In October 2008, the PCI-DSS
standard was updated and an expiration date for the previous
version of this standard was set. The PCI SSC also released an
updated version of the newer PA-DSS standard and set an
expiration date for the original standard adopted in April 2008
by Visa under the Payment Application Best Practices
(PABP) program. The PCI-DSS and PA-DSS standard
revisions include mandates and audit requirements for retailers,
merchant acquirers, and payment application developers.
In September 2007, the PCI SSC announced that the PCI PED
standard will be moved under the control of the PCI SSC. This
PCI PED standard was previously maintained and updated by Visa,
MasterCard, and JCB. The PCI PED specification and testing
requirements have become a standard specification for the five
card associations. All previous mandates and deadlines regarding
PCI PED compliance will remain in effect under the PCI SSC.
Further alignment with regional and national debit networks and
certification bodies may occur, which would enable electronic
payment system providers to certify payment technology more
quickly and cost effectively. In practice, the PCI PED approval
process represents a significant increase in level of security
and technical complexity for PIN Entry Devices.
EMV Standards. EMV has introduced new
standards to address the growing need for transaction security
and interoperability. One important example is their
establishment of EMVCo LLC, a smart card standards organization
that has prescribed specifications for electronic payment
systems (MasterCard, Visa, and JCB) to receive certifications
for smart card devices and applications. The EMV standard is
designed to ensure global smart card interoperability across all
electronic payment systems. To ensure adherence to this
standard, specific certifications are required for all
electronic payment systems and their application software. We
maintain EMV certifications across our applicable product lines.
Contactless System Standards. The major card
associations have each established a brand around contactless
payment. The brands and specifications are
PayPass®
for MasterCard, Visa
payWave®
and Visa
Wave®
for Visa,
ExpressPay®
for American Express, and
ZIP®
for Discover Financial Services. Along with these brands, each
of the card associations has developed its own specifications
governing its brands user experience, data management, the
card-to-reader protocols and in at least one case the protocol
between the contactless reader and the host device. Each brand
of contactless payment has a complete set of specifications,
certification requirements and a very controlled testing and
approval process. In order to access the specification and
approval process, payment system manufacturers must become
licensees of the relevant card associations specification.
Although all of the specifications are based on ISO-IEC 14443, a
standard developed by the International Organization for
Standardization, the application approval processes are not
compatible with one another. MasterCard has recently assigned
its
PayPass®
contactless implementation specifications to EMVCo LLC, which is
the first step towards the creation of a common specification
and certification standard for contactless payment systems. The
EMVCo LLC Contactless testing process is not yet in place.
VeriFone actively participates in several standards bodies
pursuing common standards for contactless payments, including
INCITS B10, EMVCo LLC, The Smart Card Alliance and the NFC Forum.
MasterCard PTS and TQM Standard. The
MasterCard POS Terminal Security (PTS) Program
addresses stability and security of IP communications between
IP-enabled
POS terminals and the acquirer host system using
authentication/encryption protocols approved by MasterCard
ensuring transaction data integrity. The purpose of this program
is threefold:
|
|
|
|
|
provide POS vendors with security guidelines to counter the
threats presented by the use of Internet/IP technologies within
the POS terminal infrastructure;
|
|
|
|
specifically address network vulnerabilities within the
increasingly popular IP networks; and
|
|
|
|
identify potential vulnerabilities of an end-to-end solution
that may occur as a result of failing to provide
confidentiality, integrity, availability, authentication,
non-repudiation, and replay attack prevention on the data being
transmitted over the Internet.
|
11
We have successfully achieved Vx product-line and NURIT
product-line compliance with the new MasterCard PTS security
specification regarding security of
IP-based
systems. The MasterCard PTS program approval applies to several
IP-enabled
products including the Vx 510, Vx 570, Vx 610, Vx 670, and Vx
810 as well as the NURIT 8000, NURIT 8210, and NURIT 8400
payment systems. We are the first and only terminal vendor to
achieve such a distinction across an entire product line.
The MasterCard Terminal Quality Management (TQM)
program was created in 2003 to help ensure the quality and
reliability of EMV compliant terminals worldwide.
MasterCards TQM program validates the entire lifecycle of
the product, from design to manufacturing and deployment. This
is a hardware quality management program, on top of the EMV
Level 1 certification. It mainly involves the review and
audit of the vendors process in the different phases of
implementation, manufacturing, and distribution. At the end of
the process, the product is given a quality label. MasterCard
has mandated the quality label to all their member banks and has
made it a pre-requisite for their Terminal Integration Process
(TIP) since December 2003. We maintain TQM approval
across all EMV Level 1 approved products deployed with EMV
applications. The TQM program is now extended to Contactless
payment systems and is a requirement for achieving a full
PayPass Approval with MasterCard.
Payment
Processor/Financial Institution Requirements
U.S. payment processors have two types of certification
levels, Class A and Class B. Class B
certification ensures that an electronic payment system adheres
to the payment processors basic functional and network
requirements. Class A certification adds another
stipulation that the processor actively supports the electronic
payment system on its internal help desk systems. Attainment of
Class A certification, which may take up to twelve months,
requires working with each payment processor to pass extensive
functional and end-user testing and to establish the help desk
related infrastructure necessary to provide Class A
support. Attaining Class A certifications increases the
number of payment processors that may actively sell and deploy a
particular electronic payment system. We have significant
experience in attaining these critical payment processor
certifications and have a large portfolio of Class A
certifications with major U.S. processors. In addition,
several international financial institutions and payment
processors have certification requirements that electronic
payment systems must comply with in order to process
transactions on their specific networks. We have significant
direct experience and, through our international distributors,
indirect experience in attaining these required certifications
across the broad range of system solutions that we offer to our
international customers.
Telecommunications
Regulatory Authority and Carrier Requirements
Our products must comply with government regulations, including
those imposed by the Federal Communications Commission and
similar telecommunications authorities worldwide regarding
emissions, radiation, safety, and connections with telephone
lines and radio networks. Our products must also comply with
recommendations of quasi-regulatory authorities and of
standards-setting committees. Our electronic payment systems
have been certified as compliant with a large number of national
requirements, including those of the Federal Communications
Commission and Underwriters Laboratory in the U.S. and
similar local requirements in other countries.
In addition to national requirements for telecommunications
systems, wireless network service providers mandate certain
standards with which all connected devices and systems must
comply in order to operate on these networks. Many wireless
network carriers have their own certification process for
devices to be activated and used on their networks. Our wireless
electronic payment systems have been certified by leading
wireless carrier networks around the world.
Proprietary
Rights
We rely primarily on copyrights, trademarks, patent filings, and
trade secret laws to establish and maintain our proprietary
rights in our technology and products. VeriFone maintains a
patent incentive program and patent committee, which encourages
and rewards employees to present inventions for patent
application and filings.
12
As of October 31, 2008, we held 21 patents and have 43
patent applications filed with various patent offices in several
countries throughout the world, including the United States,
Canada, the United Kingdom, the European Union, China, Israel,
India, Australia, Japan, and South Africa.
As of October 31, 2008, we held trademark registration in
approximately 30 countries for VERIFONE and in approximately 40
countries for VERIFONE including our ribbon logo. We currently
hold trademark registration in the United States and a variety
of other countries for our product names and other marks.
We generally have not registered copyrights in our software and
other written works. Instead, we have relied upon common law
copyright, customer license agreements, and other forms of
protection. We use non-disclosure agreements and license
agreements to protect software and other written materials as
copyrighted
and/or trade
secrets.
In the U.S. and other countries, prior to 2001, our
predecessor held patents relating to a variety of POS and
related inventions, which expire in accordance with the
applicable law in the country where filed. In 2001, as part of
the divestiture of VeriFone, Inc. from HP, VeriFone, Inc. and HP
entered into a technology agreement whereby HP retained
ownership of most of the patents owned or applied for by
VeriFone prior to the date of divestiture. The technology
agreement grants VeriFone a perpetual, non-exclusive license to
use any of the patented technology retained by HP at no charge.
In addition, we hold a non-exclusive license to patents held by
NCR Corporation related to signature capture in electronic
payment systems. This license expires in 2011, along with the
underlying patents.
Segment
and Geographical Information
For an analysis of financial information about geographic areas
as well as our segments, see Item 7
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
and Results of Operations Segment
Information and Note 14. Segment and
Geographic Information of the Notes to Consolidated
Financial Statements included herein.
Employees
As of October 31, 2008, we have 2,362 employees
worldwide. None of our employees is represented by a labor union
agreement or collective bargaining agreement. We have not
experienced any work stoppages and we believe that our employee
relations are good.
Executive
Officers
The executive officers of VeriFone and their ages as of
January 12, 2009 are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Name
|
|
Age
|
|
Position
|
|
Douglas Bergeron
|
|
48
|
|
Chief Executive Officer
|
Robert Dykes
|
|
59
|
|
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
|
Elmore Waller
|
|
59
|
|
Executive Vice President, Integrated Solutions
|
Jeff Dumbrell
|
|
39
|
|
Executive Vice President
|
Lazy Yanay
|
|
48
|
|
President of VeriFone Israel & Managing Director of Middle
East
|
Douglas G. Bergeron. Mr. Bergeron has
served as Chief Executive Officer of VeriFone Holdings, Inc.
since July 2001. From December 2000 to June 2002,
Mr. Bergeron was Group President of Gores Technology Group
and from April 1999 to October 2000 served as President and
Chief Executive Officer of Geac Computer Corporation. From 1990
to 1999, Mr. Bergeron served in a variety of executive
management positions at SunGard Data Systems Inc., including
Group CEO of SunGard Brokerage Systems Group and President of
SunGard Futures Systems. Mr. Bergeron holds a Bachelor of
Arts degree (with Honors) in computer science from York
University in Toronto, Canada, and a Masters of Science degree
from the University of Southern California. Mr. Bergeron is
on the board of the Multiple Sclerosis Society of Silicon Valley
and is a member of the Listed Company Advisory Committee of the
NYSE.
13
Robert Dykes. Mr. Dykes has served as
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer since
September 2008. Prior to joining VeriFone, Mr. Dykes
was Chairman and CEO of NebuAd Inc., a provider of targeted
online advertising networks. Before joining NebuAd, from January
2005 to March 2007, Mr. Dykes was Executive Vice President,
Business Operations and Chief Financial Officer of Juniper
Networks, Inc., a provider of network infrastructure to global
service providers, enterprises, governments and research and
educational institutions. From February 1997 to December 2004,
Mr. Dykes was Chief Financial Officer and President,
Systems Group, of Flextronics International Ltd., a provider of
design and electronics manufacturing services to original
equipment manufacturers. From October 1988 to February 1997,
Mr. Dykes was Executive Vice President, Worldwide
Operations and Chief Financial Officer of Symantec Corporation,
a provider of software and services that address risks to
information security, availability, compliance, and information
technology systems performance. Mr. Dykes also held Chief
Financial Officer roles at industrial robots manufacturer Adept
Technology and senior financial management positions at Ford
Motor Company and at disc drive controller manufacturer Xebec.
Mr. Dykes holds a Bachelor of Commerce in Administration
degree from Victoria University, Wellington, New Zealand.
Elmore Waller. Mr. Waller has served as
Executive Vice President, Integrated Solutions since
December 2004 and, since joining VeriFone in 1986, has
served in a number of leadership positions including Senior Vice
President and General Manager of the Worldwide Petro Division.
Prior to working at VeriFone, Mr. Waller worked for
11 years at General Electric Company, serving in several
financial management positions. Mr. Waller holds an M.B.A.
from Syracuse University.
Jeff Dumbrell. Mr. Dumbrell joined
VeriFone in July 2002 where he served in various senior-level
management roles within the company, most recently as Executive
Vice President responsible for managing VeriFones growth
initiatives in the United States, Canada, United Kingdom, Middle
East and Africa. From December 2000 to July 2002,
Mr. Dumbrell was Executive Director of Sales for B3
Corporation and he was National Sales Manager for BankServ from
October 1999 to December 2000. Previously, Mr. Dumbrell was
Western Regional Manager for The Quaker Oats Company where he
had sales responsibility for managing Tier 1 retail
customers. Mr. Dumbrell holds a M.B.A. from The University
of San Francisco and a Bachelor of Science in Marketing
from Clemson University.
Lazy Yanay. Mr. Yanay serves as President
of VeriFone Israel and Managing Director of Middle East.
Mr. Yanay joined VeriFone following its acquisition of
Lipman Electronic Engineering in November 2006. Mr. Yanay
had served at Lipman as Executive Vice President of Sales and
Marketing since September 2001 where his responsibilities
included management of worldwide sales and marketing activities,
management of the corporate sales and marketing department and
oversight of Lipmans
non-U.S. subsidiaries.
Before joining Lipman, Mr. Yanay held various senior-level
positions at Shira Computers Ltd. (a subsidiary of VYYO Inc.)
and Scitex Corporation, Ltd. Mr. Yanay holds a Bachelor of
Arts in Psychology from Tel Aviv University.
Available
Information
Our Internet address is
http://www.verifone.com.
We make available free of charge on our investor relations
website under SEC Filings our Annual Reports on
Form 10-K,
Quarterly Reports on
Form 10-Q,
Current Reports on
Form 8-K,
registration statements and amendments to those reports and
registration statements as soon as reasonably practicable after
we electronically file or furnish such materials to the
U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC).
The SEC maintains an internet site that contains reports, proxy
and information statements and other information regarding our
filings at
http://www.sec.gov.
A copy of any materials we file with the SEC also may be read
and copied at the SECs Public Reference Room at
100 F Street, NE, Washington, D.C. 20549.
Information on the operation of the Public Reference Room can be
obtained by calling the SEC at
1-800-SEC-0330.
The risks set forth below may adversely affect our business,
financial condition, and operating results. In addition to the
risks set forth below and the factors affecting specific
business operations identified with the description of these
operations elsewhere in this report, there may also be risks of
which we are currently aware, or that we currently regard as
immaterial based on the information available to us that later
prove to be material.
14
Risks
Related to Our Business
Our
internal processes and controls and our disclosure controls have
been inadequate; if the processes and controls we have
implemented and continue to implement are inadequate, we may not
be able to comply with our financial statement certification
requirements under applicable SEC rules, or prevent future
errors in our financial reporting.
As described under Item 9A Controls
and Procedures in this Annual Report, we have
identified material weaknesses in our internal control over
financial reporting and have determined that our disclosure
controls and procedures were not effective. These weaknesses,
such as weakness in control activities related to income taxes
and financial statement review processes and having insufficient
number of qualified finance personnel, contributed to our need
to restate previously reported interim financial information for
each of the first three quarters of our fiscal year ended
October 31, 2007, and to the delays in the filing of our
Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for fiscal year 2007. We also were unable to file our quarterly
reports on
Form 10-Q
for our fiscal quarters ended January 31, 2008 and
April 30, 2008 on a timely basis. We have implemented and
intend to continue to implement a number of additional and
enhanced processes and controls to improve our internal control
over financial reporting. However, if we are unsuccessful in
adequately implementing these processes and controls, we may be
unable to comply with Exchange Act
Rules 13a-15
and 15d-15,
which specify the processes and controls that public companies
are required to have in place, and we may be unable to provide
the executive certificates required by Exchange Act
Rules 13a-15
and 15d-15
in our quarterly and annual reports. Even if we implement such
controls, there can be no assurance that these controls will be
sufficient to detect or prevent future errors in financial
reporting. We have devoted additional resources to our financial
control and reporting requirements, including hiring additional
qualified employees in these areas. We expect to hire additional
employees and may also engage additional consultants in these
areas. Competition for qualified financial control and
accounting professionals in the geographic areas in which we
operate is keen and there can be no assurance that we will be
able to hire and retain these individuals.
We
have been named as a party to several class action and
derivative action lawsuits arising from the restatements, and we
may be named in additional litigation, all of which are likely
to require significant management time and attention and
expenses and may result in an unfavorable outcome which could
have a material adverse effect on our business, financial
condition, and results of operations.
In connection with the restatements of our historical interim
financial statements for fiscal 2007, a number of securities
class action complaints were filed against us and certain of our
officers, and a number of purported derivative actions have also
been filed against certain of our current and former directors
and officers. See Item 3 Legal
Proceedings of this Annual Report on
Form 10-K.
The amount of time and resources required to resolve these
lawsuits is unpredictable, and defending ourselves is likely to
divert managements attention from the day-to-day
operations of our business, which could adversely affect our
business, financial condition, and results of operations. In
addition, an unfavorable outcome in such litigation would have a
material adverse effect on our business, financial condition,
and results of operations.
Our insurance may not be sufficient to cover our costs for
defending these actions or paying any damages in the event of an
unfavorable outcome. In addition, we may be obligated to
indemnify (and advance legal expenses to) both current and
former officers, employees and directors in connection with
these actions. We currently hold insurance policies for the
benefit of our directors and officers, although our insurance
coverage may not be sufficient in some or all of these matters.
Furthermore, our insurance carriers may seek to deny coverage in
some or all of these matters, in which case we may have to fund
the indemnification amounts owed to such directors and officers
ourselves.
We are subject to the risk of additional litigation and
regulatory proceedings or actions in connection with the
restatement. We have responded to inquiries and provided
information and documents related to the restatement to the SEC,
the U.S. Department of Justice, the New York Stock
Exchange, and the Chicago Board Options Exchange. The SEC also
has interviewed several current and former VeriFone officers and
employees, and we are continuing to cooperate with the SEC in
responding to the SECs requests for information.
Additional regulatory inquiries may also be commenced by other
U.S. federal, state or foreign regulatory agencies. In
addition, we may in the future be subject to additional
litigation or other proceedings or actions arising in relation
to the restatement of our historical
15
interim financial statements. Litigation and any potential
regulatory proceeding or action may be time consuming, expensive
and distracting from the conduct of our business. The adverse
resolution of any specific lawsuit or any potential regulatory
proceeding or action could have a material adverse effect on our
business, financial condition, and results of operations.
Our restatement and related litigation, as well as related
amendments to our credit instruments could result in substantial
additional costs and expenses and adversely affect our cash
flows, and may adversely affect our business, financial
condition, and results of operations. We have incurred
substantial expenses for legal, accounting, tax and other
professional services in connection with the investigation by
the audit committee of our board of directors, our internal
review of our historical financial statements, the preparation
of the restated financial statements, inquiries from government
agencies, the related litigation, and the amendments to our
credit agreement as a result of our failure to timely file our
Exchange Act reports with the SEC. We estimate that we have
incurred approximately $41.8 million of expenses related to
these activities through October 31, 2008. We expect to
continue to incur significant expenses in connection with these
matters. See Secured Credit Facility under
Item 7 Managements Discussion
and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations Liquidity and Capital Resources
for additional information related to the amendments to our
credit agreement.
Many members of our senior management team and our Board of
Directors have been and will be required to devote a significant
amount of time on remedial efforts and litigation related to the
restatement. In addition, certain of these individuals are named
defendants in the litigation related to the restatement.
Defending these actions may require significant time and
attention from them. If our senior management is unable to
devote sufficient time in the future developing and pursuing our
strategic business initiatives and running ongoing business
operations, there may be a material adverse effect on our
business, financial condition and results of operations.
Current
macroeconomic conditions may adversely affect our business and
results of operations.
The U.S. and international economy and financial markets
are currently undergoing significant slowdown and volatility due
to uncertainties related to energy prices, availability of
credit, difficulties in the banking and financial services
sectors, softness in the housing market, severely diminished
market liquidity, geopolitical conflicts, falling consumer
confidence and rising unemployment rates. This slowdown has and
could further lead to reduced demand for our products if
customers decide to delay or reduce deployment of electronic
payment systems, which in turn would reduce our revenues and
adversely affect our business, financial condition and results
of operations. In addition to a reduction in sales, our
profitability may decrease during downturns because we may not
be able to reduce costs at the same rate as our sales decline.
Given the current unfavorable economic environment, our
customers may have difficulties obtaining capital at adequate or
historical levels to finance their ongoing business and
operations, which could impair their ability to make timely
payments to us. We are unable to predict the likely duration and
severity of the current disruption in the financial markets and
adverse economic conditions in the U.S. and other countries
and such conditions, if they persist, will continue to adversely
impact our business, operating results, and financial condition.
We
have experienced rapid growth, and if we cannot adequately
manage our growth, our results of operations will
suffer.
We have experienced rapid growth in our operations, both
internally and from acquisitions. We cannot be sure that we have
made adequate allowances for the costs and risks associated with
our expansion, or that our systems, procedures, and managerial
controls will be adequate to support further expansion in our
operations. Any delay in implementing, or transitioning to, new
or enhanced systems, procedures, or controls may adversely
affect our ability to manage our product inventory and record
and report financial and management information on a timely and
accurate basis. We expect that growth will require us to hire
certain additional finance and control, engineering, technical
support, sales, administrative, and operational personnel.
Competition for qualified personnel can be intense in the areas
where we operate and we have faced challenges in hiring
qualified employees in these areas. The process of locating,
training and successfully integrating qualified personnel into
our operations can be lengthy and expensive. If we are unable to
successfully manage expansion, our results of operations may be
adversely affected.
16
A
significant percentage of our business is executed towards the
end of our fiscal quarters. This could negatively impact our
business and results of operations.
Revenues recognized in our fiscal quarters tend to be back-end
loaded. This means that sales orders are received, product is
shipped, and revenue is recognized increasingly towards the end
of each fiscal quarter. This back-end loading, particularly if
it becomes more pronounced, could adversely affect our business
and results of operations due to a number of factors including
the following:
|
|
|
|
|
the manufacturing processes at our internal manufacturing
facility could become concentrated in a shorter time period.
This concentration of manufacturing could increase labor and
other manufacturing costs and negatively impact gross margins.
The risk of inventory write-offs could also increase if we were
to hold higher inventory levels to counteract this effect;
|
|
|
|
the higher concentration of orders may make it difficult to
accurately forecast component requirements and, as a result, we
could experience a shortage of the components needed for
production, possibly delaying shipments and causing lost orders;
|
|
|
|
if we are unable to fill orders at the end of a quarter,
shipments may be delayed. This could cause us to fail to meet
our revenue and operating profit expectations for a particular
quarter and could increase the fluctuation of quarterly results
if shipments are delayed from one fiscal quarter to the next or
orders are cancelled by customers; and
|
|
|
|
in order to fulfill orders at the end of a quarter, we may be
forced to deliver our products using air freight which results
in increased distribution costs.
|
We may
be subject to additional impairment charges due to potential
declines in the fair value of our assets.
As a result of our acquisitions, particularly that of Lipman, we
have significant goodwill and intangible assets on our balance
sheet. We test goodwill and intangible assets for impairment on
a periodic basis as required, and whenever events or changes in
circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be
recoverable. The events or changes that could require us to test
our goodwill and intangible assets for impairment include a
reduction in our stock price and market capitalization and
changes in our estimated future cash flows, as well as changes
in rates of growth in our industry or in any of our reporting
units. In the fourth quarter of 2008, we recorded an impairment
charge of $289.1 million for goodwill and developed
technology intangible assets due to lower revenue expectations
in light of current operating performance and future operating
expectations. We will continue to evaluate the carrying value of
our remaining goodwill and intangible assets and if we determine
in the future that there is a potential further impairment in
any of our reporting units, we may be required to record
additional charges to earnings which could materially adversely
affect our financial results and could also materially adversely
affect our business. See Note 3. Goodwill and
Purchased Intangible Assets in the Notes to the
Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information
related to impairment of goodwill and intangible assets.
The
government tax benefits that our Israeli subsidiary currently
receives require it to meet several conditions and may be
terminated or reduced in the future, which would impact the
timing of cash tax payments for previously accrued
taxes.
Our principal subsidiary in Israel (formerly Lipman) has
received tax benefits under Israeli law for capital investments
that are designated as Approved Enterprises. We
received such tax benefits of approximately $8.0 million in
2008 and $0.1 million in 2007. To maintain our eligibility
for these tax benefits, we must continue to meet conditions,
including making specified investments in property, plant, and
equipment, and continuing to manufacture in Israel. If we do not
comply with these conditions in the future, the benefits
received could be cancelled or reduced and we could be required
to pay increased taxes or refund the amounts of the tax benefits
Lipman received in the past, together with interest and
penalties. Also, an increase in our assembly of products outside
of Israel may be construed as a failure to comply with these
conditions. These tax benefits may not continue in the future at
the current levels or at all. The termination or reduction of
these tax benefits, or our inability to qualify for new
programs, could adversely affect our results of operations. Our
principal subsidiary in Israel has
17
undistributed earnings of approximately $206.0 million, the
vast majority of which are attributable to Lipmans
Approved Enterprise programs. As such, these earnings were not
subject to Israeli statutory corporate tax at the time they were
generated. To the extent that these earnings are distributed to
the United States in the future, our Israeli subsidiary would be
required to pay corporate tax at the rate ordinarily applicable
to such earnings (currently between 10% and 25%) along with a
15% withholding tax. As of October 31, 2008, we have
accrued $48.4 million for taxes associated with future
distributions of Israeli earnings.
We
depend upon third parties to physically manufacture many of our
systems and to supply the components necessary to manufacture
our products.
Prior to the Lipman acquisition, we did not directly manufacture
the physical systems we design which form part of our System
Solutions. In addition, Lipman did not manufacture systems it
sold in Brazil or a majority of the systems designed by its
Dione subsidiary. We arrange for a limited number of third
parties to manufacture these systems under contract and pursuant
to our specifications. Components such as application specific
integrated circuits, or ASICs, payment processors, wireless
modules, modems, and printer mechanisms that are necessary to
manufacture and assemble our systems are sourced either directly
by us or on our behalf by our contract manufacturers from a
variety of component suppliers selected by us. If our suppliers
are unable to deliver the quantities that we require, we would
be faced with a shortage of critical components. We also
experience from time to time an increase in the lead time for
delivery of some of our key components. We may not be able to
find alternative sources in a timely manner if suppliers of our
key components become unwilling or unable to provide us with
adequate supplies of these key components when we need them or
if they increase their prices. If we are unable to obtain
sufficient key required components, or to develop alternative
sources if and as required in the future, or to replace our
component and factory tooling for our products in a timely
manner if they are damaged or destroyed, we could experience
delays or reductions in product shipments. This could harm our
relationships with our customers and cause our revenues to
decline. Even if we are able to secure alternative sources or
replace our tooling in a timely manner, our costs could increase.
We
have significant operations in Israel and therefore our results
of operations may be adversely affected by political or economic
instability or military operations in or around
Israel.
We have offices and a manufacturing facility in Israel and many
of our suppliers are located in Israel. Therefore, political,
economic, and military conditions in Israel directly affect our
operations. The future of peace efforts between Israel and its
Arab neighbors remains uncertain. Any armed conflicts or further
political instability in the region is likely to negatively
affect business conditions and adversely affect our results of
operations. Furthermore, several countries continue to restrict
or ban business with Israel and Israeli companies. These
restrictive laws and policies may seriously limit our ability to
make sales in those countries.
In addition, many employees in Israel are obligated to perform
at least 30 days and up to 40 days, depending on rank
and position, of military reserve duty annually and are subject
to being called for active duty under emergency circumstances.
If a military conflict or war arises, these individuals could be
required to serve in the military for extended periods of time.
Our operations in Israel could be disrupted by the absence for a
significant period of one or more key employees or a significant
number of other employees due to military service. Any
disruption in our operations in Israel could materially
adversely affect our business.
We
depend on our manufacturing and warehouse facility in Israel. If
operations at this facility are interrupted for any reason,
there could be a material adverse effect on our results of
operations.
We currently assemble and test a majority of our NURIT products
and some of our Dione products at our manufacturing facility
located in Israel. Component and limited finished product
inventories are also stored at this facility. Disruption of the
manufacturing process at this facility or damage to it, whether
as a result of fire, natural disaster, act of war, terrorist
attack, or otherwise, could materially affect our ability to
deliver products on a timely basis and could materially
adversely affect our results of operations. We also assemble
some of our NURIT products in Brazil. To the extent products are
manufactured by third parties in additional countries, we may
become more dependent on third-party manufacturers to produce
and deliver products sold in these markets on a timely basis and
at an acceptable cost.
18
We
depend on a limited number of customers, including distributors
and resellers, for a large percentage of our System Solutions
sales. If we do not effectively manage our relationships with
them, our net revenues and operating results will
suffer.
A significant percentage of our net revenues is attributable to
a limited number of customers, including distributors and ISOs.
For the fiscal year ended October 31, 2008, our ten largest
customers accounted for approximately 33% of our net revenues,
although no customer accounted for more than 10% of our net
revenues in that period. If any of our large customers
significantly reduces or delays purchases from us or if we are
required to sell products to them at reduced prices or on other
terms less favorable to us, our revenues and income could be
materially adversely affected.
We sell a significant portion of our solutions through third
parties such as independent distributors, independent sales
organizations, or ISOs, value-added resellers, and payment
processors. We depend on their active marketing and sales
efforts. These third parties also provide after-sales support
and related services to end user customers. When we introduce
new applications and solutions, they also provide critical
support for developing and porting the custom software
applications to run on our various electronic payment systems
and, internationally, in obtaining requisite certifications in
the markets in which they are active. Accordingly, the pace at
which we are able to introduce new solutions in markets in which
these parties are active depends on the resources they dedicate
to these tasks. Moreover, our arrangements with these third
parties typically do not prevent them from selling products of
other companies, including our competitors, and they may elect
to market our competitors products and services in
preference to our system solutions. If one or more of our major
resellers terminates or otherwise adversely changes its
relationship with us, we may be unsuccessful in replacing it.
The loss of one of our major resellers could impair our ability
to sell our solutions and result in lower revenues and income.
It could also be time consuming and expensive to replicate,
either directly or through other resellers, the certifications
and the custom applications owned by these third parties.
We are
exposed to the credit risk of some of our customers and to
credit exposures in weakened markets, which could result in
material losses.
Most of our sales are on an open credit basis, with typical
payment terms of up to 60 days in the United States and,
because of local customs or conditions, longer in some markets
outside the United States. In the past, there have been
bankruptcies amongst our customer base. Although any resulting
loss has not been material to date, future losses, if incurred,
could harm our business and have a material adverse effect on
our operating results and financial condition. Additionally, to
the degree that the recent turmoil in the credit markets makes
it more difficult for some customers to obtain financing, our
customers ability to pay could be adversely impacted,
which in turn could have a material adverse impact on our
business, operating results, and financial condition.
A
majority of our net revenues is generated outside of the United
States and we intend to continue to expand our operations
internationally. Our results of operations could suffer if we
are unable to manage our international expansion and operations
effectively.
During the fiscal year ended October 31, 2008, 65.2% of our
net revenues were generated outside of the United States.
We expect our percentage of net revenues generated outside of
the United States to continue to increase in the coming years.
Part of our strategy is to expand our penetration in existing
foreign markets and to enter new foreign markets. Our ability to
penetrate some international markets may be limited due to
different technical standards, protocols or product
requirements. Expansion of our international business will
require significant management attention and financial
resources. Our international net revenues will depend on our
continued success in the following areas:
|
|
|
|
|
securing commercial relationships to help establish our presence
in new international markets;
|
|
|
|
hiring and training personnel capable of marketing, installing
and integrating our solutions, supporting customers, and
managing operations in foreign countries;
|
|
|
|
localizing our solutions to target the specific needs and
preferences of foreign customers, which may differ from our
traditional customer base in the market we currently serve;
|
19
|
|
|
|
|
building our brand name and awareness of our services among
foreign customers in new international markets; and
|
|
|
|
implementing new systems, procedures, and controls to monitor
our operations in new international markets.
|
In addition, we are subject to risks associated with operating
in foreign countries, including:
|
|
|
|
|
multiple, changing, and often inconsistent enforcement of laws
and regulations;
|
|
|
|
satisfying local regulatory or industry imposed security or
other certification requirements;
|
|
|
|
competition from existing market participants that may have a
longer history in and greater familiarity with the international
markets we enter;
|
|
|
|
tariffs and trade barriers;
|
|
|
|
laws and business practices that may favor local competitors;
|
|
|
|
fluctuations in currency exchange rates;
|
|
|
|
extended payment terms and the ability to collect accounts
receivable;
|
|
|
|
economic and political instability in certain foreign countries;
|
|
|
|
imposition of limitations on conversion of foreign currencies
into U.S. dollars or remittance of dividends and other
payments by foreign subsidiaries;
|
|
|
|
changes in a specific countrys or regions political
or economic conditions; and
|
|
|
|
greater difficulty in safeguarding intellectual property in
areas such as China, Russia, and Latin America.
|
Many of these factors typically become more prevalent during
periods of economic stress; therefore, current global economic
differences may exacerbate certain of these risks. In addition,
compliance with foreign and U.S. laws and regulations that
are applicable to our international operations is complex and
may increase our cost of doing business in international
jurisdictions and our international operations could expose us
to fines and penalties if we fail to comply with these
regulations. These laws and regulations include import and
export requirements, U.S. laws such as the Foreign Corrupt
Practices Act, and local laws prohibiting corrupt payments to
governmental officials. Although we have implemented policies
and procedures designed to ensure compliance with these laws,
there can be no assurance that our employees, contractors, and
agents will not take actions in violation of our policies,
particularly as we expand our operations through organic growth
and acquisitions. Any such violations could subject us to civil
or criminal penalties, including substantial fines or
prohibitions on our ability to offer our products and services
to one or more countries, and could also materially damage our
reputation, our brand, our international expansion efforts, our
business, and our operating results. In addition, if we fail to
address the challenges and risks associated with international
expansion and acquisition strategy, we may encounter
difficulties implementing our strategy, which could impede our
growth or harm our operating results.
Our
quarterly operating results may fluctuate significantly as a
result of factors outside of our control, which could cause the
market price of our common stock to decline.
We expect our revenues and operating results to vary from
quarter to quarter. As a consequence, our operating results in
any single quarter may not meet the expectations of securities
analysts and investors, which could cause the price of our
common stock to decline. Factors that may affect our operating
results include:
|
|
|
|
|
the type, timing, and size of orders and shipments;
|
|
|
|
demand for and acceptance of our new product offerings;
|
|
|
|
customers willingness to maintain inventories;
|
|
|
|
delays in the implementation and delivery of our products and
services, which may impact the timing of our recognition of
revenues;
|
|
|
|
variations in product mix and cost during any period;
|
20
|
|
|
|
|
development of new relationships and maintenance and enhancement
of existing relationships with customers and strategic partners;
|
|
|
|
component supply, manufacturing, or distribution difficulties;
|
|
|
|
deferral of customer contracts in anticipation of product or
service enhancements;
|
|
|
|
timing of commencement, implementation, or completion of major
implementation projects;
|
|
|
|
timing of governmental, statutory and industry association
requirements;
|
|
|
|
the relative mix of North America and International net revenues;
|
|
|
|
fluctuations in currency exchange rates;
|
|
|
|
the fixed nature of many of our expenses; and
|
|
|
|
industry and economic conditions, including competitive
pressures and inventory obsolescence.
|
In particular, differences in relative growth rates between our
businesses in North America and internationally may have a
significant effect on our operating results, particularly our
reported gross profit percentage, in any individual quarter,
with International sales carrying lower margins.
In addition, we have in the past and may continue to experience
periodic variations in sales to our key vertical and
international markets. These periodic variations occur
throughout the year and may lead to fluctuations in our
quarterly operating results depending on the impact of any given
market during that quarter and could lead to volatility in our
stock price.
Our
North American and International operations are not equally
profitable, which may promote volatility in our earnings and may
adversely impact future growth in our earnings.
Our International sales of System Solutions have tended to carry
lower average selling prices and therefore have lower gross
margins than our sales in North America. As a result, if we
successfully expand our International sales, any improvement in
our results of operations will likely not be as favorable as an
expansion of similar magnitude in the United States and Canada.
In addition, we are unable to predict for any future period our
proportion of revenues that will result from International sales
versus sales in North America. Variations in this proportion
from period to period may lead to volatility in our results of
operations which, in turn, may depress the trading price of our
common stock.
Fluctuations
in currency exchange rates may adversely affect our results of
operations.
A substantial portion of our business consists of sales made to
customers outside the United States. A portion of the net
revenues we receive from such sales is denominated in currencies
other than the U.S. dollar. Additionally, portions of our
cost of net revenues and our other operating expenses are
incurred by our International operations and denominated in
local currencies. Fluctuations in the value of these net
revenues, costs and expenses as measured in U.S. dollars
have affected our results of operations historically, and
adverse currency exchange rate fluctuations may have a material
impact in the future. Further, changes in exchange rates that
strengthen the U.S. dollar could increase the price of our
products in the local currencies of the foreign markets we
serve. This would result in making our products relatively more
expensive than products that are denominated in local
currencies, leading to a reduction in sales and profitability in
those foreign markets. In addition, our balance sheet reflects
non-U.S. dollar
denominated assets and liabilities, primarily intercompany
balances, which can be adversely affected by fluctuations in
currency exchange rates and cause gains and losses that are
included in other income (expense), net in the Consolidated
Statement of Operations. We have entered into foreign currency
forward contracts and other arrangements intended to hedge our
balance sheet exposure to adverse fluctuations in exchange
rates. We have also effectively priced our System Solutions in
U.S. dollars in certain countries. Nevertheless, these
hedging arrangements may not always be effective, particularly
in the event of imprecise forecasts of
non-U.S. denominated
assets and liabilities. Additionally, our efforts to effectively
price products in U.S. dollars may have disadvantages since
it may affect demand for our products if the local currency
strengthens relative to the U.S. dollar. On the other hand,
we could be adversely affected where the U.S. dollar
strengthens relative to the local currency between the
21
time of a sale and the time we receive payment, which would be
collected in the devalued local currency. Accordingly, if there
is an adverse movement in exchange rates, we might suffer
significant losses and our results of operations may otherwise
be adversely affected. Additionally, hedging programs expose us
to risks that could adversely affect our operating results,
including the following:
|
|
|
|
|
we may be unable to hedge currency risk for some transactions
because of a high level of uncertainty or the inability to
reasonably estimate our foreign exchange exposures; and
|
|
|
|
we may be unable to acquire foreign exchange hedging instruments
in some of the geographic areas where we do business, or, where
these derivatives are available, we may not be able to acquire
enough of them to fully offset our exposure.
|
Security
is vital to our customers and end users and therefore breaches
in the security of our solutions could adversely affect our
reputation and results of operations.
Protection against fraud is of key importance to the purchasers
and end users of our solutions. We incorporate security
features, such as encryption software and secure hardware, into
our solutions to protect against fraud in electronic payment
transactions and to ensure the privacy and integrity of consumer
data. Our solutions may be vulnerable to breaches in security
due to defects in the security mechanisms, the operating system
and applications, or the hardware platform. Security
vulnerabilities could jeopardize the security of information
transmitted or stored using our solutions. We also provide our
customers with repair, encryption key loading and helpdesk
services, and have in the past and may in the future also
experience security breaches or fraudulent activities related to
unauthorized access to sensitive customer information. In
general, liability associated with security breaches of a
certified electronic payment system belongs to the institution
that acquires the financial transaction. However, if the
security of our solutions is compromised, our reputation and
marketplace acceptance of our solutions will be adversely
affected, which would cause our business to suffer, and we may
become subject to damages claims.
Our
solutions may have defects that could result in sales delays,
delays in our collection of receivables, and claims against
us.
We offer complex solutions that are susceptible to undetected
hardware and software errors or failures. Solutions may
experience failures when first introduced, as new versions are
released, or at any time during their lifecycle. Defects may
also arise from third party components that we incorporate into
our products, such as hardware modules, chipsets or battery
cells. Any product recalls as a result of errors or failures
could result in the loss of or delays in market acceptance of
our solutions and adversely affect our business and reputation.
Any significant returns or warranty claims could result in
significant additional costs to us and could adversely affect
our results of operations. Our customers may also run
third-party software applications on our electronic payment
systems. Errors in third-party applications could adversely
affect the performance of our solutions.
The existence of defects and delays in correcting them could
result in negative consequences, including the following: harm
to our brand; delays in shipping system solutions; loss of
market acceptance for our system solutions; additional warranty
expenses; diversion of resources from product development; and
loss of credibility with distributors and customers. Correcting
defects can be time consuming and in some circumstances
extremely difficult. Software errors may take several months to
correct, and hardware defects may take even longer to correct.
We may
accumulate excess or obsolete inventory that could result in
unanticipated price reductions and write-downs and adversely
affect our financial condition.
In formulating our solutions, we have focused our efforts on
providing to our customers solutions with higher levels of
functionality, which requires us to develop and incorporate
cutting edge and evolving technologies. This approach tends to
increase the risk of obsolescence for products and components we
hold in inventory and may compound the difficulties posed by
other factors that affect our inventory levels, including the
following:
|
|
|
|
|
the need to maintain significant inventory of components that
are in limited supply;
|
|
|
|
buying components in bulk for the best pricing;
|
22
|
|
|
|
|
responding to the unpredictable demand for products;
|
|
|
|
cancellation of customer orders; and
|
|
|
|
responding to customer requests for quick delivery schedules.
|
The accumulation of excess or obsolete inventory may result in
price reductions and inventory write-downs, which could
adversely affect our business and financial condition. We
incurred an obsolescence cost of $11.8 million for obsolete
inventory, scrap, and purchase commitments for excess components
at contract manufacturers during the fiscal year ended
October 31, 2008. In the fiscal year ended October 31,
2007, we incurred an obsolescence charge of $16.6 million
primarily due to the implementation of PCI security standards
which significantly reduced the markets in which non-PCI
compliant finished goods and related accessories could be sold.
If we
do not accurately forecast customer demand and effectively
manage our product mix and inventory levels, we may lose sales
from having too few or the wrong mix of products or incur costs
associated with excess inventory.
If we improperly forecast demand for our products we could end
up with too many products and be unable to sell the excess
inventory in a timely manner, if at all, or, alternatively we
could end up with too few products and not be able to satisfy
demand. This problem is exacerbated because we attempt to
closely match inventory levels with product demand leaving
limited margin for error, and we generally receive a significant
volume of customer orders towards the end of each fiscal quarter
which leave us little room to adjust inventory mix to match
demand. Also, during the transition from an existing product to
a new replacement product, we must accurately predict the demand
for the existing and the new product. Our inability to properly
manage our inventory levels could cause us to incur increased
expenses associated with writing off excessive or obsolete
inventory or lose sales or have to ship products by air freight
to meet immediate demand incurring incremental freight costs
above sea freight costs, a preferred method, and suffering a
corresponding decline in gross margins.
Our
proprietary technology is difficult to protect and unauthorized
use of our proprietary technology by third parties may impair
our ability to compete effectively.
We may not be able to protect our proprietary technology, which
could enable competitors to develop services that compete with
our own. We rely on copyright, trademark, and trade secret laws,
as well as confidentiality, licensing and other contractual
arrangements to establish and protect the proprietary aspects of
our solutions. We do not have patent protection for certain
important aspects of our current solutions. The laws of some
countries in which we sell our solutions and services may not
protect software and intellectual property rights to the same
extent as the laws in the United States. If we are unable to
prevent misappropriation of our technology, competitors may be
able to use and adapt our technology. Our failure to protect our
technology could diminish our competitive advantage and cause us
to lose customers to competitors.
Our
business may suffer if we are sued for infringing the
intellectual property rights of third parties, or if we are
unable to obtain rights to third-party intellectual property on
which we depend.
Third parties have in the past asserted and may in the future
assert claims that our system solutions infringe their
proprietary rights. Such infringement claims, even if meritless,
may cause us to incur significant costs in defending those
claims. We may be required to discontinue using and selling any
infringing technology and services, to expend resources to
develop non-infringing technology or to purchase licenses or pay
royalties for other technology. Similarly, we depend on our
ability to license intellectual property from third parties.
These or other third parties may become unwilling to license to
us on acceptable terms intellectual property that is necessary
to our business. In either case, we may be unable to acquire
licenses for other technology on reasonable commercial terms or
at all. As a result, we may find that we are unable to continue
to offer the solutions and services upon which our business
depends.
We have received, and have currently pending, third-party claims
and may receive additional notices of such claims of
infringement in the future. Infringement claims may cause us to
incur significant costs in defending those claims. For example,
in September 2007, SPA Syspatronic AG commenced an infringement
action against us and
23
others and in March 2008, Cardsoft, Inc. and Cardsoft
(Assignment for the Benefit of Creditors), LLC commenced an
infringement action against us and others. Infringement claims
are expensive and time consuming to defend, regardless of the
merits or ultimate outcome. In addition, Communication
Transaction Solutions, Inc. is pursuing an action against us
alleging misappropriation of trade secrets that is scheduled to
go to trial in January 2009. Similar claims may result in
additional protracted and costly litigation. There can be no
assurance that we will continue to prevail in any such actions
or that any license required under any such patent or other
intellectual property would be made available on commercially
acceptable terms, if at all. See
Item 3 Legal Proceedings.
We
face litigation risks that could force us to incur substantial
defense costs and could result in damages awards against us that
would negatively impact our business.
As described in Item 3 Legal
Proceedings, there are a number of pending litigation
and tax assessment matters each of which may be time-consuming
to resolve, expensive to defend, and disruptive to normal
business operations. The outcome of litigation is inherently
difficult to predict. An unfavorable resolution of any specific
lawsuit could have a material adverse effect on our business,
results of operations and financial condition.
We may
not be able to attract, integrate, manage, and retain qualified
personnel.
Our success depends to a significant degree upon the continued
contributions of our key senior management, engineering, sales
and marketing, and manufacturing personnel, many of whom would
be difficult to replace. In addition, our future success also
depends on our ability to attract, integrate, manage, and retain
highly skilled employees throughout our businesses. Competition
for some of these personnel is intense, and in the past, we have
had difficulty hiring employees in our desired time frame,
particularly qualified finance and accounting professionals. We
may be unsuccessful in attracting and retaining personnel. The
loss of the services of any of our key personnel, the inability
to attract or retain qualified personnel in the future, or
delays in hiring required personnel, particularly engineers and
sales personnel, could make it difficult for us to manage our
business and meet key objectives, such as timely product
introductions.
In January, July, October and December 2008, we implemented work
force reduction plans reducing the number of employees and
contractors. These reductions have also required that we
reassign certain employee duties. Workforce reductions and job
reassignments could negatively affect employee morale, and make
it difficult to motivate and retain our remaining employees and
contractors, which would affect our ability to deliver our
products in a timely fashion and otherwise negatively affect our
business.
In addition, the restatement of our historical interim financial
statements has adversely impacted our ability to attract and
retain qualified personnel and may also have affected the morale
and productivity of our workforce, including as a result of the
uncertainties inherent in the restatement process, as well as
our inability to provide equity-based compensation or permit the
exercise of outstanding stock options from the time we announced
that we would be restating our interim financial statements to
August 2008, when we filed the required reports with the SEC.
Moreover, the restatement process has adversely affected the
market for our shares making our equity compensation program
potentially less attractive for current or prospective employees.
Shipments
of electronic payment systems may be delayed by factors outside
of our control, which can harm our reputation and our
relationships with our customers.
The shipment of payment systems requires us or our
manufacturers, distributors, or other agents to obtain customs
or other government certifications and approvals, and, on
occasion, to submit to physical inspection of our systems in
transit. Failure to satisfy these requirements, and the very
process of trying to satisfy them, can lead to lengthy delays in
the delivery of our solutions to our direct or indirect
customers. Delays and unreliable delivery by us may harm our
reputation in the industry and our relationships with our
customers.
Force
majeure events, such as terrorist attacks, other acts of
violence or war, political instability, and health epidemics may
adversely affect us.
Terrorist attacks, war and international political instability,
along with health epidemics may disrupt our ability to generate
revenues. Such events may negatively affect our ability to
maintain sales revenues and to develop new business
24
relationships. Because a substantial and growing part of our
revenues is derived from sales and services to customers outside
of the United States and we have our electronic payment systems
manufactured outside the U.S., terrorist attacks, war and
international political instability anywhere may decrease
international demand for our products and inhibit customer
development opportunities abroad, disrupt our supply chain and
impair our ability to deliver our electronic payment systems,
which could materially adversely affect our net revenues or
results of operations. Any of these events may also disrupt
global financial markets and precipitate a decline in the price
of our common stock.
Natural
or manmade disasters, business interruptions and health
epidemics could delay our ability to receive or ship our
products, or otherwise disrupt our business.
Our worldwide operations could be subject to earthquakes, power
shortages, telecommunications failures, water shortages,
tsunamis, floods, hurricanes, typhoons, fires, extreme weather
conditions, health epidemics and other natural or manmade
disasters or business interruptions. The occurrence of any of
these business disruptions could seriously harm our revenue and
financial condition and increase our costs and expenses. Our
corporate headquarters, and a portion of our research and
development activities, are located in California, and other
critical business operations and some of our suppliers are
located in California and Asia, near major earthquake faults. If
our manufacturers or warehousing facilities are disrupted
or destroyed, we would be unable to distribute our products on a
timely basis, which could harm our business. Moreover, if our
computer information systems or communication systems, or those
of our vendors or customers, are subject to hacker attacks or
other disruptions, our business could suffer. We have not
established a formal disaster recovery plan. Our
back-up
operations may be inadequate and our business interruption
insurance may not be enough to compensate us for any losses that
may occur. A significant business interruption could result in
losses or damages and harm our business. For example, much of
our order fulfillment process is automated and the order
information is stored on our servers. If our computer systems
and servers go down even for a short period at the end of a
fiscal quarter, our ability to recognize revenue would be
delayed until we were again able to process and ship our orders,
which could harm our revenues for that quarter and cause our
stock price to decline significantly.
While
we believe we comply with environmental laws and regulations, we
are still exposed to potential risks associated with
environmental laws and regulations.
We are subject to other legal and regulatory requirements,
including a European Union directive that places restrictions on
the use of hazardous substances (RoHS) in electronic equipment,
a European Union directive on Waste Electrical and Electronic
Equipment (WEEE), and the environmental regulations promulgated
by Chinas Ministry of Information Industry (China RoHS).
RoHS sets a framework for producers obligations in
relation to manufacturing (including the amounts of named
hazardous substances contained in products sold) and WEEE sets a
framework for treatment, labeling, recovery, and recycling of
electronic products in the European Union which may require us
to alter the manufacturing of the physical devices that include
our solutions
and/or
require active steps to promote recycling of materials and
components. In addition, similar legislation could be enacted in
other jurisdictions, including in the United States. If we do
not comply with the RoHS directives, WEEE directives and China
RoHS, we may suffer a loss of revenue, be unable to sell in
certain markets or countries, be subject to penalties and
enforced fees,
and/or
suffer a competitive disadvantage. Furthermore, the costs to
comply with RoHS and WEEE and China RoHS, or with current and
future environmental and worker health and safety laws may have
a material adverse effect on our results of operation, expenses
and financial condition.
We may
pursue complementary acquisitions and strategic investments,
which will involve numerous risks. We may not be able to address
these risks without substantial expense, delay or other
operational or financial problems.
We may seek to acquire or make investments in related
businesses, technologies, or products in the future.
Acquisitions or investments involve various risks, such as:
|
|
|
|
|
the difficulty of integrating the technologies, operations, and
personnel of the acquired business, technology or product;
|
|
|
|
the potential disruption of our ongoing business, including the
diversion of management attention;
|
25
|
|
|
|
|
the possible inability to obtain the desired financial and
strategic benefits from the acquisition or investment;
|
|
|
|
loss of customers;
|
|
|
|
the risk that increasing complexity inherent in operating a
larger business may impact the effectiveness of our internal
controls and adversely affect our financial reporting processes;
|
|
|
|
assumption of unanticipated liabilities;
|
|
|
|
the loss of key employees of an acquired business; and
|
|
|
|
the possibility of our entering markets in which we have limited
prior experience.
|
Future acquisitions and investments could also result in
substantial cash expenditures, potentially dilutive issuance of
our equity securities and incurrence of additional debt,
contingent liabilities and amortization expenses related to
other intangible assets that could adversely affect our
business, operating results, and financial condition. We depend
on the retention and performance of existing management and
employees of acquired businesses for the day-to-day management
and future operating results of these businesses.
Risks
Related to Our Industry
Our
markets are highly competitive and subject to price
erosion.
The markets for our system solutions and services are highly
competitive, and we have been subject to price pressures.
Competition from manufacturers, distributors, or providers of
products similar to or competitive with our system solutions or
services could result in price reductions, reduced margins, and
a loss of market share or could render our solutions obsolete.
For example, First Data Corporation, a leading provider of
payments processing services, and formerly our largest customer,
has developed and continues to develop a series of proprietary
electronic payment systems for the U.S. market.
We expect to continue to experience significant and increasing
levels of competition in the future. We compete with suppliers
of cash registers that provide built in electronic payment
capabilities and producers of software that facilitates
electronic payment over the internet, as well as other
manufacturers or distributors of electronic payment systems. We
must also compete with smaller companies that have been able to
develop strong local or regional customer bases. In certain
foreign countries, some competitors are more established,
benefit from greater name recognition and have greater resources
within those countries than we do.
If we
do not continually enhance our existing solutions and develop
and market new solutions and enhancements, our net revenues and
income will be adversely affected.
The market for electronic payment systems is characterized by:
|
|
|
|
|
rapid technological change;
|
|
|
|
frequent product introductions and enhancements;
|
|
|
|
evolving industry and government performance and security
standards; and
|
|
|
|
changes in customer and end-user requirements.
|
Because of these factors, we must continually enhance our
existing solutions and develop and market new solutions. These
efforts require significant investment in research and
development as well as increased costs of manufacturing and
distributing our system solutions, and we may not necessarily be
able to increase or maintain prices to account for these costs.
We cannot be sure that we will successfully complete the
development and introduction of new solutions or enhancements or
that our new solutions will be accepted in the marketplace. We
may also fail to develop and deploy new solutions and
enhancements on a timely basis. In either case, we may lose
market share to our competitors, and our net revenues and
results of operations could suffer.
26
We
must adhere to industry and government regulations and standards
and therefore sales will suffer if we cannot comply with
them.
Our system solutions must meet industry standards imposed by
EMVCo LLC, Visa, MasterCard, and other credit card associations
and standard setting organizations. New standards are
continually being adopted or proposed as a result of worldwide
anti-fraud initiatives, the increasing need for system
compatibility and technology developments such as wireless and
wireline IP communication. Our solutions also must comply with
government regulations, including those imposed by
telecommunications authorities and independent standards groups
worldwide regarding emissions, radiation, and connections with
telecommunications and radio networks. We cannot be sure that we
will be able to design our solutions to comply with future
standards or regulations on a timely basis, if at all.
Compliance with these standards could increase the cost of
developing or producing our solutions. New products designed to
meet any new standards need to be introduced to the market and
ordinarily need to be certified by the credit card associations
and our customers before being purchased. The certification
process is costly and time consuming and increases the amount of
time it takes to sell our products. Our business and financial
condition could be adversely affected if we cannot comply with
new or existing industry standards, or obtain or retain
necessary regulatory approval or certifications in a timely
fashion, or if compliance results in increasing the cost of our
products. Selling products that are non-compliant may result in
fines against us or our customers, which we may be liable to pay.
Risks
Related to Our Capital Structure
Our
secured credit facility contains restrictive and financial
covenants and, if we are unable to comply with these covenants,
we will be in default. A default could result in the
acceleration of our outstanding indebtedness, which would have
an adverse effect on our business and stock price.
On October 31, 2006, we entered into a secured credit
agreement consisting of a Term B Loan facility of
$500 million and a revolving credit facility permitting
borrowings of up to $40 million (the Credit
Facility). The proceeds from the Term B loan were used to
repay all outstanding amounts relating to an existing senior
secured credit agreement, pay certain transaction costs, and
partially fund the cash consideration in connection with the
acquisition of Lipman on November 1, 2006. Through
October 31, 2008, we had repaid an aggregate of
$268.8 million, leaving a Term B Loan balance of
$231.2 million at October 31, 2008.
Our Credit Facility contains customary covenants that require
our subsidiaries to maintain certain specified financial ratios
and restrict their ability to make certain distributions with
respect to their capital stock, prepay other debt, encumber
their assets, incur additional indebtedness, make capital
expenditures above specified levels, engage in certain business
combinations, or undertake various other corporate activities.
Therefore, as a practical matter, these covenants restrict our
ability to engage in or benefit from such activities. In
addition, we have, in order to secure repayment of our Credit
Facility, pledged substantially all of our assets and
properties. This pledge may reduce our operating flexibility
because it restricts our ability to dispose of these assets or
engage in other transactions that may be beneficial to us.
If we are unable to comply with the covenants in our Credit
Facility, we will be in default, which could result in the
acceleration of our outstanding indebtedness. In addition, if
our leverage exceeds a certain level set out in our Credit
Facility, a portion of our excess cash flows must be used to pay
down our outstanding debt. If acceleration occurs, we may not be
able to repay our debt and we may not be able to borrow
sufficient additional funds to refinance our debt. The
U.S. credit markets are currently experiencing a
significant contraction as a result of which we may not be able
to obtain additional financing on acceptable terms, or at all.
If we were to default in performance under the Credit Facility
we may pursue an amendment or waiver of the Credit Facility with
our existing lenders, but there can be no assurance that the
lenders would grant another amendment and waiver and, in light
of current credit market conditions, any such amendment or
waiver may be on terms, including additional fees, as well as
increased interest rates and other more stringent terms and
conditions that are materially disadvantageous to us. For
example, as a result of the delay in our financial reports for
the 2007 fiscal year and the first two fiscal quarters of 2008,
we were required to obtain amendments to our Credit Facility
that resulted in an increase in the interest rate payable on our
term loan and revolving commitments, as well as increases in the
commitment fee for unused revolving
27
commitments and letter of credit fees. We also paid the
consenting lenders amendment fees in connection with the
amendments.
The
conditions of the U.S. and international capital markets may
adversely affect our ability to draw on our revolving credit
facility as well as have an adverse effect on other financial
transactions.
Lehman Commercial Paper, Inc. (Lehman CP) was a
lender under our revolving credit facility with a commitment of
$15 million out of the $40 million facility. As a
result of Lehman CPs filing of a voluntary Chapter 11
bankruptcy petition in October 2008, we reduced the revolving
credit facility by its commitment.
In addition, the filing by Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc.
(Lehman Brothers) of a voluntary Chapter 11
bankruptcy petition constituted an event of default
under our convertible note hedge transaction with
Lehman Brothers OTC Derivatives Inc. (Lehman
Derivatives), giving us the immediate right to terminate
the transaction and entitling us to claim reimbursement for the
loss incurred in terminating and closing out the transaction. On
September 21, 2008, we delivered a notice of termination to
Lehman Derivatives and claimed reimbursement for the loss
incurred in termination and close out of the transaction. We
could incur significant costs to replace this hedge transaction
if we elect to do so. These replacement costs may not be fully
offset by any proceeds recoverable from Lehman Brothers and
Lehman Derivatives (which has also filed a voluntary
Chapter 11 bankruptcy petition) following our termination
of the convertible note hedge transaction with Lehman
Derivatives.
If other financial institutions that have extended credit
commitments to us or have entered into hedge, insurance or
similar transactions with us are adversely affected by the
conditions of the U.S. and international capital markets,
they may become unable to fund borrowings under their credit
commitments to us or otherwise fulfill their obligations under
the relevant transactions, which could have a material and
adverse impact on our financial condition and our ability to
borrow additional funds, if needed, for working capital, capital
expenditures, acquisitions and other corporate purposes.
Our
indebtedness and debt service obligations under our Credit
Facility may adversely affect our cash flow, cash position, and
stock price.
We intend to fulfill our debt service obligations under our
Credit Facility from existing cash, investments and operations.
In the future, if we are unable to generate or raise additional
cash sufficient to meet these obligations and need to use more
of our existing cash than planned or to liquidate investments in
order to fund these obligations, we may have to delay or curtail
the development
and/or the
sales and marketing of new payment systems.
Our indebtedness could have significant additional negative
consequences, including, without limitation:
|
|
|
|
|
requiring the dedication of a significant portion of our
expected cash flow to service the indebtedness, thereby reducing
the amount of expected cash flow available for other purposes,
including capital expenditures;
|
|
|
|
increasing our vulnerability to general adverse economic
conditions;
|
|
|
|
limiting our ability to obtain additional financing; and
|
|
|
|
placing us at a possible competitive disadvantage to less
leveraged competitors and competitors that have better access to
capital resources.
|
Additionally, if we are required to refinance or raise
additional cash to settle our existing indebtedness on or prior
to its maturity, our ability to successfully achieve such
objective is dependent on a number of factors, including but not
limited to our business outlook, projected financial
performance, general availability of corporate credit, and
market demand for our securities offerings.
Any
modification of the accounting guidelines for convertible debt
could result in higher interest expense related to our
convertible debt, which could materially impact our results of
operations and earnings per share.
In May 2008, the Financial Accounting Standards Board
(FASB) issued FASB Staff Position (FSP)
APB 14-1,
Accounting for Convertible Debt Instruments That May Be
Settled in Cash upon Conversion (Including
28
Partial Cash Settlement). FSP APB
14-1
requires the issuer of convertible debt instruments with cash
settlement features to account separately for the liability and
equity components of the instrument. The debt would be
recognized at the present value of its cash flows discounted
using the issuers nonconvertible debt borrowing rate at
the time of issuance. The equity component would be recognized
as the difference between the proceeds from the issuance of the
note and the fair value of the liability. The FSP also requires
accretion of the resultant debt discount over the expected life
of the debt. The FSP is effective for fiscal years beginning
after December 15, 2008, and interim periods within those
years. Entities are required to apply the FSP retrospectively
for all periods presented. We are currently evaluating FSP APB
14-1 and
have not yet determined the impact its adoption will have on our
consolidated financial statements. However, the impact of this
new accounting treatment will be significant and will result in
a significant increase to non-cash interest expense beginning in
fiscal year 2010 for financial statements covering past and
future periods.
Some
provisions of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws may
delay or prevent transactions that many stockholders may
favor.
Some provisions of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws
may have the effect of delaying, discouraging or preventing a
merger or acquisition that our stockholders may consider
favorable, including transactions in which stockholders might
receive a premium for their shares. These provisions include:
|
|
|
|
|
authorization of the issuance of blank check
preferred stock without the need for action by stockholders;
|
|
|
|
the removal of directors or amendment of our organizational
documents only by the affirmative vote of the holders of
two-thirds of the shares of our capital stock entitled to vote;
|
|
|
|
provision that any vacancy on the board of directors, however
occurring, including a vacancy resulting from an enlargement of
the board, may only be filled by vote of the directors then in
office;
|
|
|
|
inability of stockholders to call special meetings of
stockholders, although stockholders are permitted to act by
written consent; and
|
|
|
|
advance notice requirements for board nominations and proposing
matters to be acted on by stockholders at stockholder meetings.
|
Our
share price has been volatile and we expect that the price of
our common stock may continue to fluctuate
substantially.
Our stock price has fluctuated substantially since our initial
public offering and more recently since the announcement of our
anticipated restatement in December 2007 and the more recent
turmoil in the worldwide financial markets. In addition to
fluctuations related to Company-specific factors, broad market
and industry factors may adversely affect the market price of
our common stock, regardless of our actual operating
performance. Factors that could cause fluctuations in our stock
price may include, among other things:
|
|
|
|
|
actual or anticipated variations in quarterly operating results;
|
|
|
|
changes in financial estimates by us or by any securities
analysts who might cover our stock, or our failure to meet the
estimates made by securities analysts;
|
|
|
|
changes in the market valuations of other companies operating in
our industry;
|
|
|
|
announcements by us or our competitors of significant
acquisitions, strategic partnerships or divestitures;
|
|
|
|
additions or departures of key personnel; and
|
|
|
|
sales of our common stock, including sales of our common stock
by our directors and officers or by our principal stockholders.
|
|
|
ITEM 1B.
|
UNRESOLVED
STAFF COMMENTS
|
None.
29
Our headquarters are located in San Jose, California.
Warehouse and distribution facilities are located in the U.S.,
Israel, United Kingdom, Turkey, Singapore, China, and Brazil.
Our warehouse and distribution space is leased and totals
approximately 290,000 square feet.
We also maintain research facilities and sales and
administrative offices in the U.S. at approximately
15 locations in eight states or jurisdictions and outside
the U.S. at approximately 45 locations in 20 countries. All
of these locations are leased. We are using substantially all of
our currently available productive space to develop,
manufacture, market, sell and distribute our products. Our
facilities are in good operating condition, suitable for their
respective uses and adequate for current needs.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Approximate
|
|
Location
|
|
Square Footage
|
|
|
Corporate Headquarters:
|
|
|
|
|
United States
|
|
|
20,131
|
|
Warehouse and Distribution Facilities:
|
|
|
|
|
United States
|
|
|
160,610
|
|
International
|
|
|
109,219
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
289,960
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sales office or Research and Development:
|
|
|
|
|
United States
|
|
|
253,795
|
|
International
|
|
|
228,841
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
482,636
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ITEM 3.
|
LEGAL
PROCEEDINGS
|
Class Action
and Derivative Lawsuits
On or after December 4, 2007, several securities class
action claims were filed against us and certain of our officers,
former officers, and a former director. These lawsuits have been
consolidated in the U.S. District Court for the Northern
District of California as In re VeriFone Holdings, Inc.
Securities Litigation, C
07-6140 MHP.
The original actions were: Eichenholtz v. VeriFone
Holdings, Inc. et al., C
07-6140 MHP;
Lien v. VeriFone Holdings, Inc. et al., C
07-6195 JSW;
Vaughn et al. v. VeriFone Holdings, Inc. et al., C
07-6197 VRW
(Plaintiffs voluntarily dismissed this complaint on
March 7, 2008); Feldman et al. v. VeriFone
Holdings, Inc. et al., C
07-6218 MMC;
Cerini v. VeriFone Holdings, Inc. et al., C
07-6228 SC;
Westend Capital Management LLC v. VeriFone Holdings,
Inc. et al., C
07-6237 MMC;
Hill v. VeriFone Holdings, Inc. et al., C
07-6238 MHP;
Offutt v. VeriFone Holdings, Inc. et al., C
07-6241 JSW;
Feitel v. VeriFone Holdings, Inc., et al., C
08-0118 CW.
On August 22, 2008, the Court appointed plaintiff National
Elevator Fund lead plaintiff and its attorneys lead counsel.
Plaintiff filed its consolidated amended class action complaint
on October 31, 2008 and we filed our motion to dismiss on
December 31, 2008. The consolidated amended complaint
asserts claims under the Securities Exchange Act
Sections 10(b), 20(a), and 20A and Securities and Exchange
Commission
Rule 10b-5
for securities fraud and control person liability against us and
certain of our current and former officers and directors, based
on allegations that we and the individual defendants made false
or misleading public statements regarding our business and
operations during the putative class periods and seeks
unspecified monetary damages and other relief. Discovery has not
yet commenced and is not expected to do so until after a ruling
on our motion to dismiss. At this time, we have not recorded any
liabilities as we are unable to estimate any potential liability.
Beginning on December 13, 2007, several actions were also
filed against certain current and former directors and officers
derivatively on our behalf. These derivative lawsuits were filed
in: (1) the U.S. District Court for the Northern
District of California, as In re VeriFone Holdings, Inc.
Shareholder Derivative Litigation, Lead Case No. C
07-6347,
which consolidates King v. Bergeron, et al. (Case
No. 07-CV-6347),
Hilborn v. VeriFone Holdings, Inc., et al. (Case
No. 08-CV-1132),
Patel v. Bergeron, et al. (Case
No. 08-CV-1133),
and Lemmond, et al. v. VeriFone Holdings, Inc., et al.
(Case
No. 08-CV-1301);
and (2) California Superior Court, Santa Clara County,
as In re
30
VeriFone Holdings, Inc. Derivative Litigation, Lead Case
No. 1-07-CV-100980,
which consolidates Catholic Medical Mission Board v.
Bergeron, et al. (Case
No. 1-07-CV-100980),
and Carpel v. Bergeron, et al. (Case
No. 1-07-CV-101449).
On May 15, 2008, the Court in the federal derivative action
appointed Charles R. King as lead plaintiff and his attorneys as
lead counsel. On October 31, 2008, plaintiffs in the
federal action filed their consolidated amended derivative
complaint, which names us as a nominal defendant and brings
claims for insider selling, breach of fiduciary duty, unjust
enrichment, waste of corporate assets and aiding and abetting
breach of fiduciary duty against us and certain of our current
and former officers and directors. On December 15, 2008, we
and the other defendants filed a motion to dismiss. The parties
have agreed by stipulation that briefing on this motion will
relate only to the issue of plaintiffs failure to make a
pre-suit demand on our Board of Directors.
On October 31, 2008, the derivative plaintiffs in
California Superior Court for the County of Santa Clara
filed their consolidated derivative complaint, naming us as a
nominal defendant and brings claims for insider selling, breach
of fiduciary duty, unjust enrichment, waste of corporate assets
and aiding and abetting breach of fiduciary duty against certain
of our current and former officers and directors and our largest
shareholder, GTCR Golder Rauner. On November 10, 2008, we
filed a motion to stay the state court action pending resolution
of the parallel federal actions, and the parties have agreed by
stipulation to delay briefing on the motion to stay until after
the issue of demand futility is resolved in the federal
derivative case.
On January 27, 2008, a class action complaint was filed
against us in the Central District Court in Tel Aviv, Israel on
behalf of purchasers of our stock on the Tel Aviv Stock
Exchange. The complaint seeks compensation for damages allegedly
incurred by the class of plaintiffs due to the publication of
erroneous financial reports. We filed a motion to stay the
action, in light of the proceedings already filed in the United
States, on March 31, 2008. A hearing on the motion was held
on May 25, 2008. Further briefing in support of the stay
motion, specifically with regard to the threshold issue of
applicable law, was submitted on June 24, 2008. On
September 11, 2008, the Israeli District Court ruled in our
favor, holding that U.S. law would apply in determining our
liability. On October 7, 2008, plaintiffs filed a motion
for leave to appeal the District Courts ruling to the
Israeli Supreme Court. Our response to plaintiffs appeal
motion is currently due January 18, 2009. Because our
motion to stay will depend upon the Supreme Courts ruling,
the District Court has stayed its proceedings until the Supreme
Court rules on plaintiffs motion for leave to appeal. At
this time, we have not recorded any liabilities as we are unable
to estimate any potential liability.
The foregoing cases are still in the preliminary stages, and we
are not able to quantify the extent of our potential liability,
if any. An unfavorable outcome in any of these matters could
have a material adverse effect on our business, financial
condition, and results of operations. In addition, defending
this litigation is likely to be costly and may divert
managements attention from the day-to-day operations of
our business.
Regulatory
Actions
We have responded to inquiries and provided information and
documents related to the restatement of our fiscal year 2007
interim financial statements to the Securities and Exchange
Commission, the Department of Justice, the New York Stock
Exchange, and the Chicago Board Options Exchange. The SEC has
interviewed several of our current and former officers and
employees. We are continuing to cooperate with the SEC in
responding to the SECs requests for information and in
scheduling interviews with current and former officers and
employees. We are unable to predict what consequences, if any,
any investigation by any regulatory agency may have on us. There
is no assurance that other regulatory inquiries will not be
commenced by other U.S. federal, state or foreign
regulatory agencies.
Brazilian
State Tax Assessment
One of our Brazilian subsidiaries has been notified of a tax
assessment regarding Brazilian state value added tax
(VAT), for the periods from January 2000 to December
2001 that relates to products supplied to us by a contract
manufacturer. The assessment relates to an asserted deficiency
of 4.7 million Brazilian reais (approximately
$2.3 million) excluding interest. The tax assessment was
based on a clerical error in which our Brazilian subsidiary
omitted the required tax exemption number on its invoices.
Management does not expect that we will ultimately incur a
material liability in respect of this assessment, because they
believe, based in part on advice of our Brazilian tax counsel,
that we are likely to prevail in the proceedings relating to
this assessment. On May 25, 2005, we had an administrative
hearing with respect to this audit. We expect to receive the
decision of the administrative
31
body sometime in 2009. In the event we receive an adverse ruling
from the administrative body, we will decide whether or not to
appeal and would reexamine the determination as to whether an
accrual is necessary. It is currently uncertain what impact this
state tax examination may have with respect to our use of a
corresponding exemption to reduce the Brazilian federal VAT.
Importation
of Goods Assessments
Two of our Brazilian subsidiaries that were acquired as a part
of the Lipman acquisition have been notified of assessments
regarding Brazilian customs penalties that relate to alleged
infractions in the importation of goods. The assessments were
issued by the Federal Revenue Department in the City of
Vitória, the City of São Paulo, and the City of
Itajai. The assessments relate to asserted deficiencies totaling
26.9 million Brazilian reais (approximately
$12.8 million) excluding interest. The tax authorities
allege that the structure used for the importation of goods was
simulated with the objective of evading taxes levied on the
importation by under-invoicing the imported goods; the tax
authorities allege that the simulation was created through a
fraudulent interposition of parties, where the real sellers and
buyers of the imported goods were hidden.
In the Vitória tax assessment, the fines were reduced from
4.7 million Brazilian reais (approximately
$2.2 million) to 1.5 million Brazilian reais
(approximately $0.7 million) on a first level
administrative decision on January 26, 2007. The proceeding
has been remitted to the Taxpayers Council to adjudicate the
appeal of the first level administrative decision filed by the
tax authorities. We also appealed the first level administrative
decision on February 26, 2007. In this appeal, we argued
that the tax authorities did not have enough evidence to
determine that the import transactions were indeed fraudulent
and that, even if there were some irregularities in such
importations, they could not be deemed to be our responsibility
since all the transactions were performed by the third-party
importer of the goods. On February 27, 2008, the Taxpayers
Council rendered its decision to investigate the first level
administrative decision for further analysis of the matter. We
expect to receive the decision of the Taxpayers Council sometime
in 2009. In the event we receive an adverse ruling from the
Taxpayers Council, we will decide whether or not to appeal to
the judicial level. Based on our current understanding of the
underlying facts, we believe that it is probable that its
Brazilian subsidiary will be required to pay some amount of
fines. At October 31, 2008, we have accrued
4.7 million Brazilian reais (approximately
$2.2 million), excluding interest, which we believe is the
probable payment.
On July 12, 2007, we were notified of a first
administrative level decision rendered in the São Paulo tax
assessment, which maintained the total fine of 20.2 million
Brazilian reais (approximately $9.7 million) imposed. On
August 10, 2007, we appealed the first administrative level
decision to the Taxpayers Council. A hearing was held on
August 12, 2008 before the Taxpayers Council and on
October 14, 2008, the Taxpayers Council granted our appeal
and dismissed the Sao Paulo assessment. However, the Taxpayers
Council has not issued its written opinion concerning the legal
basis for such dismissal, and the Brazilian tax authorities have
informed us that it will file a revised assessment in this
matter. Based on our current understanding of the underlying
facts, we believe that it is probable that our Brazilian
subsidiary will be required to pay some amount of fines.
Accordingly, at October 31, 2008, we have accrued
20.2 million Brazilian reais (approximately
$9.7 million), excluding interest.
On May 22, 2008, we were notified of a first administrative
level decision rendered in the Itajai assessment, which
maintained the total fine of 2.0 million Brazilian reais
(approximately $0.9 million) imposed, excluding interest.
On May 27, 2008, we appealed the first level administrative
level decision to the Taxpayers Council. Based on our current
understanding of the underlying facts, we believe that it is
probable that our Brazilian subsidiary will be required to pay
some amount of fines. Accordingly, at October 31, 2008, we
have accrued 2.0 million Brazilian reais (approximately
$0.9 million), excluding interest.
SPA
Syspatronic AG v. VeriFone Holdings, Inc., VeriFone, Inc.,
et al.
On September 18, 2007, SPA Syspatronic AG (SPA)
commenced an action in the United States District Court for the
Eastern District of Texas, Marshall Division, against us and
others, alleging infringement of U.S. Patent
No. 5,093,862 purportedly owned by SPA. The plaintiff is
seeking a judgment of infringement, an injunction against
further infringement, damages, interest, and attorneys
fees. We filed an answer and counterclaims on November 8,
2007, and intend to vigorously defend this litigation. On
January 28, 2008, we requested that the U.S. Patent
and Trademark Office (the PTO) perform a
re-examination of the patent. The PTO granted the request on
April 4, 2008. We then filed a motion to stay the
proceedings with the Court and on April 25, 2008, the Court
agreed to stay the proceedings pending the re-examination. On
December 19, 2008, the PTO rejected all
32
claims of the subject patent on the same basis as was identified
in our request for re-examination. The case is still in the
preliminary stages, and it is not possible to quantify the
extent of our potential liability, if any. An unfavorable
outcome could have a material adverse effect on our business,
financial condition, results of operations, and cash flow.
Cardsoft,
Inc. et al v. VeriFone Holdings, Inc., VeriFone, Inc.,
et al.
On March 6, 2008, Cardsoft, Inc. and Cardsoft (Assignment
for the Benefit of Creditors), LLC (Cardsoft)
commenced an action in the United States District Court for the
Eastern District of Texas, Marshall Division, against us and
others, alleging infringement of U.S. Patents
No. 6,934,945 and No. 7,302,683 purportedly owned by
Cardsoft. The plaintiff is seeking a judgment of infringement,
an injunction against further infringement, damages, interest,
and attorneys fees. We intend to vigorously defend this
litigation.
Communication
Transaction Solutions, Inc. v. VeriFone Holdings, Inc.,
VeriFone, Inc., et al.
We are a defendant in this action initiated in the California
Superior Court in Santa Clara County on August 30,
2006, in which the plaintiff alleges, among other things,
misappropriation of trade secrets in connection with the
Companys development of its wireless
pay-at-the-table
system. These allegations followed our decision in
October 2005 to terminate discussions regarding a possible
acquisition of the plaintiffs business. The plaintiff is
seeking damages, interest and attorneys fees. The parties
argued summary judgment motions on September 4, 2008 and on
September 11, 2008, the Court dismissed certain of the
plaintiffs claims. With respect to the remaining claims,
the case is scheduled to go to trial in January 2009. We have
engaged in court-mandated settlement discussions with the
plaintiff but no settlement has been reached. Although an
unfavorable outcome could have a material adverse effect on us,
we believe the plaintiffs claims are entirely without
merit and intend to vigorously defend this litigation and pursue
our counterclaims.
From time to time, we are subject to other legal proceedings
related to commercial, customer, and employment matters that
have arisen during the ordinary course of its business. Although
there can be no assurance as to the ultimate disposition of
these matters, our management has determined, based upon the
information available at the date of these financial statements,
that the expected outcome of these matters, individually or in
the aggregate, will not have a material adverse effect on our
consolidated financial position, results of operations, or cash
flows.
|
|
ITEM 4.
|
SUBMISSION
OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS
|
The following is a tabulation of the votes on proposals
considered at our annual meeting of stockholders held on
October 8, 2008:
1. To elect nine directors to serve on our Board of
Directors for one-year terms.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For
|
|
|
Withheld
|
|
|
Douglas G. Bergeron
|
|
|
67,279,614
|
|
|
|
859,644
|
|
Robert W. Alspaugh
|
|
|
67,966,504
|
|
|
|
172,754
|
|
Dr. Leslie G. Denend
|
|
|
59,988,975
|
|
|
|
8,150,283
|
|
Alex W. (Pete) Hart
|
|
|
63,306,539
|
|
|
|
4,832,719
|
|
Robert B. Henske
|
|
|
59,990,464
|
|
|
|
8,148,794
|
|
Eitan Raff
|
|
|
67,966,400
|
|
|
|
172,858
|
|
Charles R. Rinehart
|
|
|
64,222,967
|
|
|
|
3,916,291
|
|
Collin E. Roche
|
|
|
63,509,723
|
|
|
|
4,629,535
|
|
Jeffrey E. Stiefler
|
|
|
67,981,066
|
|
|
|
158,192
|
|
2. To approve an amendment to VeriFones Certificate
of Incorporation to increase the authorized number of shares of
common stock.
|
|
|
|
|
For
|
|
|
65,102,140
|
|
Against
|
|
|
3,018,408
|
|
Abstain
|
|
|
18,710
|
|
33
3. To approve an amendment to our 2006 Equity Incentive
Plan to increase the number of shares of common stock that may
be issued thereunder.
|
|
|
|
|
For
|
|
|
38,841,702
|
|
Against
|
|
|
22,577,585
|
|
Abstain
|
|
|
12,363
|
|
Broker Non-Vote
|
|
|
6,707,608
|
|
4. To ratify the selection of Ernst & Young LLP
as our independent registered public accounting firm for the
fiscal year ended October 31, 2008.
|
|
|
|
|
For
|
|
|
65,902,575
|
|
Against
|
|
|
375,881
|
|
Abstain
|
|
|
1,860,802
|
|
PART II
|
|
ITEM 5.
|
MARKET
FOR THE REGISTRANTS COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER
MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES
|
Our common stock has been quoted on the New York Stock Exchange
under the symbol PAY since April 29, 2005.
Prior to that time, there was no public market for our stock.
The following table sets forth for the indicated periods, the
high and low sale prices of our common stock.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal 2008 Quarter Ended
|
|
|
Fiscal 2007 Quarter Ended
|
|
|
|
Jan. 31
|
|
|
Apr. 30
|
|
|
Jul. 31
|
|
|
Oct. 31
|
|
|
Jan. 31
|
|
|
Apr. 30
|
|
|
Jul. 31
|
|
|
Oct. 31
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
High
|
|
$
|
49.79
|
|
|
$
|
21.12
|
|
|
$
|
16.14
|
|
|
$
|
21.17
|
|
|
$
|
40.82
|
|
|
$
|
42.72
|
|
|
$
|
38.94
|
|
|
$
|
50.00
|
|
Low
|
|
$
|
15.59
|
|
|
$
|
10.10
|
|
|
$
|
10.75
|
|
|
$
|
8.53
|
|
|
$
|
29.26
|
|
|
$
|
34.84
|
|
|
$
|
31.45
|
|
|
$
|
33.03
|
|
On October 31, 2008, the closing sale price of our common
stock on the New York Stock Exchange was $11.36 and on
December 31, 2008, the closing sale price of our common
stock on the New York Stock Exchange was $4.90. As of
December 31, 2008, there were approximately 36 stockholders
of record. Because many shares of our common stock are held by
brokers and other institutions on behalf of stockholders, we are
unable to estimate the total number of stockholders represented
by these holders of record.
Dividend
Policy
We have not declared or paid cash dividends on our capital stock
in our most recent four full fiscal years. We do not expect to
pay any cash dividends for the foreseeable future. We currently
intend to retain any future earnings to finance our operations
and growth. Any future determination to pay cash dividends will
be at the discretion of our board of directors and will be
dependent on earnings, financial condition, operating results,
capital requirements, any contractual restrictions, and other
factors that our board of directors deems relevant. In addition,
our Credit Facility contains limitations on the ability of our
principal operating subsidiary, VeriFone, Inc., to declare and
pay cash dividends. Because we conduct our business through our
subsidiaries, as a practical matter these restrictions similarly
limit our ability to pay dividends on our common stock.
Securities
Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation
Plans
Information with respect to Securities Authorized for Issuance
Under Equity Compensation may be found in
Item 12 Security Ownership of Certain
Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder
Matters Equity Compensation Plan Information,
which section is incorporated herein by reference.
34
Performance
Graph
The following graph and table:
|
|
|
|
|
compares the performance of an investment in our common stock
over the period of April 29, 2005 through October 31,
2008 beginning with an investment at the closing market price on
April 29, 2005, the end of the first day our common stock
traded on the exchange following our initial public offering,
and thereafter, based on the closing price of our common stock
on the market, with the S&P 500 Index and a selected peer
group index (the Comparables Index). The Comparables
Index was selected on an industry basis and includes Ingenico
S.A., Hypercom Corp., International Business Machines Corp.,
MICROS Systems, Inc., NCR Corp. and Radiant Systems, Inc.
|
|
|
|
assumes $100 was invested on the start date at the price
indicated and that dividends, if any, were reinvested on the
date of payment without payment of any commissions. The
performance shown in the graph and table represents past
performance and should not be considered an indication of future
performance.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
April 29,
|
|
|
|
October 31,
|
|
|
|
October 31,
|
|
|
|
October 31,
|
|
|
|
October 31,
|
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
VeriFone Holdings, Inc.
|
|
|
$
|
100.00
|
|
|
|
$
|
215.81
|
|
|
|
$
|
271.72
|
|
|
|
$
|
459.81
|
|
|
|
$
|
105.67
|
|
S&P 500 Index
|
|
|
$
|
100.00
|
|
|
|
$
|
104.34
|
|
|
|
$
|
119.11
|
|
|
|
$
|
133.93
|
|
|
|
$
|
83.74
|
|
Comparables Index
|
|
|
$
|
100.00
|
|
|
|
$
|
107.05
|
|
|
|
$
|
121.32
|
|
|
|
$
|
153.57
|
|
|
|
$
|
120.81
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The information provided above under the heading
Performance Graph shall not be considered
filed for purposes of Section 18 of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934 or incorporated by reference in
any filing under the Securities Act of 1933 or the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934.
35
|
|
ITEM 6.
|
SELECTED
FINANCIAL DATA
|
The following selected consolidated financial data should be
read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements
and the accompanying notes and Item 7
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
and Results of Operations included elsewhere in this
report. The selected data in this section is not intended to
replace the consolidated financial statements.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended October 31,
|
|
|
|
2008(1)
|
|
|
2007(2)
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except per share data)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net revenues
|
|
$
|
921,931
|
|
|
$
|
902,892
|
|
|
$
|
581,070
|
|
|
$
|
485,367
|
|
|
$
|
390,088
|
|
Cost of net revenues
|
|
|
628,900
|
|
|
|
603,660
|
|
|
|
319,525
|
|
|
|
288,542
|
|
|
|
241,637
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
293,031
|
|
|
|
299,232
|
|
|
|
261,545
|
|
|
|
196,825
|
|
|
|
148,451
|
|
Operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Research and development
|
|
|
75,622
|
|
|
|
65,430
|
|
|
|
47,353
|
|
|
|
41,830
|
|
|
|
33,703
|
|
Sales and marketing
|
|
|
91,457
|
|
|
|
96,295
|
|
|
|
58,607
|
|
|
|
52,231
|
|
|
|
44,002
|
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
126,625
|
|
|
|
80,704
|
|
|
|
42,573
|
|
|
|
29,609
|
|
|
|
25,503
|
|
Impairment of goodwill and intangible assets
|
|
|
289,119
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortization of purchased intangible assets
|
|
|
26,033
|
|
|
|
21,571
|
|
|
|
4,703
|
|
|
|
4,967
|
|
|
|
10,200
|
|
In-process research and development
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,752
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
608,856
|
|
|
|
270,752
|
|
|
|
153,236
|
|
|
|
128,637
|
|
|
|
113,408
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income (loss)
|
|
|
(315,825
|
)
|
|
|
28,480
|
|
|
|
108,309
|
|
|
|
68,188
|
|
|
|
35,043
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
(28,413
|
)
|
|
|
(36,598
|
)
|
|
|
(13,617
|
)
|
|
|
(15,384
|
)
|
|
|
(12,597
|
)
|
Interest income
|
|
|
5,981
|
|
|
|
6,702
|
|
|
|
3,372
|
|
|
|
598
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other income (expense), net
|
|
|
(13,181
|
)
|
|
|
(7,882
|
)
|
|
|
(6,394
|
)
|
|
|
(6,673
|
)
|
|
|
(11,869
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) before income taxes
|
|
|
(351,438
|
)
|
|
|
(9,298
|
)
|
|
|
91,670
|
|
|
|
46,729
|
|
|
|
10,577
|
|
Provision for income taxes
|
|
|
73,884
|
|
|
|
24,718
|
|
|
|
32,159
|
|
|
|
13,490
|
|
|
|
4,971
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
|
(425,322
|
)
|
|
|
(34,016
|
)
|
|
|
59,511
|
|
|
|
33,239
|
|
|
|
5,606
|
|
Accrued dividends on preferred stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,959
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders
|
|
$
|
(425,322
|
)
|
|
$
|
(34,016
|
)
|
|
$
|
59,511
|
|
|
$
|
33,239
|
|
|
$
|
647
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss) per common share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
(5.05
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.41
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.90
|
|
|
$
|
0.57
|
|
|
$
|
0.01
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$
|
(5.05
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.41
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.86
|
|
|
$
|
0.54
|
|
|
$
|
0.01
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average shares used in computing net income (loss) per
common share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
84,220
|
|
|
|
82,194
|
|
|
|
66,217
|
|
|
|
58,318
|
|
|
|
50,725
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
84,220
|
|
|
|
82,194
|
|
|
|
68,894
|
|
|
|
61,460
|
|
|
|
56,588
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash dividends per common share
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
1.72
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
36
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of October 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007(3)
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Consolidated Balance Sheets Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
157,160
|
|
|
$
|
215,001
|
|
|
$
|
86,564
|
|
|
$
|
65,065
|
|
|
$
|
12,705
|
|
Total assets
|
|
|
1,079,752
|
|
|
|
1,547,309
|
|
|
|
452,945
|
|
|
|
327,352
|
|
|
|
245,619
|
|
Long-term debt and capital leases, including current portion
|
|
|
548,379
|
|
|
|
553,152
|
|
|
|
192,889
|
|
|
|
182,806
|
|
|
|
262,187
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Our fiscal year 2008 results of operations include
$41.8 million of general and administrative costs related
to the restatement of interim financial information for the
first three quarters of the fiscal year ended October 31,
2007. We recorded $262.5 million impairment of goodwill and
$26.6 million impairment of developed and core technology
intangible assets due to lower revenue expectation in light of
current operating performance and future operating expectations.
We also recognized a $62.3 million income tax expense for
recording a full valuation allowance against all beginning of
the year balances for U.S. deferred tax assets. |
|
(2) |
|
We acquired Lipman on November 1, 2006 and its results of
operations are included from the date of acquisition. We also
recognized an IPR&D expense of $6.8 million in
connection with our Lipman acquisition. |
|
(3) |
|
In November 2006, we increased our outstanding balance on our
Term B Loan to $500.0 million. In June 2007, we sold
$316.2 million of 1.375% Senior Convertible Notes due
2012. We repaid $263.8 million of our outstanding Term B
Loan with the proceeds from the sale of the 1.375% Senior
Convertible Notes. |
|
|
ITEM 7.
|
MANAGEMENTS
DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF
OPERATIONS
|
This section and other parts of this
Form 10-K
contain forward-looking statements that involve risks and
uncertainties. In some cases, forward-looking statements can be
identified by words such as anticipates,
expects, believes, plans,
predicts, and similar terms. Such forward-looking
statements are based on current expectations, estimates, and
projections about our industry, and managements beliefs
and assumptions. Forward-looking statements are not guarantees
of future performance and our actual results may differ
significantly from the results discussed in the forward-looking
statements. Factors that might cause such differences include,
but are not limited to, those discussed in
Item 1A Risk Factors above. The
following discussion should be read in conjunction with the
consolidated financial statements and notes thereto included
elsewhere in this
Form 10-K.
Unless required by law, we undertake no obligation to update any
forward-looking statements, whether as result of new
information, future events, or otherwise.
Overview
We are a global leader in secure electronic payment solutions.
We provide expertise, solutions, and services that add value to
the point of sale with merchant-operated, consumer-facing, and
self-service payment systems for the financial, retail,
hospitality, petroleum, government, transportation and
healthcare vertical markets. We have one of the leading
electronic payment solutions brands and are one of the largest
providers of electronic payment systems worldwide. We believe
that we benefit from a number of competitive advantages gained
through our 27 year history and success in our industry.
These advantages include our globally trusted brand name, large
installed base, significant involvement in the development of
industry standards, global operating scale, customizable
platforms, and investment in research and development. We
believe that these advantages position us well to capitalize on
the continuing global shift toward electronic payment
transactions.
Our industrys growth continues to be driven by the
long-term shift towards electronic payment transactions and away
from cash and checks in addition to an improvement in security
standards that require more advanced electronic payment systems.
Internationally, growth rates have been higher because of the
relatively lower penetration rates of electronic payment
transactions in many countries as well as governmental efforts
to modernize their economies and use electronic payments as a
means of improving collection of value-added tax
(VAT) and sales tax. Recently, additional factors
have driven growth, including the shift from dial up to internet
protocol (IP)
37
based and wireless communications, personal identification
number (PIN) based debit transactions, and advances
in computing technology which enable vertical solutions and
non-payment applications to reside at the point of sale.
Revenues recognized in our fiscal quarters have tended to be
back-end loaded as we receive sales orders and deliver our
System Solutions towards the end of each fiscal quarter
including the fourth quarter. This back-end loading may
adversely affect our results of operations in a number of ways.
First, if we expect to receive sales orders that do not
materialize at the end of the fiscal quarter or if we do not
receive them with sufficient time to deliver our System
Solutions and recognize revenue in that fiscal quarter, our
revenues and profitability may be adversely affected. In
addition, the manufacturing processes at our internal
manufacturing facility could become concentrated in a shorter
time period which could increase labor and other manufacturing
costs as well as delivery costs and negatively impact our gross
margins. If, on the other hand, we were to hold higher inventory
levels to counteract this effect, we would be subject to an
enhanced risk of inventory obsolescence. The concentration of
orders may also make it difficult to accurately forecast
component requirements and, as a result, we could experience a
shortage of the components needed for production, possibly
delaying shipments and causing lost orders. This could cause us
to fail to meet our revenue and operating profit expectations
for a particular quarter and could increase the fluctuation of
our quarterly results if shipments are delayed from one fiscal
quarter to the next or orders are cancelled by customers.
Security has become a driving factor in our business as our
customers endeavor to meet ever escalating governmental
requirements related to the prevention of identity theft as well
as operating safeguards imposed by the credit and debit card
associations, members of which include Visa International
(Visa) MasterCard Worldwide
(MasterCard), American Express, Discover Financial
Services, and JCB Co., Ltd. (JCB). In September
2006, these card associations established the PCI SSC to oversee
and unify industry standards in the areas of credit card data
security, referred to as the PCI-PED standard which consists of
PIN-entry device security (PED) and the
PCI-DSS for
enterprise data security, and the Payment Application Data
Security Standard (PA-DSS) for payment application
data security. We are a leader in providing systems and software
solutions that meet these standards and have upgraded or
launched next generation system solutions that span our product
portfolio ahead of mandated deadlines.
We operate in two business segments: North America and
International. We define North America as the United States and
Canada, and International as all other countries from which we
derive revenues.
In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2008, we experienced lower than
expected revenue levels and softer demand globally due to
weakened markets and adverse economic conditions. Even if
economic conditions improve, we believe that demand for
wireless, IP-enabled, PIN-based debit and enhanced security
systems will continue to be adversely affected by lower North
American demand as retailers plan to close redundant or
underperforming locations and the purchasing power of certain
International customers diminishes due to unfavorable foreign
currency exchange rate movements. However, we expect demand in
emerging economies to continue to grow faster relative to our
mature markets as these economies develop and seek to enhance
VAT collection. We continue to devote research and development
(R&D) resources to address these market needs.
Lipman
Acquisition
On November 1, 2006, we acquired Lipman Electronic
Engineering Ltd, or Lipman, and in connection with this
acquisition, we issued 13,462,474 shares of our common
stock and paid $347.4 million in cash in exchange for all
the outstanding ordinary shares of Lipman. All options to
purchase Lipman ordinary shares were exchanged for options to
purchase approximately 3.4 million shares of our common
stock. In addition, in accordance with the merger agreement,
Lipmans Board of Directors declared a special cash
dividend of $1.50 per Lipman ordinary share, or an aggregate
amount of $40.4 million. The aggregate purchase price for
this acquisition was $799.3 million.
38
Results
of Operations
Restatement
On December 3, 2007, we announced that our management had
identified errors in accounting related to the valuation of
in-transit inventory and allocation of manufacturing and
distribution overhead to inventory and that as a result of these
errors, we anticipated that a restatement of our unaudited
condensed consolidated financial statements for the interim
periods during our fiscal year ended October 31, 2007 would
be required. Our Audit Committee conducted an independent
investigation into the errors in accounting that led to the
anticipated restatement.
The Audit Committee investigation and restatement process
resulted in delays to the completion of our fiscal year 2007
annual financial statements and first and second quarter of
fiscal year 2008 interim financial statements and identified
several weaknesses in our internal controls. We have incurred
and will continue to incur significant costs related to this
process. In addition, a number of securities class action
complaints were filed against us and certain of our current and
former officers, and a number of derivative actions were filed
against certain of our current and former directors and
officers. The costs of the investigation, the restatement and
defense of the related litigation, as well as the time and
energy required to be devoted to these matters by our
management, has had a significant impact on our results of
operations and may continue to do so for the foreseeable future.
In connection with the Audit Committee investigation and
restatement process, we identified material weaknesses in our
internal control over financial reporting, as a result of which
our senior management concluded that our disclosure controls and
procedures were not effective. These material weaknesses were
previously disclosed under Item 9A
Controls and Procedures in our Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2007. Although we
have worked to resolve these material weaknesses in our internal
controls, as disclosed under Item 9A
Controls and Procedures in this Annual Report, our
management has determined that certain of these material
weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting were
not remediated as of October 31, 2008.
Net
Revenues
We generate net revenues through the sale of our electronic
payment systems and solutions that enable electronic
transactions, which we identify as System Solutions, and to a
lesser extent, warranty and support services, field deployment,
installation and upgrade services, and customer specific
application development, which we identify as Services.
Net revenues, which include System Solutions and Services, are
summarized in the following table (in thousands, except
percentages):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended October 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Change
|
|
|
% Change
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
Change
|
|
|
% Change
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
System Solutions
|
|
$
|
807,465
|
|
|
$
|
15,176
|
|
|
|
1.9
|
%
|
|
$
|
792,289
|
|
|
$
|
275,135
|
|
|
|
53.2
|
%
|
|
$
|
517,154
|
|
Services
|
|
|
114,466
|
|
|
|
3,863
|
|
|
|
3.5
|
%
|
|
|
110,603
|
|
|
|
46,687
|
|
|
|
73.0
|
%
|
|
|
63,916
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
921,931
|
|
|
$
|
19,039
|
|
|
|
2.1
|
%
|
|
$
|
902,892
|
|
|
$
|
321,822
|
|
|
|
55.4
|
%
|
|
$
|
581,070
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
System
Solutions Revenues
System Solutions net revenues increased $15.2 million, or
1.9%, to $807.5 million for the fiscal year ended
October 31, 2008 from $792.3 million for the fiscal
year ended October 31, 2007. System Solutions net revenues
comprised 87.6% of total net revenues for the fiscal year ended
October 31, 2008 as compared to 87.8% for the fiscal year
ended October 31, 2007.
International System Solutions net revenues for the fiscal year
ended October 31, 2008 increased $56.3 million, or
12.5%, to $506.9 million compared to the fiscal year ended
October 31, 2007. Latin American net revenues increased
$31.6 million, or 22.1% to $174.6 million, European
net revenues increased $19.4 million, or 7.9%, to
$264.6 million, and net revenues in Asia increased
$5.3 million, or 8.5%, to $67.7 million, compared to
the fiscal
39
year ended October 31, 2007. In Latin America, Brazil
financial system solutions markets were favorably impacted by
the public offering of one of our largest Brazilian customers
and Brazil demand for prepaid
top-ups,
medical and healthcare system solutions increased due to a
favorable macroeconomic climate throughout most of the year.
Mexico revenues declined due to a less favorable tax regime from
the government sponsored terminalization program. European net
revenues increased slightly due to improved supply chain and
sales execution compared to the fiscal year ended
October 31, 2007. However, revenues were adversely impacted
by increased pricing competition from our principal competitors
in Europe and Latin America and local competitors in Asia.
North America System Solutions net revenues for the fiscal year
ended October 31, 2008 decreased $41.2 million or
12.0% to $300.6 million compared to the fiscal year ended
October 31, 2007. The largest declines were in the
U.S. Financial business and Petroleum Solutions business.
Our U.S. Financial business was constrained overall due to
adverse economic conditions which slowed retail store openings.
Petroleum Solutions sales continued to decline due to an
unfavorable economic climate and high petroleum prices for the
majority of the year which affected the retail petroleum market.
These declines in revenue was partially offset by strong sales
in
Multi-lane,
reflecting deployments which address enhanced PCI-DSS
requirements.
We are unable to predict the likely duration and severity of the
current disruption in the financial markets and adverse economic
conditions in the U.S. and other countries and such
conditions, if they persist, will continue to adversely impact
our business, operating results, and financial condition.
System Solutions net revenues increased $275.1 million, or
53.2% during the fiscal year ended October 31, 2007
compared to the fiscal year ended October 31, 2006
primarily due to a $213.1 million increase in International
System Solutions net revenues and a $61.5 million increase
in North America System Solutions net revenues due principally
to the Lipman acquisition. The increase in International System
Solutions net revenues was largely attributable to growth across
emerging economies, in particular Brazil, Turkey, China, and
Israel. Factors driving the increase attributable to emerging
economies were the addition of the Nurit product lines, acquired
in the Lipman acquisition, and the continued desire of these
countries to modernize their infrastructure and improve
collection of VAT. The increase in North America System
Solutions net revenues was primarily attributable to an increase
in demand for wireless products due to our customers
interest in differentiating the service they provide to
merchants, and higher sales in Canada, where customers are
preparing for a transition to EMV and Interac Chip acceptance.
System Solutions net revenues comprised 87.8% of total net
revenues for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2007
compared to 89.0% from the fiscal year ended October 31,
2006.
Services
Revenues
Services net revenues increased $3.9 million, or 3.5%, to
$114.5 million for the fiscal year ended October 31,
2008 from $110.6 million for fiscal year ended
October 31, 2007. International service revenue growth in
Brazil and Asia was partially offset by a decline in European
refurbishment contracts. North America revenue growth was
approximately flat with higher taxicab related services
offsetting a decline in Petroleum related services.
Services net revenues increased $46.7 million, or 73.0%, to
$110.6 million for the fiscal year ended October 31,
2007 compared to the fiscal year ended October 31, 2006
primarily due to higher maintenance revenues and deployment
revenues in Europe and Brazil as a result of the Lipman
acquisition.
Gross
Profit
The following table shows the gross profit and gross profit
percentages for System Solutions and Services
(in thousands, except percentages):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended October 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
Amounts
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
Amounts
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
Amounts
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
System Solutions
|
|
$
|
251,423
|
|
|
|
31.1
|
%
|
|
$
|
246,294
|
|
|
|
31.1
|
%
|
|
$
|
230,106
|
|
|
|
44.5
|
%
|
Services
|
|
|
41,608
|
|
|
|
36.3
|
%
|
|
|
52,938
|
|
|
|
47.9
|
%
|
|
|
31,439
|
|
|
|
49.2
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
293,031
|
|
|
|
31.8
|
%
|
|
$
|
299,232
|
|
|
|
33.1
|
%
|
|
$
|
261,545
|
|
|
|
45.0
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
40
System
Solutions
Gross profit on System Solutions increased $5.1 million, or
2.1%, to $251.4 million for the fiscal year ended
October 31, 2008 from $246.3 million for the fiscal
year ended October 31, 2007. Gross profit on System
Solutions represented 31.1% of System Solutions net revenues for
the fiscal years ended October 31, 2008 and 2007. Year over
year declines in the gross profit percentages in both North
America and International segments were offset by a reduction in
Corporate costs in the fiscal year ended October 31, 2008.
North America gross profit percentage declined primarily due to
the growth in
Multi-lane
system solutions, which tends to carry lower than average gross
margins, and the lower proportion of Petroleum system solution
sales, which tends to carry higher than average gross margins.
In addition, we experienced pricing pressure in both landline
and wireless financial solutions. Partially offsetting these
decreases was the reduction of sales of a low margin legacy
check processing solution for which sales effectively terminated
in the first quarter of fiscal year 2007.
International gross profit percentage declined due to the
combination of increased price competition in emerging markets
countries, including Russia, China, Turkey and Brazil. In
addition, certain customers purchased non-PCI compliant
inventory at significant discounts. In addition, revenues in
Latin America, which have historically carried gross margins
below international averages, increased proportionally in the
fiscal year ended October 31, 2008.
The overall gross profit percentage was also negatively impacted
by the higher proportion of International net revenues, which
typically carry a lower margin than North American net revenues.
Corporate costs decreased as a percentage of System Solutions
net revenues primarily due to a $13.8 million decrease in
amortization of inventory
step-up and
a $5.7 million decrease in amortization of purchased core
and developed technology assets as a result of the Lipman
acquisition. These amortization expenses amounted to 4.0% of
System Solutions net revenues for the fiscal year ended
October 31, 2008 compared to 6.5% for the fiscal year ended
October 31, 2007. In addition, there was a
$11.7 million decrease in excess and obsolescence charges
and provisions for purchase of excess components from contract
manufacturers, reflecting a reduction in non-PCI related
inventory.
Gross profit on System Solutions increased $16.2 million,
or 7.0%, to $246.3 million for the fiscal year ended
October 31, 2007 compared to the fiscal year ended
October 31, 2006. Gross profit on System Solutions
represented 31.1% of System Solutions net revenues for the
fiscal year ended October 31, 2007, down from 44.5% for the
fiscal year ended October 31, 2006. This gross profit
percentage decline reflects higher corporate costs, largely
attributable to the acquisition of Lipman and the higher
proportion of International net revenues, which typically carry
a lower margin than North American net revenues. In addition,
declines in gross profit percentage occurred in International
and North America due to year end discounting of non-PCI
compliant inventory.
Services
Gross profit on Services decreased $11.3 million, or 21.4%,
to $41.6 million for the fiscal year ended October 31,
2008, from $52.9 million for the fiscal year ended
October 31, 2007. Gross profit on Services represented
36.3% of Services net revenues for the fiscal year ended
October 31, 2008, as compared to 47.9% for the fiscal year
ended October 31, 2007. This decline was primarily due to
unfavorable product mix within Europe and to a lesser extent a
revenue shift towards Latin America and Asia, where gross profit
percentages are generally below the International average. In
North America, the gross profit percentage declined slightly due
to a decline in higher margin upgrade services.
Gross profit on Services increased $21.5 million, or 68.4%
for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2007 compared to the
fiscal year ended October 31, 2006. Gross profit on
Services represented 47.9% of Services net revenues for the
fiscal year ended October 31, 2007, as compared to 49.2%
for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2006. This decline
was due to the higher proportion of international services
revenues, which carry lower margins relative to North America.
41
We expect the gross margin percentages, both System Solutions
and Services, of our International segment to continue to be
lower than the comparable gross profit percentages in our North
America segment.
Research
and Development Expenses
R&D expenses for the fiscal years ended October 31,
2008, 2007, and 2006 are summarized in the following table (in
thousands, except percentages):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended October 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Change
|
|
|
% Change
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
Change
|
|
|
% Change
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
Research and development
|
|
$
|
75,622
|
|
|
$
|
10,192
|
|
|
|
15.6
|
%
|
|
$
|
65,430
|
|
|
$
|
18,077
|
|
|
|
38.2
|
%
|
|
$
|
47,353
|
|
Percentage of net revenues
|
|
|
8.2
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7.2
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8.1
|
%
|
R&D expenses increased $10.2 million or 15.6% in the
year ended October 31, 2008 compared to the year ended
October 31, 2007 primarily due to a $7.4 million
increase in personnel costs resulting from higher headcount and
unfavorable currency exchange rates, $1.8 million in
restructuring costs, and a $2.7 million write-off of
capitalized software development costs due to a change in our
approach to the French market. In addition. R&D material
and supplies increased by $1.0 million to support the
ongoing R&D efforts. These increases were partially offset
by a $1.0 million decrease in stock-based compensation
expense.
R&D expenses for the fiscal year ended October 31,
2007 increased compared to the same period ended
October 31, 2006, due to $13.6 million of expenses
incurred at former Lipman entities, $4.7 million increase
in stock-based compensation expense, and $2.5 million of
expenses incurred at former PayWare entities. These increases
were partially offset by a $4.8 million increase in
software costs required to be capitalized under Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 86
for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2007 as compared to
the prior fiscal year ended October 31, 2006 due to an
increase in the number of projects which have software spending.
We expect R&D expenses over the next few quarters to
decline in absolute amounts as we assess the changing
macroeconomic environment.
Sales
and Marketing Expenses
Sales and marketing expenses for the fiscal years ended
October 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006 are summarized in the
following table (in thousands, except percentages):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended October 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Change
|
|
|
% Change
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
Change
|
|
|
% Change
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
Sales and marketing
|
|
$
|
91,457
|
|
|
$
|
(4,838
|
)
|
|
|
(5.0
|
)%
|
|
$
|
96,295
|
|
|
$
|
37,688
|
|
|
|
64.3
|
%
|
|
$
|
58,607
|
|
Percentage of net revenues
|
|
|
9.9
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.7
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.1
|
%
|
Sales and marketing expenses decreased $4.8 million or 5.0%
for the year ended October 31, 2008, compared to the year
ended October 31, 2007 mainly as a result of a
$3.4 million reduction in trade show and marketing
communication activities, a $2.8 million decrease in
stock-based compensation expense, and $1.9 million in lower
personnel costs. The decreases were partially offset by a
$2.8 million increase in restructuring costs.
Sales and marketing expenses for the fiscal year ended
October 31, 2007 increased compared to the fiscal year
ended October 31, 2006. The higher expenses, due primarily
to the acquisitions of Lipman and PayWare, included
$15.7 million of increased personnel costs,
$6.9 million of increased stock-based compensation expense,
$6.0 million of increased outside services,
$2.5 million of increased marketing communication expenses,
and $2.2 million of increased travel expenses.
We expect sales and marketing expenses to decline over the next
few quarters in absolute terms as we assess the changing
macroeconomic environment.
42
General
and Administrative Expenses
General and administrative expenses for the fiscal years ended
October 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006 are summarized in the
following table (in thousands, except percentages):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended October 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Change
|
|
|
% Change
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
Change
|
|
|
% Change
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
General and administrative
|
|
$
|
126,625
|
|
|
$
|
45,921
|
|
|
|
56.9
|
%
|
|
$
|
80,704
|
|
|
$
|
38,131
|
|
|
|
89.6
|
%
|
|
$
|
42,573
|
|
Percentage of net revenues
|
|
|
13.7
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8.9
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7.3
|
%
|
General and administrative expenses increased $45.9 million
or 56.9% in the year ended October 31, 2008 compared to the
year ended October 31, 2007. The increase was primarily due
to $41.8 million in costs related to the independent
investigation and 2007 quarterly restatement. Additional
increases consisted of a $5.4 million increase in
professional services fees primarily due to higher audit and
litigation fees, a $5.8 million increase in personnel costs
to address restatement activities and the remediation of control
weaknesses, a $2.4 million increase in restructuring costs
and a $2.0 million expense for potential settlement of
ongoing litigation. Furthermore, we incurred a $2.7 million
increase in travel expenses and a $2.8 million increase in
depreciation and maintenance costs primarily as a result of the
November 2007 Oracle implementation. These increases were
partially offset by the non-recurrence of $10.2 million of
integration expenses incurred during the fiscal year 2007
relating to the acquisition of Lipman and restructuring charges
in VeriFone entities, a $5.7 million decrease in
stock-based compensation, and a $2.4 million decrease in
bad debt expenses due to a more favorable collections experience.
General and administrative expenses for the fiscal year ended
October 31, 2007 increased $38.1 million or 89.6%
compared to the fiscal year ended October 31, 2006, due to
the acquisitions of Lipman and PayWare and included
$10.2 million of integration expenses relating to the
acquisition of Lipman and restructuring charges in VeriFone
entities, $9.0 million of increased stock-based
compensation, $8.4 million of increased personnel costs,
$2.7 million of increased outside contracted services,
$2.0 million of increased bad debt expense,
$1.0 million of increased legal expenses, and
$0.9 million of increased insurance expenses.
We expect general and administrative expenses, excluding costs
related to the independent investigation and 2007 quarterly
restatement, to be relatively flat over the next few quarters as
we assess the changing macroeconomic environment.
Amortization
of Purchased Intangible Assets
Amortization of purchased intangible assets increased
$4.5 million to $26.0 million for the year ended
October 31, 2008 compared with $21.6 million in fiscal
year 2007 primarily due to the fluctuation of foreign currency
exchange rates.
For the fiscal year ended October 31, 2007, amortization of
purchased intangible assets increased $16.9 million
compared to the fiscal year ended October 31, 2006
primarily due to additional purchased intangible assets relating
to the acquisition of Lipman, which was completed on
November 1, 2006.
In-Process
Research and Development (IPR&D)
We recognized IPR&D expense of $6.8 million during the
fiscal year ended October 31, 2007 in connection with our
Lipman acquisition. The products considered to be IPR&D
were in our consumer-activated and countertop communication
modules which have subsequently reached technological
feasibility.
Impairment
of Goodwill and Intangible Assets
We performed our annual impairment test of goodwill as of
August 1, 2008 in accordance with SFAS No. 142,
Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets which did not result
in an impairment of goodwill. However, in October 2008, in light
of our disappointing fourth quarter operating results due to
severe macroeconomic conditions caused by the illiquidity of the
credit markets, difficulties in banking and financial services
sectors, falling consumer confidence and rising unemployment
rates, our projected future cash flow declined significantly. We
decided that this was an indicator of possible impairment of
goodwill and long-lived assets as defined under
SFAS No. 142 and
43
SFAS No. 144, Accounting for the Impairment or
Disposal of Long-Lived Assets, triggering the necessity of
impairment tests as of October 15, 2008.
As a result of the goodwill impairment test, we concluded that
the carrying amount of our goodwill in the EMEA reporting unit
exceeded its implied fair value and recorded an impairment
charge of $262.5 million in our Corporate segment during
the year ended October 31, 2008. We determined the fair
value of the EMEA reporting unit using the income approach,
which requires estimates of future operating results and
discounted cash flows. Our estimates resulted from an updated
long-term financial outlook developed as part of our annual
strategic planning cycle.
As a result of the long-lived assets impairment test, we
recorded a $26.6 million impairment charge in our Corporate
segment related to the write-down to fair value of the net
carrying value of the developed and core technology intangible
assets in the International segment due to lower revenue
expectations in light of current operating performance and
future operating expectations. We determined the recoverability
of these assets under SFAS No. 144 based on their
undiscounted estimated future net cash flows and the impairment
charge based on fair value using discounted cash flows.
We will continue to evaluate the carrying value of goodwill and
intangible assets and if we determine in the future that there
is a potential impairment in any of our reporting units, we may
be required to record additional significant charges to earnings
which would adversely affect our financial results and could
also materially adversely affect our business.
Interest
Expense
Interest expense decreased $8.2 million in the year ended
October 31, 2008 compared to the year ended
October 31, 2007 mostly attributable to the lower effective
interest rate in fiscal year 2008. In June 2007, we repaid an
aggregate of $263.8 million of our Term B Loan which had an
interest rate of 7.11% with a portion of the proceeds from the
issuance of the Senior Convertible Notes which bear interest at
a rate of 1.375% subject to adjustments as described in
Note 6. Financing of our Consolidated
Financial Statements.
For the fiscal year ended October 31, 2007, interest
expense increased $23.0 million compared to the fiscal year
ended October 31, 2006 primarily attributable to the
increase in principal amount of debt outstanding due to the
completion of our acquisition of Lipman, partially offset by the
lower average interest rates paid following issuance of our
convertible debt.
In May 2008, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position
(FSP) APB
14-1,
Accounting for Convertible Debt Instruments That May Be
Settled in Cash upon Conversion (Including Partial Cash
Settlement). FSP APB14-1 will require us to account
separately for the liability and equity components of our
convertible debt. The debt would be recognized at the present
value of its cash flows discounted using our nonconvertible debt
borrowing rate at the time of issuance. The equity component
would be recognized as the difference between the proceeds from
the issuance of the note and the fair value of the liability.
The FSP also requires accretion of the resultant debt discount
over the expected life of the debt. The FSP is effective for
fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008, and interim
periods within those years. Entities are required to apply the
FSP retrospectively for all periods presented. We are currently
evaluating FSP APB
14-1 and
have not yet determined the impact its adoption will have on our
consolidated financial statements. However, the impact of this
new accounting treatment may be significant and may result in a
significant increase to non-cash interest expense beginning in
fiscal year 2010 for financial statements covering past and
future periods.
Interest
Income
Interest income decreased $0.7 million in the year ended
October 31, 2008 compared to the year ended
October 31, 2007. This decrease was attributable to the
impact of lower effective interest rates during fiscal year 2008
compared to fiscal year 2007.
Interest income increased $3.3 million for the fiscal year
ended October 31, 2006. The increase was attributable to
higher cash balances for the fiscal year ended October 31,
2007 relative to the fiscal year ended October 31, 2006.
44
Other
Income (Expense), net
Other income (expense), net increased $5.3 million in the
year ended October 31, 2008 compared to the year ended
October 31, 2007 predominately resulting from a
$9.0 million increase in foreign currency exchange loss and
a $2.2 million impairment of equity investment primarily as
a result of the investee being insolvent which were partially
offset by the non-recurrence of a $4.8 million write-off of
debt issuance expense as a result of the extinguishment of debt
in the year ended October 31, 2007.
For the fiscal year ended October 31, 2007, other income
(expense), net was $7.9 million resulting primarily from
the write-off of debt issuance costs of $4.8 million
related to the accelerated pay-down of the Term B loan facility,
and $2.3 million resulting from the net effects of currency
conversion transactions, currency translation, and settlements
of currency derivative transactions.
Provision
for Income Taxes
We recorded a provision for income taxes of $73.9 million
for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2008 compared to a
provision for income taxes of $24.7 million for the fiscal
year ended October 31, 2007. The increase in the provision
for income taxes is primarily attributable to increases in tax
expense of $62.3 million associated with recording a full
valuation allowance against all beginning of the year balances
for U.S. deferred tax assets.
We recorded a provision for income taxes of $24.7 million
for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2007 compared to a
provision for income taxes of $32.2 million for the fiscal
year ended October 31, 2006. The decrease in the provision
for income taxes is primarily attributable to a decrease in
global pre-tax income and changes in the jurisdictional mix of
income, partially offset by an increase in valuation allowance
during the year.
As of October 31, 2008, we have recorded deferred tax
assets on our Consolidated Balance Sheets after recording a
valuation allowance against all U.S. deferred tax assets
and certain foreign jurisdictions where realizability is
uncertain. The realization of the deferred tax assets not
subject to a valuation allowance is dependent on our generating
sufficient taxable income in the jurisdictions where they
reside. The amount of deferred tax assets considered realizable
may increase or decrease in subsequent quarters when we
reevaluate the underlying basis for our estimates of future
domestic and certain foreign taxable income.
We are currently under audit by the Internal Revenue Service
(IRS) for our fiscal years 2003 and 2004. Although
we believe we have correctly provided income taxes for the years
subject to audit, the IRS may adopt different interpretations.
We have not yet received any final determinations with respect
to this audit although certain adjustments have been agreed with
the IRS. The liability associated with the agreed adjustments
had been accrued in previous periods. Subsidiaries of the
company are also under audit by the Israeli tax authorities for
2004 to 2006 and the Brazilian federal government for the
periods between January 31, 2003 through the current date.
With few exceptions, we are no longer subjected to tax
examination outside of the U.S. for periods prior to 2000.
Segment
Information
We operate in two business segments: North America and
International. We define North America as the United States and
Canada, and International as the other countries from which we
derive revenues.
Net revenues and operating income (loss) of each business
segment reflect net revenues generated within the segment,
supply chain standard inventory cost of System Solutions net
revenues, actual cost of Services net revenues, and expenses
that directly benefit only that segment, including distribution
center costs, royalty and warranty expense. Corporate net
revenues and operating income (loss) reflect non-cash
acquisition charges, including amortization of purchased core
and developed technology assets,
step-up of
inventory and step-down in deferred revenue, impairment and
other Corporate charges, including inventory obsolescence and
scrap at corporate distribution centers, rework, specific
warranty provisions, non-standard freight and over-and-under
absorption of materials management overhead.
45
In fiscal year 2008, we revised the methodology for business
segment gross margin reporting. Distribution center costs and
certain warranty and royalty costs, which were previously
allocated to the Corporate segment, were reallocated based on
ship-to locations. The following table reconciles net revenues
and operating income (loss) for our segments for the fiscal
years ended October 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended October 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Change
|
|
|
% Change
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
Change
|
|
|
% Change
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
Net revenues:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
North America
|
|
$
|
359,136
|
|
|
$
|
(41,297
|
)
|
|
|
(10.3
|
)%
|
|
$
|
400,433
|
|
|
$
|
66,760
|
|
|
|
20.0
|
%
|
|
$
|
333,673
|
|
International
|
|
|
564,459
|
|
|
|
58,264
|
|
|
|
11.5
|
%
|
|
|
506,195
|
|
|
|
257,812
|
|
|
|
103.8
|
%
|
|
|
248,383
|
|
Corporate
|
|
|
(1,664
|
)
|
|
|
2,072
|
|
|
|
(55.5
|
)%
|
|
|
(3,736
|
)
|
|
|
(2,750
|
)
|
|
|
278.9
|
%
|
|
|
(986
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total net revenues
|
|
$
|
921,931
|
|
|
$
|
19,039
|
|
|
|
2.1
|
%
|
|
$
|
902,892
|
|
|
$
|
321,822
|
|
|
|
55.4
|
%
|
|
$
|
581,070
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income (loss):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
North America
|
|
$
|
118,516
|
|
|
$
|
(28,738
|
)
|
|
|
(19.5
|
)%
|
|
$
|
147,254
|
|
|
$
|
20,274
|
|
|
|
16.0
|
%
|
|
$
|
126,980
|
|
International
|
|
|
107,283
|
|
|
|
(14,262
|
)
|
|
|
(11.7
|
)%
|
|
|
121,545
|
|
|
|
58,201
|
|
|
|
91.9
|
%
|
|
|
63,344
|
|
Corporate
|
|
|
(541,624
|
)
|
|
|
(301,305
|
)
|
|
|
125.4
|
%
|
|
|
(240,319
|
)
|
|
|
(158,304
|
)
|
|
|
193.0
|
%
|
|
|
(82,015
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating income (loss)
|
|
$
|
(315,825
|
)
|
|
$
|
(344,305
|
)
|
|
|
(1,208.9
|
)%
|
|
$
|
28,480
|
|
|
$
|
(79,829
|
)
|
|
|
(73.7
|
)%
|
|
$
|
108,309
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net revenues increased $58.3 million in International for
the year ended October 31, 2008 as compared to the year
ended October 31, 2007 primarily driven by a
$56.3 million increase in System Solutions net revenues.
See Results of Operations Net
Revenues.
Net revenues decreased $41.3 million in North America for
the year ended October 31, 2008 as compared to the year
ended October 31, 2007 primarily driven by a decrease in
System Solutions. See Results of Operations
Net Revenues.
The decrease in International operating income for the year
ended October 31, 2008 compared to the year ended
October 31, 2007 was mainly due to lower gross profit
percentage and higher operating expenses. See Results
of Operations Gross Profit.
The decrease in operating income for North America for the year
ended October 31, 2008 compared to the year ended
October 31, 2007 was mainly due to lower revenues and lower
gross profit percentage, partially offset by lower operating
expenses. See Results of Operations Gross
Profit.
The increase in Corporate operating loss for the year ended
October 31, 2008 was primarily due to a $289.1 million
impairment charge for goodwill and developed and core technology
intangible assets due to lower revenue expectations in light of
current operating performance and future operating expectations,
$41.8 million in costs related to the independent
investigation and restatement, $11.0 million in
restructuring costs and a $11.3 million increase in
personnel expense largely attributable to restatement and
remediation activities and the impact of unfavorable exchange
rates. These increases were partially offset by the
non-recurrence of $20.6 million of amortization of
step-up in
inventory and IPR&D write-off, the non-recurrence of
$11.1 million of integration expenses relating to the
acquisition of Lipman and restructuring charges, and a
$11.0 million decrease in stock-based compensation expense.
Additionally, corporate supply chain costs decreased
$14.4 million primarily due to lower write-offs of
inventory, less scrap and a decrease in the accrual of
liabilities to purchase excess components from contract
manufacturers compared to fiscal year ended October 31,
2007 when a larger amount was written-off due to non-PCI
compliant inventory and components.
Net revenues growth in International for the fiscal year ended
October 31, 2007 as compared to the prior year was
primarily driven by an increase of approximately
$213.1 million in System Solutions and $44.8 million
in Services net revenues following the Lipman acquisition. See
Results of Operations Net
Revenues for additional commentary.
46
Net revenues growth in North America for the fiscal year ended
October 31, 2007 as compared to the prior year was
primarily driven by an increase of approximately
$61.5 million in System Solutions and $5.2 million in
Services net revenues following the Lipman acquisition. See
Results of Operations Net
Revenues for additional commentary.
The increase in International operating income for the fiscal
year ended October 31, 2007 compared to the prior year was
due to higher revenue as a result of both the acquisition of
Lipman and organic growth, partially offset by a declining gross
profit percentage and higher operating expenses. See
Results of Operations Gross
Profit for additional commentary.
The increase in operating income for North America for the
fiscal year ended October 31, 2007 was due to higher
revenue, and gross profit, partially offset by a declining gross
profit percentage. See Results of Operations
Gross Profit for additional commentary. In addition, North
America research and development expenses for the fiscal year
ended October 31, 2006 included $8.5 million for
projects which have since been broadened in scope and will
benefit customers outside the North America segment. As a
result, the expenses for these projects for the fiscal year
ended October 31, 2007 are charged to Corporate.
The decrease in Corporate operating income for the fiscal year
ended October 31, 2007 was primarily due to a
$65.7 million increase in amortization of purchased core
and developed technology assets, purchased intangible assets,
step-up in
inventory on acquisition and step-down in deferred revenue on
acquisition, a $22.9 million increase in stock-based
compensation and a $11.1 million increase in charges
related to write-offs of inventory, scrap, and accrual of
liabilities to purchase excess components from contract
manufacturers for non-PCI compliant inventory and a
$6.8 million write-off of in-process research and
development. Furthermore, Corporate operating expenses increased
$36.9 million primarily due to the acquisitions of Lipman
and PayWare and the related integration expenses.
Liquidity
and Capital Resources
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended October 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Net cash provided by (used in)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating activities
|
|
$
|
(8,628
|
)
|
|
$
|
89,270
|
|
|
$
|
16,747
|
|
Investing activities
|
|
|
(37,804
|
)
|
|
|
(311,696
|
)
|
|
|
(4,025
|
)
|
Financing activities
|
|
|
(2,245
|
)
|
|
|
349,920
|
|
|
|
7,834
|
|
Effect of foreign currency exchange rate changes on cash
|
|
|
(9,164
|
)
|
|
|
943
|
|
|
|
943
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
(57,841
|
)
|
|
$
|
128,437
|
|
|
$
|
21,499
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Our primary liquidity and capital resource needs are to service
our debt, finance working capital, and to make capital
expenditures and investments. At October 31, 2008, our
primary sources of liquidity were cash and cash equivalents of
$157.2 million and $25.0 million in available balance
on our revolving credit facility.
Operating
Activities
Cash flows used in operating activities were $8.6 million
for the year ended October 31, 2008.
Cash used in operations before changes in working capital
amounted to $36.7 million for the year ended
October 31, 2008 and consisted of a $425.3 million net
loss adjusted for $388.6 million of non-cash items such as
impairment of goodwill and intangible assets, impairment of
equity investments, amortization of purchased intangible assets,
stock-based compensation expense, depreciation and amortization
of property, plant, and equipment, amortization of debt issuance
costs and loss on write-off of capitalized software.
47
Changes in working capital resulted in a $28.0 million
increase in cash and cash equivalents during the year ended
October 31, 2008. The main drivers were as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
A $58.4 million decrease in deferred tax balances due to
increases in the deferred tax assets valuation allowance;
|
|
|
|
A $24.6 million decrease in accounts receivable due to
improved collections;
|
|
|
|
A $6.7 million increase in accounts payable and accrued
expenses due to the timing of payments to our vendors;
|
|
|
|
A $5.3 million decrease in prepaid expense and other
current assets mainly due to a reduction in income taxes
receivable; and
|
|
|
|
A $5.2 million increase in deferred revenue due mainly to
the deferral of revenue for certain transactions because all
revenue recognition criteria have not been met.
|
Offset by:
|
|
|
|
|
A $60.6 million increase in inventories reflecting lower
than expected System Solutions revenues, a strategic decision to
increase inventory for certain products to ensure adequate
quantity on hand, and an increase in inventory of MX
Multi-lane
Retail products based on sales projections; and
|
|
|
|
A $8.5 million increase in other assets primarily due to
the deferral of costs of goods for inventory delivered to
customers for which net revenues and associated cost of net
revenues is recognized over the customers contract term
partially offset by a $2.2 million decrease in equity
investment resulting from the investee being insolvent.
|
Cash flows from operations before changes in working capital
amounted to $76.7 million for the fiscal year ended
October 31, 2007. A net loss of $34.0 million was
offset by non-cash charges of $110.8 million, consisting
primarily of acquisition-related charges of $66.2 million;
stock-based compensation expense of $28.9 million;
depreciation and amortization related to property, plant, and
equipment, capitalized software, and debt issuance costs
totaling $10.7 million; and the non-cash portion of the
loss on debt extinguishment totaling $4.8 million.
Cash flows from operations due to changes in working capital
netted to $12.5 million during the fiscal year ended
October 31, 2007 primarily driven by a $45.1 million
reduction in inventory due to the initial stocking of inventory
for new product release at the beginning of the year, a
$28.1 million increase in accounts payable due to the
timing of inventory and services purchases, a $14.5 million
increase in deferred revenue and a $18.1 million increase
in tax-related balances, partially offset by a
$39.5 million increase in accounts receivable due to higher
sales orders being received towards the end of our fiscal year
and a $41.5 million increase in prepaid and other current
assets.
Investing
Activities
Cash used in investing activities was $37.8 million in the
year ended October 31, 2008, and primarily consisted of
$17.6 million in purchases of property, plant and
equipment, $15.8 million used in business acquisitions, net
of cash acquired, and $4.5 million capitalization of
software development costs.
Investing activities used cash of $311.7 million during the
fiscal year ended October 31, 2007. The acquisition of
Lipman used cash of $263.6 million, net of cash and cash
equivalents acquired. We also acquired a majority interest in
VeriFone Transportation Systems (VTS) for cash of
$4.1 million, net of cash and cash equivalents acquired. In
addition, we made equity investments in two companies totaling
$5.7 million. Purchases of property, plant, and equipment
totaled $30.2 million, including an increase in
construction in progress of $17.6 million primarily related
to our migration to a new enterprise resource planning
information system, which replaced our existing system. In
addition, the capitalization of software development costs was
$7.7 million.
Financing
Activities
The $2.2 million of cash used in financing activities in
the year ended October 31, 2008 primarily consisted of
$8.2 million repayment of debt and a $1.6 million debt
amendment fee which were partially offset by $3.0 million
of
48
receipts from the exercise of stock options, $3.4 million
proceeds from debt and $1.2 million from the tax benefit
derived from stock-based compensation.
Financing activities provided cash of $349.9 million for
the fiscal year ended October 31, 2007. In November 2006,
we drew $305.3 million, net of costs, on our Term B loan to
fund our acquisition of Lipman. In June 2007, we issued
1.375% Senior Convertible Notes (the Senior
Notes) for net proceeds of $307.9 million. We used
$260.0 million of the proceeds from the Senior Notes to pay
down our Term B loan in addition to other payments totaling
$3.8 million against our Term B loan and other debt. In
other transactions related to the Senior Notes, we used
$80.2 million to purchase a hedge on the Senior Notes and
received $31.2 million from the sale of warrants. We
received additional proceeds of $37.1 million from the
exercise of stock options and $11.5 million from the tax
benefit derived from stock-based compensation.
Our future capital requirements may vary significantly from
prior periods as well as from those currently planned. These
requirements will depend on a number of factors, including
operating factors such as our terms and payment experience with
customers and investments we may make in product or market
development such as our current investments in expanding our
International operations. Finally, our capital needs may be
significantly affected by any acquisition we may make in the
future. Based upon our current level of operations, we believe
that we have the financial resources to meet our business
requirements for the next year, including capital expenditures,
working capital requirements, and future strategic investments,
and to comply with our financial covenants.
Secured
Credit Facility
On October 31, 2006, our principal subsidiary, VeriFone,
Inc. (the Borrower), entered into a credit agreement
consisting of a Term B Loan facility of $500 million and a
revolving credit facility permitting borrowings of up to
$40 million. The proceeds from the Term B loan were used to
repay all outstanding amounts relating to the previous credit
facility, pay certain transaction costs and partially fund the
cash consideration in connection with the acquisition of Lipman
on November 1, 2006. Through October 31, 2008, we had
repaid an aggregate of $268.8 million, leaving a Term B
Loan balance of $231.2 million at October 31, 2008.
The Credit Facility is guaranteed by VeriFone and certain of our
subsidiaries and is secured by collateral including
substantially all of our assets and stock of our subsidiaries.
During fiscal year 2008 we entered into three consecutive
amendments to the Credit Facility with our lenders. The
amendments extended the time periods for delivery of certain
required financial information for the three-month periods ended
January 31, April 30 and July 31, 2007, the year ended
October 31, 2007 and the three-month periods ended
January 31, 2008 and April 30, 2008. In connection
with the three amendments, we paid a total fee of
$1.6 million and agreed to certain increases in the
interest rates and fees.
We pay a commitment fee on the unused portion of the revolving
loan under our Credit Facility at a rate that varies depending
upon our consolidated total leverage ratio. We were paying a
commitment fee at a rate of 0.425% per annum as of
October 31, 2008 and 0.300% per annum as of
October 31, 2007. We also pay a letter of credit fee on the
unused portion of any letter of credit issued under the Credit
Facility at a rate that varies depending upon our consolidated
total leverage ratio. At October 31, 2008 and
October 31, 2007, we were subject to a letter of credit fee
at a rate of 2.00% and 1.25% per annum, respectively.
The maturity dates on the components of the Credit Facility are
October 31, 2012 for the revolving loan and
October 31, 2013 for the Term B Loan. Principal payments on
the Term B Loan are due in equal quarterly installments of
$1.2 million over the seven-year term on the last business
day of each calendar quarter with the balance due on maturity.
At our option, the Term B loan and the revolving loan can be
Base Rate or Eurodollar Rate loans. Base
Rate loans bear interest at a per annum rate equal to a margin
over the greater of the Federal Funds rate plus 0.50% or the JP
Morgan prime rate. For the Base Rate Term B loan, the margin was
1.75% as of October 31, 2008 and 0.75% as of
October 31, 2007. For the Base Rate revolving loan, the
margin varies depending upon our consolidated leverage ratio and
was 1.00% and 0.25% as of October 31, 2008 and 2007,
respectively.
At our option, Eurodollar Rate loans bear interest at a margin
over the one-, two-, three-, or six-month LIBOR rate. The margin
for the Eurodollar Rate Term B loan was 2.75% as of
October 31, 2008 and 1.75% as of
49
October 31, 2007. The margin for the Eurodollar Rate
revolving loan varies depending upon our consolidated leverage
ratio and was 2.00% and 1.25% as of October 31, 2008 and
2007, respectively.
As of October 31, 2008, the Term B loan bears interest at
2.75% over the one-month LIBOR rate of 3.12% for a total of
5.87%. As of October 31, 2007, the Term B loan bore
interest at a rate of 1.75% over the three-month LIBOR rate of
5.36%, for a total of 7.11%. As of October 31, 2008 and
2007, no amounts were outstanding under the revolving loan.
Lehman Commercial Paper, Inc. (Lehman CP), a lender
in the revolving loan, declared bankruptcy in October 2008.
Under the terms of the Credit Facility, we declared Lehman CP a
defaulting lender and removed Lehman CP as a lender in the
revolving loan. As a result, as of October 31, 2008, only
$25 million was available to us under the revolving loan.
The terms of the Credit Facility require us to comply with
financial covenants, including maintaining leverage and fixed
charge coverage ratios at the end of each fiscal quarter,
obtaining protection against fluctuation in interest rates, and
meeting limits on annual capital expenditure levels. As of
October 31, 2008, we were required to maintain a total
leverage ratio of not greater than 3.5 to 1.0 and a fixed charge
coverage ratio of at least 2.0 to 1.0. Total leverage ratio is
equal to total debt less cash as of the end of a reporting
fiscal quarter divided by consolidated EBITDA, as adjusted, for
the most recent four consecutive fiscal quarters. Some of the
financial covenants become more restrictive over the term of the
Credit Facility. Noncompliance with any of the financial
covenants without cure or waiver would constitute an event of
default under the Credit Facility. An event of default resulting
from a breach of a financial covenant may result, at the option
of lenders holding a majority of the loans, in an acceleration
of repayment of the principal and interest outstanding and a
termination of the revolving loan. The Credit Facility also
contains non-financial covenants that restrict some of our
activities, including our ability to dispose of assets, incur
additional debt, pay dividends, create liens, make investments,
make capital expenditures, and engage in specified transactions
with affiliates. The terms of the Credit Facility permit
prepayments of principal and require prepayments of principal
upon the occurrence of certain events including among others,
the receipt of proceeds from the sale of assets, the receipt of
excess cash flow as defined, and the receipt of proceeds of
certain debt issues. The Credit Facility also contains customary
events of default, including defaults based on events of
bankruptcy and insolvency; nonpayment of principal, interest, or
fees when due, subject to specified grace periods; breach of
specified covenants; change in control; and material inaccuracy
of representations and warranties. In addition, if our leverage
exceeds a certain level set out in our Credit Facility, a
portion of our excess cash flows must be used to pay down our
outstanding debt. We were in compliance with our financial and
non-financial covenants as of October 31, 2008.
1.375% Senior
Convertible Notes
On June 22, 2007, we sold $316.2 million aggregate
principal amount of 1.375% Senior Convertible Notes due
2012 (the Notes) in an offering through Lehman
Brothers Inc. and JP Morgan Securities Inc. (together,
initial purchasers) to qualified institutional
buyers pursuant to Section 4(2) and Rule 144A under
the Securities Act. The net proceeds from the offering, after
deducting transaction costs, were approximately
$307.9 million. We incurred approximately $8.3 million
of debt issuance costs. The transaction costs, consisting of the
initial purchasers discounts and offering expenses, were
primarily recorded in debt issuance costs, net and are being
amortized to interest expense using the effective interest
method over five years. We will pay 1.375% interest per annum on
the principal amount of the Notes, payable semi-annually in
arrears in cash on June 15 and December 15 of each year and
subject to increase in certain circumstances as described below.
The interest rate on the Notes increased an additional 0.25% per
annum during the period from May 1, 2008 to August 19,
2008 due to the delay in filing our Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended October 31, 2007.
The Notes were issued under an Indenture with U.S. Bank
National Association, as trustee. Each $1,000 of principal of
the Notes will initially be convertible into 22.719 shares
of VeriFone common stock, which is equivalent to a conversion
price of approximately $44.02 per share, subject to adjustment
upon the occurrence of specified events. Holders of the Notes
may convert their Notes prior to maturity during specified
periods as follows: (1) on any date during any fiscal
quarter beginning after October 31, 2007 (and only during
such fiscal quarter) if the closing sale price of our common
stock was more than 130% of the then current conversion price
for at least
50
20 trading days in the period of the 30 consecutive trading
days ending on the last trading day of the previous fiscal
quarter; (2) at any time on or after March 15, 2012;
(3) if we distribute, to all holders of our common stock,
rights or warrants (other than pursuant to a rights plan)
entitling them to purchase, for a period of 45 calendar days or
less, shares of our common stock at a price less than the
average closing sale price for the ten trading days preceding
the declaration date for such distribution; (4) if we
distribute, to all holders of our common stock, cash or other
assets, debt securities, or rights to purchase our securities
(other than pursuant to a rights plan), which distribution has a
per share value exceeding 10% of the closing sale price of our
common stock on the trading day preceding the declaration date
for such distribution; (5) during a specified period if
certain types of fundamental changes occur; or (6) during
the five
business-day
period following any five consecutive
trading-day
period in which the trading price for the Notes was less than
98% of the average of the closing sale price of our common stock
for each day during such five
trading-day
period multiplied by the then current conversion rate. Upon
conversion, we would pay the holder the cash value of the
applicable number of shares of our common stock, up to the
principal amount of the note. Amounts in excess of the principal
amount, if any, will be paid in stock. Because we did not
increase our authorized capital to permit conversion of all of
the Notes at the initial conversion rate by June 21, 2008,
the Notes began to bear additional interest on that date at a
rate of 2.0% per annum (in addition to the additional interest
described above) on the principal amount of the Notes until
October 8, 2008 when our stockholders approved an increase
of 100,000,000 shares to our authorized share capital.
As of October 31, 2008, none of the conditions allowing
holders of the Notes to convert had been met. If a fundamental
change, as defined in the Indenture, occurs prior to the
maturity date, holders of the Notes may require us to repurchase
all or a portion of their Notes for cash at a repurchase price
equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes to be
repurchased, plus any accrued and unpaid interest (including
additional interest, if any) to, but excluding, the repurchase
date.
The Notes are senior unsecured obligations and rank equal in
right of payment with all of our existing and future senior
unsecured indebtedness. The Notes are effectively subordinated
to any secured indebtedness to the extent of the value of the
related collateral and structurally subordinated to indebtedness
and other liabilities of our subsidiaries including any secured
indebtedness of such subsidiaries.
In connection with the sale of the Notes, we entered into a
registration rights agreement, dated as of June 22, 2007,
with the initial purchasers of the Notes (the Registration
Rights Agreement). Under the Registration Rights
Agreement, we agreed to use reasonable best efforts to file a
shelf registration statement regarding the Notes within
180 days after the original issuance of the Notes and cause
the shelf statement to be effective until the earliest of
(i) the date when the holders of transfer restricted Notes
and shares of common stock issued upon conversion of the Notes
are able to sell all such securities immediately without
restriction under Rule 144(k) under the Securities Act of
1933, as amended (the Securities Act), (ii) the
date when all transfer-restricted Notes and shares of common
stock issued upon conversion of the Notes are registered under
the registration statement and sold pursuant thereto and
(iii) the date when all transfer-restricted Notes and
shares of common stock issued upon conversion of the Notes have
ceased to be outstanding. Due to the delay in the filing of our
2007 Annual Report on
Form 10-K,
we were not able to register the Notes and the shares underlying
the Notes until December 11, 2008. Accordingly, the
interest rate on the Notes increased by 0.25% per annum on
December 20, 2007 and by an additional 0.25% per annum on
March 19, 2008 relating to our obligations under the
Registration Rights Agreement. Such additional interest ceased
to accrue on December 10, 2008, the day prior to the date
the registration statement covering the Notes became effective.
We incurred $1.3 million in interest expense related to the
registration default of which $0.7 million remained accrued
as of October 31, 2008.
In connection with the offering of the Notes, we entered into
note hedge transactions with affiliates of the initial
purchasers (the counterparties), consisting of
Lehman Brothers OTC Derivatives (Lehman Derivatives)
and JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association, London Branch,
whereby we have the option to purchase up to 7.2 million
shares of its common stock at a price of approximately $44.02
per share. The note hedge transactions expire the earlier of the
last day of which any Notes remain outstanding and June 14,
2012. The cost of the note hedge transactions was approximately
$80.2 million. The note hedge transactions are intended to
mitigate the potential dilution upon conversion of the Notes in
the event that the volume weighted average price of the our
common stock on each trading day of the relevant conversion
period or other relevant valuation period is greater than the
applicable strike price of the convertible note hedge
transactions, which initially corresponds to the
51
conversion price of the Notes and is subject, with certain
exceptions, to the adjustments applicable to the conversion
price of the Notes. The note hedge transaction with Lehman
Derivatives, which benefited from a guarantee by Lehman Brothers
Holdings Inc. (Lehman Brothers), covers 50% of the
shares of our common stock potentially issuable upon conversion
of the Notes. The filing by Lehman Brothers of a voluntary
Chapter 11 bankruptcy petition in September 2008
constituted an event of default under the note hedge
transaction with Lehman Derivatives, giving us the immediate
right to terminate the transaction and entitling us to claim
reimbursement for the loss incurred in terminating and closing
out the transaction. On September 21, 2008, we delivered a
notice of termination to Lehman Derivatives and claimed
reimbursement for the loss incurred in termination and close-out
of the transaction.
In addition, we sold warrants to the counterparties whereby they
have the option to purchase up to approximately 7.2 million
shares of our common stock at a price of $62.356 per share. We
received approximately $31.2 million in cash proceeds from
the sale of these warrants. The warrants expire progressively
from December 19, 2013 to February 3, 2014. If the
volume weighted average price of our common stock on each
trading day of the measurement period at maturity of the
warrants exceeds the applicable strike price of the warrants,
there would be dilution to the extent that such volume weighted
average price of our common stock exceeds the applicable strike
price of the warrants.
The cost incurred in connection with the note hedge
transactions, net of the related tax benefit and the proceeds
from the sale of the warrants, is included as a net reduction in
additional paid-in capital in the accompanying Consolidated
Balance Sheets as of October 31, 2007, in accordance with
the guidance in Emerging Issues Task Force (EITF)
Issue
No. 00-19,
Accounting for Derivative Financial Instruments Indexed to,
and Potentially Settled in, a Companys Own Stock.
In accordance with SFAS No. 128, Earnings per
Share, the Notes will have no impact on diluted earnings
per share, or EPS, until the price of our common stock
exceeds the conversion price of $44.02 per share because the
principal amount of the Notes will be settled in cash upon
conversion. Prior to conversion, we will include the effect of
the additional shares that may be issued if our common stock
price exceeds $44.02 per share, using the treasury stock method.
If the price of our common stock exceeds $62.356 per share, it
will also include the effect of the additional potential shares
that may be issued related to the warrants, using the treasury
stock method. Prior to conversion, the note hedge transactions
are not considered for purposes of the EPS calculation as their
effect would be anti-dilutive.
Contractual
Commitments
The following table summarizes our contractual obligations as of
October 31, 2008 (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less Than
|
|
|
1-3
|
|
|
3-5
|
|
|
More Than
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
1 Year
|
|
|
Years
|
|
|
Years
|
|
|
5 Years
|
|
|
Term B loan (including interest)(1)
|
|
$
|
296,439
|
|
|
$
|
18,626
|
|
|
$
|
36,359
|
|
|
$
|
241,454
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
1.375% Senior convertible notes (including interest)(1)
|
|
|
336,403
|
|
|
|
7,108
|
|
|
|
8,697
|
|
|
|
320,598
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other long-term debt (including interest)(1)
|
|
|
912
|
|
|
|
58
|
|
|
|
854
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating leases
|
|
|
55,250
|
|
|
|
12,966
|
|
|
|
20,666
|
|
|
|
14,008
|
|
|
|
7,610
|
|
Minimum purchase obligations
|
|
|
48,519
|
|
|
|
48,519
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
737,523
|
|
|
$
|
87,277
|
|
|
$
|
66,576
|
|
|
$
|
576,060
|
|
|
$
|
7,610
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Interest in the above table has been calculated using the rate
in effect at October 31, 2008. |
FASB
Interpretation No. 48 (FIN 48)
Liabilities
As of October 31, 2008, the amount of our unrecognized tax
benefits was $32.2 million, including accrued interest and
penalties, of which none is expected to be paid within one year.
We are unable to make a reasonably reliable estimate as to when
cash settlement with a taxing authority may occur.
52
Manufacturing
Agreements
We work on a purchase order basis with third-party contract
manufacturers and component suppliers with facilities in China,
Singapore, Israel, and Brazil to supply our inventories. The
total amount of purchase commitments as of October 31, 2008
was approximately $48.5 million, and are generally paid
within one year. Of this amount, $3.8 million was expensed
during the fiscal year ended October 31, 2008 because the
commitment is expected not to have future value to us.
We expect that we will be able to fund our remaining obligation
and commitments with cash flows from our operations. To the
extent we are unable to fund these obligations and commitments
with cash flows from operations, we intend to fund these
obligations and commitments with proceeds from the
$25.0 million available under our revolving loan under our
secured credit facility or future debt or equity financings.
Off-Balance
Sheet Arrangements
Our only off-balance sheet arrangements, as defined in
Item 303(a)(4)(ii) of the SECs
Regulation S-K,
consist of interest rate cap agreements and forward foreign
currency exchange agreements described under
Item 7A Quantitative and Qualitative
Disclosures about Market Risk below.
Effects
of Inflation
Our monetary assets, consisting primarily of cash, cash
equivalents, and receivables, are not affected by inflation
because they are short-term and in the case of cash are
immaterial. Our non-monetary assets, consisting primarily of
inventory, intangible assets, goodwill, and prepaid expenses and
other assets, are not affected significantly by inflation. We
believe that replacement costs of equipment, furniture, and
leasehold improvements will not materially affect our
operations. However, the rate of inflation affects our cost of
goods sold and expenses, such as those for employee
compensation, which may not be readily recoverable in the price
of system solutions and services offered by us.
Critical
Accounting Estimates
General
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
and Results of Operations are based upon our Consolidated
Financial Statements, which have been prepared in accordance
with U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles. We base
our estimates on historical experience and on various other
assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the
circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making
judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities
that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results
may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or
conditions.
An accounting policy is deemed to be critical if it requires an
accounting estimate to be made based on assumptions about
matters that are highly uncertain at the time the estimate is
made, and if different estimates that reasonably could have been
used, or changes in the accounting estimates that are reasonably
likely to occur periodically, could materially impact our
consolidated financial statements. We believe the following
critical accounting policies include our more significant
estimates and assumptions used in the preparation of our
consolidated financial statements. Our significant accounting
policies are described in Note 1. Principles of
Consolidation and Significant Accounting Policies to
the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in
Item 8 of this Annual Report on
Form 10-K.
Revenue
Recognition
Net revenues from System Solutions are recognized upon shipment,
delivery, or customer acceptance of the product as required
pursuant to the customer arrangement. Net revenues from services
such as customer support are initially deferred and then
recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the
contract. Net revenues from services such as installations,
equipment repairs, refurbishment arrangements, training, and
consulting are recognized as the services are rendered. For
arrangements with multiple elements, we allocate net revenues to
each element using the residual method based on objective and
reliable evidence of the fair value of the undelivered
53
element. We defer the portion of the arrangement fee equal to
the objective evidence of fair value of the undelivered elements
until they are delivered.
While the majority of our sales transactions contain standard
business terms and conditions, there are some transactions that
contain non-standard business terms and conditions. As a result,
significant contract interpretation is sometimes required to
determine the appropriate accounting including: (1) whether
an arrangement exists and what is included in the arrangement;
(2) how the arrangement consideration should be allocated
among the deliverables if there are multiple deliverables;
(3) when to recognize net revenues on the deliverables;
(4) whether undelivered elements are essential to the
functionality of delivered elements; and (5) whether we
have fair value for the undelivered elements. In addition, our
revenue recognition policy requires an assessment as to whether
collection is probable, which inherently requires us to evaluate
the creditworthiness of our customers. Changes in judgments on
these assumptions and estimates could materially impact the
timing of revenue recognition.
To a limited extent, we also enter into software development
contracts with our customers that we recognize as net revenues
on a completed contract basis. As a result, estimates of whether
the contract is going to be profitable are necessary since we
are required to record a provision for such loss in the period
when the loss is first identified.
Inventory
Valuation
The valuation of inventories requires us to determine obsolete
or excess inventory and inventory that is not of saleable
quality. The determination of obsolete or excess inventories
requires us to estimate the future demand for our products
within specific time horizons, generally twelve to eighteen
months. If our demand forecast for specific products is greater
than actual demand and we fail to reduce manufacturing output
accordingly, we could be required to record additional
inventories write-offs, which would have a negative impact on
our gross profit percentage.
We review the adequacy of our inventories valuation on a
quarterly basis. For production inventory, our methodology
involves matching our on-hand and on-order inventories with our
sales estimate over the next twelve to eighteen months. We then
evaluate the inventory found to be in excess of the twelve-month
demand estimate and take appropriate write-downs to reflect the
risk of obsolescence. On-hand and on-order inventory in excess
of eighteen month requirements are generally written-off. This
methodology is significantly affected by our sales estimates. If
actual demand were to be substantially lower than estimated,
additional inventory write-downs for excess or obsolete
inventories may be required.
Warranty
Costs
We accrue for estimated warranty obligations when revenue is
recognized based on an estimate of future warranty costs for
delivered product. Our warranty obligation extends from
13 months to five years from the date of shipment. We
estimate such obligations based on historical experience and
expectations of future costs. Our estimates and judgments are
affected by actual product failure rates and actual costs to
repair. These estimates and judgments are more subjective for
new product introductions as these estimates and judgments are
based on similar products versus actual history.
Product
Returns Reserve and Allowance for Doubtful
Accounts
Product return reserve is an estimate of future product returns
related to current period net revenues based upon historical
experience. Material differences may result in the amount and
timing of our net revenues for any period. We maintain
allowances for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting
from the inability of our customers to pay their invoices to us
in full. We regularly review the adequacy of our accounts
receivable allowance after considering the size of the accounts
receivable balance, each customers expected ability to
pay, aging of accounts receivable balances, and our collection
history with each customer. We make estimates and judgments
about the inability of customers to pay the amount they owe us
which could change significantly if their financial condition
changes or the economy in general deteriorates.
54
Goodwill
We review goodwill annually for impairment unless certain events
or indicators of impairment occur between the annual tests, in
which case we then perform the impairment test of goodwill at
that date. In testing for a potential impairment of goodwill,
we: (1) allocate goodwill to our various reporting units to
which the acquired goodwill relates; (2) estimate the fair
value of our reporting units; and (3) determine the
carrying value (book value) of those reporting units, as some of
the assets and liabilities related to those reporting units are
not held by those reporting units but by corporate headquarters.
Furthermore, if the estimated fair value of a reporting unit is
less than the carrying value, we must estimate the fair value of
all identifiable assets and liabilities of that reporting unit,
in a manner similar to a purchase price allocation for an
acquired business. This can require valuations of certain
internally generated and unrecognized intangible assets such as
in-process research and development and developed technology.
Only after this process is completed can the amount of goodwill
impairment, if any, be determined.
The process of evaluating the potential impairment of goodwill
is subjective and requires significant judgment at many points
during the analysis. In estimating the fair value of a reporting
unit for the purposes of our annual or periodic analyses, we
make estimates and judgments about the future cash flows of that
reporting unit. Although our cash flow forecasts are based on
assumptions that are consistent with our plans and estimates we
are using to manage the underlying businesses, there is
significant exercise of judgment involved in determining the
cash flows attributable to a reporting unit over its estimated
remaining useful life. In addition, we make certain judgments
about allocating shared assets to the estimated balance sheets
of our reporting units. We also consider our and our
competitors market capitalization on the date we perform
the analysis. Changes in judgment on these assumptions and
estimates could result in a goodwill impairment charge.
During the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2008, we recorded a
charge of $262.5 million due to impairment in goodwill.
Long-lived
Assets
We review our long-lived assets including property and
equipment, capitalized software development costs, and
identifiable intangible assets for indicators of impairment
whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the
carrying amount of the assets may not be fully recoverable.
Determining if such events or changes in circumstances have
occurred is subjective and judgmental. Should we determine such
events have occurred, we then determine whether such assets are
recoverable based on estimated future undiscounted net cash
flows and fair value. If future undiscounted net cash flows and
fair value are less than the carrying value of such asset, we
write down that asset to its fair value.
We make estimates and judgments about future undiscounted cash
flows and fair value. Although our cash flow forecasts are based
on assumptions that are consistent with our plans, there is
significant exercise of judgment involved in determining the
cash flows attributable to a long-lived asset over its estimated
remaining useful life. Our estimates of anticipated future cash
flows could be reduced significantly in the future. As a result,
the carrying amount of our long-lived assets could be reduced
through impairment charges in the future. Additionally, changes
in estimated future cash flows could result in a shortening of
estimated useful lives for long-lived assets including
intangibles.
During the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2008, we recorded an
impairment charge of $26.6 million related to developed and
core technology intangibles.
Contingencies
and Litigation
We evaluate contingent liabilities including threatened or
pending litigation in accordance with SFAS No. 5,
Accounting for Contingencies. We assess the likelihood of
any adverse judgments or outcomes to a potential claim or legal
proceeding, as well as potential ranges of probable losses, when
the outcomes of the claims or proceedings are probable and
reasonably estimable. A determination of the amount of accrued
liabilities required, if any, for these contingencies is made
after the analysis of each matter. Because of uncertainties
related to these matters, we base our estimates on the
information available at the time. As additional information
becomes available, we
55
reassess the potential liability related to pending claims and
litigation and may revise our estimates. Any revisions in the
estimates of potential liabilities could have a material impact
on our results of operations and financial position.
Stock-Based
Compensation
We account for stock-based employee compensation plans under the
fair value recognition and measurement provisions of
SFAS No. 123(R), Share-Based Payment, and
recognize compensation over the requisite service period for
awards expected to vest. The estimation of stock awards that
will ultimately vest requires judgment, and to the extent actual
results differ from our estimates, such amounts will be recorded
as a cumulative adjustment in the period estimates are revised.
In valuing share-based awards, significant judgment is required
in determining the expected volatility of our common stock and
the expected term individuals will hold their share-based awards
prior to exercising. Expected volatility of the stock is based
on a blend of our peer group in the industry in which we do
business and the historical volatility of our own stock. The
expected term of options granted is derived from the historical
actual term of option grants and an estimate of future exercises
during the remaining contractual period of the option. In the
future, our expected volatility and expected term may change
which could substantially change the grant-date fair value of
future awards of stock options and ultimately the expense we
record.
Business
Combinations
We are required to allocate the purchase price of acquired
companies to the tangible and intangible assets acquired and
liabilities assumed, as well as IPR&D, based on their
estimated fair values. Such valuations require management to
make significant estimates and assumptions, especially with
respect to intangible assets. The significant purchased
intangible assets recorded by us include customer relationship,
developed and core technology and trade names.
Critical estimates in valuing intangible assets include but are
not limited to: future expected cash flows from customer
contracts, customer lists, distribution agreements and acquired
developed technologies and patents; expected costs to develop
IPR&D into commercially viable products and estimating cash
flows from projects when completed; brand awareness and market
position, as well as assumptions about the period of time the
brand will continue to be used in our product portfolio; and
discount rates. Managements estimates of fair value are
based upon assumptions believed to be reasonable, but which are
inherently uncertain and unpredictable and, as a result, actual
results may differ from estimates.
Restructuring
We monitor and regularly evaluate our organizational structure
and associated operating expenses. Depending on events and
circumstances, we may decide to take actions to reduce future
operating costs as our business requirements evolve. In
determining restructuring charges, we analyze our future
operating requirements, including the required headcount by
business functions and facility space requirements. Our
restructuring costs, and any resulting accruals, involve
significant estimates using the best information available at
the time the estimates are made. These restructuring costs are
accounted for under SFAS No. 146, Accounting for
Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities or under
SFAS No. 112, Employers Accounting for
Postemployment Benefits. In recording severance reserves, we
accrue a liability when all of the following conditions have
been met: management, having the authority to approve the
action, commits to a plan of termination; the plan identifies
the number of employees to be terminated, their job
classifications and their locations, and the expected completion
date; the plan is communicated such that the terms of the
benefit arrangement are explained in sufficient detail to enable
employees to determine the type and amount of benefits they will
receive if they are involuntarily terminated; and actions
required to complete the plan indicate that it is unlikely that
significant changes to the plan will be made or that the plan
will be withdrawn. In recording facilities lease loss reserves,
we make various assumptions, including the time period over
which the facilities are expected to be vacant, expected
sublease terms, expected sublease rates, anticipated future
operating expenses, and expected future use of the facilities.
Our estimates involve a number of risks and uncertainties, some
of which are beyond our control, including future real estate
market conditions and our ability to successfully enter into
subleases or lease termination agreements with terms as
favorable as those assumed when arriving at our estimates. We
regularly evaluate a number of factors to determine the
appropriateness and reasonableness of our restructuring and
lease loss accruals including the various assumptions noted
above. If actual
56
results differ significantly from our estimates, we may be
required to adjust our restructuring and lease loss accruals in
the future.
We also incur costs from our plan to exit certain activities of
companies acquired in business combinations. These costs are
recognized as a liability on the date of the acquisition under
EITF 95-3,
Recognition of Liabilities in Connection with a Purchase
Business Combination, when both of the following conditions
are met: management assesses, formulates, and approves a plan to
exit the activity; and the exit plan identifies the activities
to be disposed, the locations of those activities, the method of
disposition, all significant actions needed to complete the
plan, and the expected date of completion of the plan.
Income
Taxes
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the
expected tax consequences of temporary differences between the
tax bases of assets and liabilities and their reported amounts
using enacted tax rates in effect for the year the differences
are expected to reverse. In evaluating our ability to recover
our deferred tax assets we consider all available positive and
negative evidence including our past operating results, the
existence of cumulative losses in past fiscal years and our
forecast of future taxable income in the jurisdictions in which
we have operations.
We have placed a valuation allowance on certain
U.S. deferred tax assets and our
non-U.S. net
operating loss carry forwards because realization of these tax
benefits through future taxable income cannot be reasonably
assured. We intend to maintain the valuation allowances until
sufficient positive evidence exists to support the reversal of
the valuation allowances. An increase in the valuation allowance
would result in additional expense in such period. We make
estimates and judgments about our future taxable income that are
based on assumptions that are consistent with our plans and
estimates. Should the actual amounts differ from our estimates,
the amount of our valuation allowance could be materially
impacted.
During the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2008, we recorded tax
expense of $62.3 million associated with the recording of a
full valuation allowance against all beginning of the year
balances for U.S. deferred tax assets.
VeriFone must make certain estimates and judgments in
determining income tax expense for financial statement purposes.
These estimates and judgments occur in the calculation of tax
credits and deductions, and in the calculation of certain tax
assets and liabilities, which arise from differences in the
timing of recognition of revenue and expense for tax and
financial statement purposes, as well as the interest and
penalties relating to these uncertain tax positions. Significant
changes to these estimates may result in an increase or decrease
to the Companys tax provision in a subsequent period.
The calculation of our tax liabilities involves dealing with
uncertainties in the application of complex tax laws. Our
estimate for the potential outcome of any uncertain tax issue is
based on detailed facts and circumstances of each issue.
Resolution of these uncertainties in a manner inconsistent with
our expectations could have a material impact on our results of
operations and financial condition.
In July 2006, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation No. 48,
Accounting for Income Tax Uncertainties
(FIN 48). FIN 48 defines the threshold for
recognizing the benefits of tax return positions in the
financial statements as more-likely-than-not to be
sustained by the taxing authority. The recently issued
literature also provides guidance on the derecognition,
measurement and classification of income tax uncertainties,
along with any related interest and penalties. FIN 48 also
includes guidance concerning accounting for income tax
uncertainties in interim periods and increases the level of
disclosures associated with any recorded income tax
uncertainties. We adopted FIN 48 in the first quarter of
fiscal year 2008. See Note 7. Income Taxes
in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements of this
2008
Form 10-K
for further discussion.
As a result of the implementation of FIN 48, we recognize
liabilities for uncertain tax positions based on the two-step
process prescribed within the interpretation. The first step is
to evaluate the tax position for recognition by determining if
the weight of available evidence indicates that it is more
likely than not that the position will be sustained on audit,
including resolution of related appeals or litigation processes,
if any. The second step requires us to estimate and measure the
tax benefit as the largest amount that is more than 50% likely
to be realized upon ultimate settlement. It is inherently
difficult and subjective to estimate such amounts, as this
requires us to determine the probability of various possible
outcomes. We reevaluate these uncertain tax positions on a
quarterly
57
basis. This evaluation is based on factors including, but not
limited to, changes in facts or circumstances, changes in tax
law, effectively settled issues under audit, and new audit
activity. Such a change in recognition or measurement would
result in the recognition of a tax benefit or an additional
charge to the tax provision in the period.
Recent
Accounting Pronouncements
In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157,
Fair Value Measurements. SFAS No. 157 defines
fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value and
expands disclosures about fair value measurements.
SFAS No. 157 is effective for financial statements
issued for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007
and is required to be adopted by us in the first quarter of
fiscal 2009. In February 2008, the FASB issued FASB Staff
Position (FSP)
FAS 157-1,
Application of FASB Statement No. 157 to FASB Statement
No. 13 and Other Accounting Pronouncements That Address
Fair Value Measurements for Purposes of Lease Classification or
Measurement under Statement 13 and also issued FSP
No. 157-2,
Effective Date of FASB Statement No. 157, which
collectively remove certain leasing transactions from the scope
of SFAS No. 157 and partially delay the effective date
of SFAS No. 157 for one year for certain nonfinancial
assets and liabilities. In October 2008, the FASB also issued
FSP 157-3,
Determining the Fair Value of a Financial Asset When the
Market for That Asset Is Not Active, which clarifies the
application of SFAS No. 157 in an inactive market and
illustrates how an entity would determine fair value when the
market for a financial asset is not active. Although we will
continue to evaluate the application of SFAS No. 157,
we do not currently believe adoption of SFAS No. 157
will have a material impact on our consolidated financial
statements.
In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159, The
Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial
Liabilities. SFAS No. 159 permits entities to
elect to measure financial assets and liabilities at fair value.
The objective of the guidance is to improve financial reporting
by providing entities with the opportunity to mitigate
volatility in reported earnings caused by measuring related
assets and liabilities differently, without having to apply
complex hedge accounting provisions. SFAS No. 159 is
effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15,
2007 and interim periods within those fiscal years, provided the
provisions of SFAS No. 157 are applied. We adopted
SFAS No. 159 at the beginning of our fiscal year 2009
on November 1, 2008 and did not make any elections for fair
value accounting.
In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 160,
Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial
Statements, an amendment of ARB No. 51.
SFAS No. 160 will change the accounting and reporting
for minority interests, which will be recharacterized as
noncontrolling interests (NCI) and classified as a
component of equity. In conjunction with
SFAS No. 141(R), discussed below,
SFAS No. 160 will significantly change the accounting
for partial
and/or step
acquisitions. SFAS No. 160 will be effective in the
first quarter of fiscal year 2010. Early adoption is not
permitted. We are currently evaluating SFAS No. 160
and have not yet determined the impact, if any, its adoption
will have on our consolidated financial statements.
In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 141(R),
Business Combinations. SFAS No. 141(R) changes
the accounting for business combinations including the
measurement of acquirer shares issued in consideration for a
business combination, the recognition of contingent
consideration, the accounting for pre-acquisition gain and loss
contingencies, the recognition of capitalized in-process
research and development as an indefinite-lived intangible asset
until approved or discontinued rather than as an immediate
expense, expensing restructuring costs in connection with an
acquisition rather than considering them a liability assumed in
the acquisition, the treatment of acquisition-related
transaction costs, including the fair value of contingent
consideration at the date of an acquisition, the recognition of
changes in the acquirers income tax valuation allowance,
and accounting for partial
and/or step
acquisitions. SFAS No. 141(R) is effective on a
prospective basis for all business combinations for which the
acquisition date is on or after the beginning of the first
annual period subsequent to December 15, 2008, with the
exception of the accounting for valuation allowances on deferred
taxes and acquired tax contingencies under
SFAS No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes.
Early adoption is not permitted. When SFAS No. 141(R)
becomes effective, which, for us, will be in the first quarter
of fiscal year 2010, any adjustments made to valuation
allowances on deferred taxes and acquired tax contingencies
associated with acquisitions that closed prior to the effective
date of SFAS No. 141(R) will be recorded through
income tax expense, whereas currently the accounting treatment
would require any adjustment to be recognized through the
purchase price. We are currently evaluating
58
SFAS No. 141(R) and have not yet determined the
impact, if any, its adoption will have on our consolidated
financial statements.
In May 2008, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position
(FSP) APB
14-1,
Accounting for Convertible Debt Instruments That May Be
Settled in Cash upon Conversion (Including Partial Cash
Settlement). FSP APB
14-1
requires the issuer of a convertible debt instrument with cash
settlement features to account separately for the liability and
equity components of the instrument. The debt would be
recognized at the present value of its cash flows discounted
using an entity specific nonconvertible debt borrowing rate at
the time of issuance. The equity component would be recognized
as the difference between the proceeds from the issuance of the
note and the fair value of the liability. The FSP also requires
accretion of the resultant debt discount over the expected life
of the debt. The FSP is effective for fiscal years beginning
after December 15, 2008, and interim periods within those
years. Entities are required to apply the FSP retrospectively
for all periods presented. We are currently evaluating FSP APB
14-1 and
have not yet determined the impact its adoption will have on our
consolidated financial statements. However, the impact of this
new accounting treatment will be significant and will result in
a significant increase to non-cash interest expense beginning in
fiscal year 2010 for financial statements covering past and
future periods.
In April 2008, the FASB issued FSP
No. 142-3,
Determination of the Useful Life of Intangible Assets.
FSP 142-3
amends the factors that should be considered in developing
renewal or extension assumption used to determine the useful
life of a recognized intangible asset under
SFAS No. 142.
FSP 142-3
will be effective in the first quarter of fiscal year 2010. We
are currently evaluating the impact of the adoption of
FSP 142-3
and have not yet determined the impact, if any, its adoption
will have on our consolidated financial statements.
Recently
Adopted Accounting Pronouncements
In July 2006, the FASB issued FIN 48 which clarifies the
accounting for income taxes, by prescribing a minimum
recognition threshold a tax position is required to meet before
being recognized in the financial statements. FIN 48 also
provides guidance on derecognizing, measurement, classification,
interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods,
disclosure and transition. FIN 48 is effective for fiscal
years beginning after December 15, 2006. We adopted
FIN 48 as of November 1, 2007. As a result of the
implementation of FIN 48, we recognized a $3.3 million
increase in our existing liabilities for uncertain tax positions
which has been recorded as a decrease of $1.4 million to
the opening balance of retained earnings, an increase of
$0.5 million to non-current deferred tax assets and an
increase of $1.4 million to goodwill. At November 1,
2007, we also reclassified $17.7 million from current to
non-current taxes payable.
Selected
Quarterly Results of Operations
The following selected quarterly data should be read in
conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes
and Item 7 Managements Discussion
and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations in this Annual Report on
Form 10-K.
This information has been derived from our unaudited
consolidated financial statements that, in our opinion, reflect
all recurring adjustments necessary to fairly present our
financial information when read in conjunction with our
Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes. The results of
operations for any quarter are not necessarily indicative of the
results to be expected for any future period.
59
Quarterly
Consolidated Statements of Operations
The table below sets forth selected unaudited financial data for
each quarter for the last two fiscal years (in thousands, except
for per share amounts):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
First
|
|
|
Second
|
|
|
Third
|
|
|
Fourth
|
|
|
|
Quarter
|
|
|
Quarter
|
|
|
Quarter
|
|
|
Quarter
|
|
|
Year Ended October 31, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net revenues:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
System Solutions
|
|
$
|
155,601
|
|
|
$
|
203,711
|
|
|
$
|
228,766
|
|
|
$
|
219,387
|
|
Services
|
|
|
29,920
|
|
|
|
29,290
|
|
|
|
29,932
|
|
|
|
25,324
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total net revenues
|
|
|
185,521
|
|
|
|
233,001
|
|
|
|
258,698
|
|
|
|
244,711
|
|
Cost of net revenues:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
System Solutions
|
|
|
109,604
|
|
|
|
141,906
|
|
|
|
151,698
|
|
|
|
152,834
|
|
Services
|
|
|
18,553
|
|
|
|
17,743
|
|
|
|
18,577
|
|
|
|
17,985
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total cost of net revenues
|
|
|
128,157
|
|
|
|
159,649
|
|
|
|
170,275
|
|
|
|
170,819
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
57,364
|
|
|
|
73,352
|
|
|
|
88,423
|
|
|
|
73,892
|
|
Operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Research and development
|
|
|
22,462
|
|
|
|
17,159
|
|
|
|
17,558
|
|
|
|
18,443
|
|
Sales and marketing
|
|
|
24,643
|
|
|
|
22,762
|
|
|
|
23,540
|
|
|
|
20,512
|
|
General and administrative(1)
|
|
|
26,066
|
|
|
|
31,254
|
|
|
|
35,863
|
|
|
|
33,442
|
|
Impairment of goodwill and intangible assets(2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
289,119
|
|
Amortization of purchased intangible assets
|
|
|
5,890
|
|
|
|
6,782
|
|
|
|
6,183
|
|
|
|
7,178
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
79,061
|
|
|
|
77,957
|
|
|
|
83,144
|
|
|
|
368,694
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income (loss)
|
|
|
(21,697
|
)
|
|
|
(4,605
|
)
|
|
|
5,279
|
|
|
|
(294,802
|
)
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
(6,440
|
)
|
|
|
(8,990
|
)
|
|
|
(6,447
|
)
|
|
|
(6,536
|
)
|
Interest income
|
|
|
2,088
|
|
|
|
1,395
|
|
|
|
1,194
|
|
|
|
1,304
|
|
Other income (expense), net
|
|
|
(4,520
|
)
|
|
|
(1,914
|
)
|
|
|
194
|
|
|
|
(6,941
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) before income taxes
|
|
|
(30,569
|
)
|
|
|
(14,114
|
)
|
|
|
220
|
|
|
|
(306,975
|
)
|
Provision for income taxes(3)
|
|
|
2,929
|
|
|
|
3,873
|
|
|
|
7,419
|
|
|
|
59,663
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss
|
|
$
|
(33,498
|
)
|
|
$
|
(17,987
|
)
|
|
$
|
(7,199
|
)
|
|
$
|
(366,638
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic net loss per share
|
|
$
|
(0.40
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.21
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.09
|
)
|
|
$
|
(4.35
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted net loss per share
|
|
$
|
(0.40
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.21
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.09
|
)
|
|
$
|
(4.35
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
During the fiscal year ended October 31, 2008, we incurred
non-recurring general and administrative costs related to the
independent investigation and 2007 quarterly restatement in the
amounts of $6.1 million, $12.1 million,
$15.4 million and $8.2 million in the first, second,
third and fourth quarters, respectively. |
|
(2) |
|
In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2008, we recorded impairment
charges in the amounts of $262.5 million and
$26.6 million related to goodwill and developed and core
technology intangible assets, respectively, due to lower revenue
expectations in light of current operating performance and
future operating expectations. |
|
(3) |
|
In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2008, we recorded tax expense of
$62.3 million associated with the recording of a full
valuation allowance against all beginning of the year balances
for U.S. deferred tax assets. |
60
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
First
|
|
|
Second
|
|
|
Third
|
|
|
Fourth
|
|
|
|
Quarter
|
|
|
Quarter
|
|
|
Quarter
|
|
|
Quarter
|
|
|
Year Ended October 31, 2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net revenues:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
System Solutions
|
|
$
|
188,966
|
|
|
$
|
191,469
|
|
|
$
|
205,972
|
|
|
$
|
205,882
|
|
Services
|
|
|
27,397
|
|
|
|
25,414
|
|
|
|
25,729
|
|
|
|
32,063
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total net revenues
|
|
|
216,363
|
|
|
|
216,883
|
|
|
|
231,701
|
|
|
|
237,945
|
|
Cost of net revenues:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
System Solutions(1)(4)
|
|
|
133,291
|
|
|
|
125,951
|
|
|
|
132,268
|
|
|
|
154,485
|
|
Services
|
|
|
14,449
|
|
|
|
13,286
|
|
|
|
13,837
|
|
|
|
16,093
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total cost of net revenues
|
|
|
147,740
|
|
|
|
139,237
|
|
|
|
146,105
|
|
|
|
170,578
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
68,623
|
|
|
|
77,646
|
|
|
|
85,596
|
|
|
|
67,367
|
|
Operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Research and development
|
|
|
16,898
|
|
|
|
16,009
|
|
|
|
15,365
|
|
|
|
17,158
|
|
Sales and marketing
|
|
|
23,040
|
|
|
|
22,823
|
|
|
|
23,686
|
|
|
|
26,746
|
|
General and administrative(2)
|
|
|
17,376
|
|
|
|
25,565
|
|
|
|
19,364
|
|
|
|
18,399
|
|
Amortization of purchased intangible assets
|
|
|
5,351
|
|
|
|
5,690
|
|
|
|
5,416
|
|
|
|
5,114
|
|
In-process research and development
|
|
|
6,560
|
|
|
|
90
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
102
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
69,225
|
|
|
|
70,177
|
|
|
|
63,831
|
|
|
|
67,519
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income (loss)
|
|
|
(602
|
)
|
|
|
7,469
|
|
|
|
21,765
|
|
|
|
(152
|
)
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
(9,756
|
)
|
|
|
(9,507
|
)
|
|
|
(9,468
|
)
|
|
|
(7,867
|
)
|
Interest income
|
|
|
991
|
|
|
|
1,534
|
|
|
|
2,226
|
|
|
|
1,951
|
|
Other income (expense), net(3)
|
|
|
(261
|
)
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
(4,156
|
)
|
|
|
(3,463
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) before income taxes
|
|
|
(9,628
|
)
|
|
|
(506
|
)
|
|
|
10,367
|
|
|
|
(9,531
|
)
|
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes(5)
|
|
|
(3,949
|
)
|
|
|
4,312
|
|
|
|
52,753
|
|
|
|
(28,398
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
(5,679
|
)
|
|
$
|
(4,818
|
)
|
|
$
|
(42,386
|
)
|
|
$
|
18,867
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic net income (loss) per share
|
|
$
|
(0.07
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.06
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.51
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.23
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted net income (loss) per share
|
|
$
|
(0.07
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.06
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.51
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.22
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Included amortization of
step-up in
inventory fair value of $10.3 million and $3.4 million
in the first quarter and second quarter of fiscal 2007,
respectively. |
|
(2) |
|
In the second quarter of fiscal 2007, included $5.7 million
of consulting and legal integration expenses supporting a review
of the operational controls of former Lipman entities,
production of documents in response to the U.S. Department of
Justice investigation related to the Lipman acquisition and a
$1.0 million charge to terminate a distributor agreement
where there was a channel conflict between Lipman and VeriFone. |
|
(3) |
|
In the third quarter of fiscal year 2007, we incurred expenses
of $4.8 million related to the write-off of debt issuance
costs in connection with the extinguishment of debt. |
|
(4) |
|
In the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2007, we incurred
$5.3 million of excess obsolescence and scrap charges,
$3.1 million of charges relating to the commitment to
purchase excess components from our contract manufacturers, and
$3.2 million for a product specific warranty reserve for an
acquired product. |
|
(5) |
|
The provision for income taxes for the three months ended
July 31, 2007 and the three months ended October 31,
2007, are an expense of $52.8 million and a benefit of
($28.4) million, respectively. These amounts are
substantially different than tax computed at a statutory rate of
35%. The effective rates differ from the statutory rate due to
two principal factors. First, under FIN 18, our quarterly
tax provision is determined by applying the estimated annual
effective rate to our pretax income for the quarter as adjusted
for discrete items. The estimated annual rate for FIN 18
purposes was 340%. This results in a tax expense of
$55.0 million and a tax benefit of ($28.7) million
before discrete tax adjustments for the three months ended
July 31, 2007 and the three months ended October 31,
2007, respectively. We offset these amounts with approximately
($2.2) million of discrete tax benefit and
$0.3 million of discrete tax expense items to obtain the
tax provision for the three month periods ended July 31,
2007 and October 31, 2007, respectively. Secondly, we
recorded a significant increase in the valuation allowance for
deferred tax assets during the fiscal year ended
October 31, 2007. The increase in valuation allowance
resulted in a significantly larger provision for taxes which has
been allocated to the quarterly results under FIN 18. |
61
|
|
ITEM 7A.
|
QUANTITATIVE
AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
|
We are exposed to market risk related to changes in interest
rates and foreign currency exchange rates. To mitigate some of
these risks, we utilize derivative financial instruments to
hedge these exposures. We do not use derivative financial
instruments for speculative or trading purposes. We do not
anticipate any material changes in our primary market risk
exposures in fiscal year 2009.
Interest
Rate Risk
We are exposed to interest rate risk related to our borrowings
under the credit agreement we entered into on October 31,
2006. These borrowings generally bear interest upon the
three-month LIBOR rate. We have reduced our exposure to interest
rate fluctuations through the purchase of interest rate caps
covering a portion of our variable rate debt. In fiscal year
2006, we purchased two-year interest rate caps for $118,000 with
an initial notional amount of $200 million declining to
$150 million after one year with an effective date of
November 1, 2006 under which we will receive interest
payments if the three-month LIBOR rate exceeds 6.5%. As of
October 31, 2008, a 50 basis point increase in
interest rates on our borrowings subject to variable interest
rate fluctuations would increase our interest expense by
approximately $1.2 million annually. We generally invest
most of our cash in over-night and short-term instruments, which
would earn more interest income if market interest rates rose
and less interest income if market interest rates fell.
Foreign
Currency Transaction Risk
A majority of our business consists of sales made to customers
outside the United States. A substantial portion of the net
revenues we receive from such sales is denominated in currencies
other than the U.S. dollar. Additionally, portions of our
cost of net revenues and other operating expenses are incurred
by our international operations and denominated in local
currencies (P&L Exposures). Our balance sheet
includes
non-U.S. dollar
denominated assets and liabilities which can be adversely
affected by fluctuations in currency exchange rates
(Balance Sheet Exposures). Fluctuations in currency
exchange rates can adversely affect our P&L Exposures and
Balance Sheet Exposures and generate foreign currency
transaction gains and losses which are included in other income
(expense), net in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
Historically, we have not sought to mitigate the risk of
P&L Exposures with hedging activities; however, we have
sought to mitigate the risk of Balance Sheet Exposures by
entering into foreign currency forward contracts. The objective
of these contracts is to neutralize the impact of currency
exchange rate movements on our operating results by offsetting
gains and losses on the forward contracts with increases or
decreases in foreign currency transactions. Forward contracts
are included in accrued liabilities in the Consolidated Balance
Sheets. The contracts are marked-to-market on a monthly basis
with gains and losses included in other income (expense), net in
the Consolidated Statements of Operations. In some instances, we
seek to hedge transactions that are expected to become Balance
Sheet Exposures in the very short-term, generally within one
month. We do not use foreign currency contracts for speculative
or trading purposes.
Our outstanding forward contracts as of October 31, 2008
are presented in the table below. All forward contracts are
representative of the expected payments to be made under these
instruments. The fair market value of the contracts represents
the difference between the spot currency rate at
October 31, 2008 and the contracted rate. All of these
forward contracts mature within 95 days of October 31,
2008 (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Local
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fair Market
|
|
|
|
|
|
Currency
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Value at
|
|
|
|
|
|
Contract
|
|
|
|
|
Contracted
|
|
|
October 31,
|
|
|
|
Currency
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Currency
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Contracts to buy USD
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Argentine pesos
|
|
ARS
|
|
|
(6,000
|
)
|
|
USD
|
|
$
|
1,500
|
|
|
$
|
(24
|
)
|
Australian dollar
|
|
AUD
|
|
|
(5,800
|
)
|
|
USD
|
|
|
3,800
|
|
|
|
(118
|
)
|
Brazilian real
|
|
BRL
|
|
|
(6,300
|
)
|
|
USD
|
|
|
2,906
|
|
|
|
(71
|
)
|
British pound
|
|
GBP
|
|
|
(4,800
|
)
|
|
USD
|
|
|
7,839
|
|
|
|
(35
|
)
|
Canadian dollar
|
|
CAD
|
|
|
(5,300
|
)
|
|
USD
|
|
|
4,286
|
|
|
|
(70
|
)
|
Chinese yuan
|
|
CNY
|
|
|
(86,000
|
)
|
|
USD
|
|
|
12,482
|
|
|
|
(42
|
)
|
Euro
|
|
EUR
|
|
|
(23,100
|
)
|
|
USD
|
|
|
29,813
|
|
|
|
19
|
|
India rupee
|
|
INR
|
|
|
(200,000
|
)
|
|
USD
|
|
|
3,791
|
|
|
|
(229
|
)
|
62
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Local
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fair Market
|
|
|
|
|
|
Currency
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Value at
|
|
|
|
|
|
Contract
|
|
|
|
|
Contracted
|
|
|
October 31,
|
|
|
|
Currency
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Currency
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Mexican peso
|
|
MXN
|
|
|
(13,800
|
)
|
|
USD
|
|
|
1,041
|
|
|
|
(28
|
)
|
Turkish lira
|
|
TRY
|
|
|
(1,600
|
)
|
|
USD
|
|
|
998
|
|
|
|
(14
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
(612
|
)
|
Contracts to sell USD
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Israeli shekel
|
|
ILS
|
|
|
22,000
|
|
|
USD
|
|
|
(5,853
|
)
|
|
$
|
5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
(607
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of October 31, 2008 our Balance Sheet Exposures amounted
to $71.5 million and were offset by forward contracts with
a notional amount of $75.5 million. Based on our net
exposures as of October 31, 2008, a 10% movement of
currency rate would result in a gain or loss of
$0.4 million. As of October 31, 2007, we had no
foreign currency forward contracts outstanding.
Hedging of our Balance Sheet Exposures may not always be
effective to protect us against currency exchange rate
fluctuations, particularly in the event of imprecise forecasts
of
non-U.S. denominated
assets and liabilities. In addition, at times we have not fully
hedged our Balance Sheet Exposures, leaving us at risk to
foreign exchange gains and losses on the unhedged amounts.
Furthermore, we do not hedge our P&L Exposures.
Accordingly, if there was an adverse movement in exchange rates,
we might suffer significant losses. For instance, for the fiscal
years ended October 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, we suffered
foreign currency losses, net of $11.3 million,
$2.3 million, and $0.5 million, respectively, despite
our hedging activities.
Equity
Price Risk
In June 2007, we sold $316.2 million aggregate principal
amount of 1.375% Senior Convertible Notes due 2012 (the
Notes). Holders may convert their Notes prior to
maturity upon the occurrence of certain circumstances. Upon
conversion, we would pay the holder the cash value of the
applicable number of shares of VeriFone common stock, up to the
principal amount of the Notes. Amounts in excess of the
principal amount, if any may be paid in cash or in stock at our
option. Concurrently with the issuance of the Notes, we entered
into note hedge transactions and separately, warrant
transactions, to reduce the potential dilution from the
conversion of the Notes and to mitigate any negative effect such
conversion may have on the price of our common stock.
63
|
|
ITEM 8.
|
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTAL DATA
|
INDEX TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
64
REPORT OF
INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
The Board of Directors and Stockholders
VeriFone Holdings, Inc.
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of
VeriFone Holdings, Inc., and subsidiaries as of October 31,
2008 and 2007, and the related consolidated statements of
operations, stockholders equity and comprehensive income
(loss) and cash flows for each of the three years in the period
ended October 31, 2008. These financial statements are the
responsibility of the Companys management. Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial
statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the
Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those
standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are
free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a
test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in
the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the
accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial
statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a
reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above
present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated
financial position of VeriFone Holdings, Inc., and subsidiaries
at October 31, 2008 and 2007, and the consolidated results
of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three
years in the period ended October 31, 2008, in conformity
with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial
statements, the Company adopted Financial Accounting Standards
Board Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty
in Income Taxes an interpretation of FASB Statement
No. 109, effective November 1, 2007.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the
Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States),
VeriFone Holdings, Inc.s internal control over financial
reporting as of October 31, 2008, based on criteria
established in Internal Control Integrated
Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring
Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated
January 12, 2009 expressed an adverse opinion on the
effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting.
/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
Palo Alto, California
January 12, 2009
65
REPORT OF
INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
The Board of Directors and Stockholders
VeriFone Holdings, Inc.
We have audited VeriFone Holdings, Inc.s internal control
over financial reporting as of October 31, 2008, based on
criteria established in Internal Control
Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring
Organizations of the Treadway Commission (the COSO
criteria). VeriFone Holdings, Inc.s management is
responsible for maintaining effective internal control over
financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness
of internal control over financial reporting included in the
accompanying Managements Report on Internal Control over
Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion
on the Companys internal control over financial reporting
based on our audit.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the
Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those
standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control
over financial reporting was maintained in all material
respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of
internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk
that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the
design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on
the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we
considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our
audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
A companys internal control over financial reporting is a
process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the
reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of
financial statements for external purposes in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles. A companys
internal control over financial reporting includes those
policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance
of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly
reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the
company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions
are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial
statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company
are being made only in accordance with authorizations of
management and directors of the company; and (3) provide
reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of
unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the
companys assets that could have a material effect on the
financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over
financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.
Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future
periods are subject to the risk that controls may become
inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree
of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
A material weakness is a deficiency, or combination of
deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such
that there is a reasonable possibility that a material
misstatement of the companys annual or interim financial
statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.
In its assessment management has identified material weaknesses
in maintaining sufficient qualified accounting and finance
personnel; the supervision, monitoring and monthly financial
statement review processes; and, the identification,
documentation and review of various income tax calculations,
reconciliations and related supporting documentation. These
material weaknesses were considered in determining the nature,
timing, and extent of audit tests applied in our audit of the
2008 financial statements, and this report does not affect our
report dated January 12, 2009 on those financial statements.
In our opinion, because of the effect of the material weaknesses
described above on the achievement of the objectives of the
control criteria, VeriFone Holdings, Inc. has not maintained
effective internal control over financial reporting as of
October 31, 2008, based on the COSO criteria.
/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
Palo Alto, California
January 12, 2009
66
VERIFONE
HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended October 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except per share data)
|
|
|
Net revenues:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
System Solutions
|
|
$
|
807,465
|
|
|
$
|
792,289
|
|
|
$
|
517,154
|
|
Services
|
|
|
114,466
|
|
|
|
110,603
|
|
|
|
63,916
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total net revenues
|
|
|
921,931
|
|
|
|
902,892
|
|
|
|
581,070
|
|
Cost of net revenues:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
System Solutions
|
|
|
556,042
|
|
|
|
545,995
|
|
|
|
287,048
|
|
Services
|
|
|
72,858
|
|
|
|
57,665
|
|
|
|
32,477
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total cost of net revenues
|
|
|
628,900
|
|
|
|
603,660
|
|
|
|
319,525
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
293,031
|
|
|
|
299,232
|
|
|
|
261,545
|
|
Operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Research and development
|
|
|
75,622
|
|
|
|
65,430
|
|
|
|
47,353
|
|
Sales and marketing
|
|
|
91,457
|
|
|
|
96,295
|
|
|
|
58,607
|
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
126,625
|
|
|
|
80,704
|
|
|
|
42,573
|
|
Impairment of goodwill and intangible assets
|
|
|
289,119
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortization of purchased intangible assets
|
|
|
26,033
|
|
|
|
21,571
|
|
|
|
4,703
|
|
In-process research and development
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,752
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
608,856
|
|
|
|
270,752
|
|
|
|
153,236
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income (loss)
|
|
|
(315,825
|
)
|
|
|
28,480
|
|
|
|
108,309
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
(28,413
|
)
|
|
|
(36,598
|
)
|
|
|
(13,617
|
)
|
Interest income
|
|
|
5,981
|
|
|
|
6,702
|
|
|
|
3,372
|
|
Other income (expense), net
|
|
|
(13,181
|
)
|
|
|
(7,882
|
)
|
|
|
(6,394
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) before income taxes
|
|
|
(351,438
|
)
|
|
|
(9,298
|
)
|
|
|
91,670
|
|
Provision for income taxes
|
|
|
73,884
|
|
|
|
24,718
|
|
|
|
32,159
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
(425,322
|
)
|
|
$
|
(34,016
|
)
|
|
$
|
59,511
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss) per share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
(5.05
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.41
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.90
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$
|
(5.05
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.41
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.86
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average number of shares used in computing net income
(loss) per share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
84,220
|
|
|
|
82,194
|
|
|
|
66,217
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
84,220
|
|
|
|
82,194
|
|
|
|
68,894
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
consolidated financial statements.
67
VERIFONE
HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
October 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except par value)
|
|
|
ASSETS
|
Current assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
157,160
|
|
|
$
|
215,001
|
|
Accounts receivable, net of allowances of $5,033 and $4,270
|
|
|
170,234
|
|
|
|
194,146
|
|
Inventories
|
|
|
168,360
|
|
|
|
107,168
|
|
Deferred tax assets
|
|
|
9,465
|
|
|
|
23,854
|
|
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
|
|
|
57,631
|
|
|
|
63,413
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current assets
|
|
|
562,850
|
|
|
|
603,582
|
|
Property, plant, and equipment, net
|
|
|
52,309
|
|
|
|
48,293
|
|
Purchased intangible assets, net
|
|
|
92,637
|
|
|
|
170,073
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
321,903
|
|
|
|
611,977
|
|
Deferred tax assets, net
|
|
|
1,276
|
|
|
|
67,796
|
|
Debt issuance costs, net
|
|
|
11,704
|
|
|
|
12,855
|
|
Other assets
|
|
|
37,073
|
|
|
|
32,733
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
$
|
1,079,752
|
|
|
$
|
1,547,309
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY
|
Current liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
$
|
81,188
|
|
|
$
|
105,215
|
|
Income taxes payable
|
|
|
2,185
|
|
|
|
19,530
|
|
Accrued compensation
|
|
|
19,477
|
|
|
|
21,201
|
|
Accrued warranty
|
|
|
8,527
|
|
|
|
11,012
|
|
Deferred revenue, net
|
|
|
47,687
|
|
|
|
43,049
|
|
Deferred tax liabilities
|
|
|
1,805
|
|
|
|
6,154
|
|
Accrued expenses
|
|
|
9,475
|
|
|
|
8,755
|
|
Other current liabilities
|
|
|
91,168
|
|
|
|
86,465
|
|
Current portion of long-term debt
|
|
|
5,022
|
|
|
|
5,386
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current liabilities
|
|
|
266,534
|
|
|
|
306,767
|
|
Accrued warranty
|
|
|
1,490
|
|
|
|
655
|
|
Deferred revenue
|
|
|
13,292
|
|
|
|
11,274
|
|
Long-term debt, less current portion
|
|
|
543,357
|
|
|
|
547,766
|
|
Deferred tax liabilities
|
|
|
68,928
|
|
|
|
87,142
|
|
Other long-term liabilities
|
|
|
41,939
|
|
|
|
10,296
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
935,540
|
|
|
|
963,900
|
|
Commitments and contingencies
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Minority interest
|
|
|
2,058
|
|
|
|
2,487
|
|
Stockholders equity:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Preferred Stock: 10,000 shares authorized as of
October 31, 2008 and 2007; no shares issued and outstanding
as of October 31, 2008 and 2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common Stock: $0.01 par value, 200,000 and
100,000 shares authorized at October 31, 2008 and
2007; 84,443 and 84,060 shares issued and outstanding as of
October 31, 2008 and 2007
|
|
|
845
|
|
|
|
841
|
|
Additional
paid-in-capital
|
|
|
655,974
|
|
|
|
635,404
|
|
Accumulated deficit
|
|
|
(504,173
|
)
|
|
|
(77,484
|
)
|
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
|
|
|
(10,492
|
)
|
|
|
22,161
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total stockholders equity
|
|
|
142,154
|
|
|
|
580,922
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities and stockholders equity
|
|
$
|
1,079,752
|
|
|
$
|
1,547,309
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
consolidated financial statements.
68
VERIFONE
HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
AND
COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Retained
|
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common Stock
|
|
|
Additional
|
|
|
Earnings
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
Voting
|
|
|
Paid-in
|
|
|
(Accumulated
|
|
|
Comprehensive
|
|
|
Stockholders
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Capital
|
|
|
Deficit)
|
|
|
Income
|
|
|
Equity
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Balance as of October 31, 2005
|
|
|
67,646
|
|
|
$
|
676
|
|
|
$
|
128,101
|
|
|
$
|
(102,979
|
)
|
|
$
|
740
|
|
|
$
|
26,538
|
|
Issuance of common stock, net of issuance costs
|
|
|
502
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
3,056
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,062
|
|
Stock-based compensation under SFAS No. 123(R)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,998
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,998
|
|
Tax benefit on stock-based compensation under
SFAS No. 123(R)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,414
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,414
|
|
Comprehensive Income:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
59,511
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
59,511
|
|
Other comprehensive Income:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign currency translation adjustments, net of tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
300
|
|
|
|
300
|
|
Unrealized gain on marketable securities, net of tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
Interest rate hedges, net of tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(83
|
)
|
|
|
(83
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total comprehensive income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
59,729
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance as of October 31, 2006
|
|
|
68,148
|
|
|
|
682
|
|
|
|
140,569
|
|
|
|
(43,468
|
)
|
|
|
958
|
|
|
|
98,741
|
|
Issuance of common stock, net of issuance costs
|
|
|
2,450
|
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
|
37,744
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
37,768
|
|
Common stock issued for acquisition of Lipman
|
|
|
13,462
|
|
|
|
135
|
|
|
|
417,471
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
417,606
|
|
Fair value of options assumed in acquisition of Lipman
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
17,622
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
17,622
|
|
Stock-based compensation under SFAS No. 123(R)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
28,892
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
28,892
|
|
Tax benefit on stock-based compensation under
SFAS No. 123(R)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11,464
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11,464
|
|
Purchase of convertible note hedge, net of tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(49,546
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(49,546
|
)
|
Issuance of warrants
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
31,188
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
31,188
|
|
Comprehensive Income (Loss):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(34,016
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(34,016
|
)
|
Other comprehensive Income:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign currency translation adjustments, net of tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
21,221
|
|
|
|
21,221
|
|
Unrealized loss on marketable securities, net of tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
Interest rate hedges, net of tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(17
|
)
|
|
|
(17
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total comprehensive loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(12,813
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance as of October 31, 2007
|
|
|
84,060
|
|
|
|
841
|
|
|
|
635,404
|
|
|
|
(77,484
|
)
|
|
|
22,161
|
|
|
|
580,922
|
|
Cumulative effect from the adoption of FIN 48
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,367
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,367
|
)
|
Issuance of common stock, net of issuance costs
|
|
|
383
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
2,178
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,182
|
|
Stock-based compensation under SFAS No. 123(R)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
17,916
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
17,916
|
|
Tax benefit on stock-based compensation under
SFAS No. 123(R)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
476
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
476
|
|
Comprehensive Income (Loss):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(425,322
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(425,322
|
)
|
Other comprehensive Income:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign currency translation adjustments, net of tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(31,029
|
)
|
|
|
(31,029
|
)
|
Interest rate hedges, net of tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
63
|
|
|
|
63
|
|
Unfunded portion of pension plan obligations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,687
|
)
|
|
|
(1,687
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total comprehensive loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(457,975
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance as of October 31, 2008
|
|
|
84,443
|
|
|
$
|
845
|
|
|
$
|
655,974
|
|
|
$
|
(504,173
|
)
|
|
$
|
(10,492
|
)
|
|
$
|
142,154
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
consolidated financial statements.
69
VERIFONE
HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended October 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Cash flows from operating activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
(425,322
|
)
|
|
$
|
(34,016
|
)
|
|
$
|
59,511
|
|
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided
by (used in) operating activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortization of purchased intangible assets
|
|
|
58,263
|
|
|
|
59,468
|
|
|
|
10,328
|
|
Depreciation and amortization of property, plant, and equipment
|
|
|
13,376
|
|
|
|
7,766
|
|
|
|
3,505
|
|
Amortization of capitalized software
|
|
|
1,691
|
|
|
|
1,220
|
|
|
|
1,231
|
|
In-process research and development
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,752
|
|
|
|
|
|
Impairment of goodwill and intangible assets
|
|
|
289,119
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Impairment of equity investment
|
|
|
2,236
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Write-off of capitalized software
|
|
|
3,087
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Write-off of property, plant, and equipment
|
|
|
341
|
|
|
|
271
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortization of debt issuance costs
|
|
|
2,634
|
|
|
|
1,756
|
|
|
|
1,105
|
|
Stock-based compensation
|
|
|
17,916
|
|
|
|
28,892
|
|
|
|
6,000
|
|
Non-cash portion of loss on debt extinguishment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,764
|
|
|
|
6,359
|
|
Other non cash items
|
|
|
(10
|
)
|
|
|
(135
|
)
|
|
|
184
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities before
changes in working capital
|
|
|
(36,669
|
)
|
|
|
76,738
|
|
|
|
88,223
|
|
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts receivable, net
|
|
|
24,615
|
|
|
|
(39,493
|
)
|
|
|
(28,938
|
)
|
Inventories
|
|
|
(60,567
|
)
|
|
|
45,133
|
|
|
|
(51,983
|
)
|
Deferred tax assets
|
|
|
81,426
|
|
|
|
(29,092
|
)
|
|
|
(5,801
|
)
|
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
|
|
|
5,285
|
|
|
|
(41,512
|
)
|
|
|
(4,444
|
)
|
Other assets
|
|
|
(8,486
|
)
|
|
|
(5,136
|
)
|
|
|
(2,106
|
)
|
Accounts payable
|
|
|
(24,317
|
)
|
|
|
28,144
|
|
|
|
17,189
|
|
Income taxes payable
|
|
|
1,672
|
|
|
|
20,391
|
|
|
|
1,542
|
|
Tax benefit from stock-based compensation
|
|
|
(1,176
|
)
|
|
|
(11,464
|
)
|
|
|
(3,414
|
)
|
Accrued compensation
|
|
|
(1,912
|
)
|
|
|
(2,975
|
)
|
|
|
2,656
|
|
Accrued warranty
|
|
|
(1,650
|
)
|
|
|
(1,910
|
)
|
|
|
(1,301
|
)
|
Deferred revenue, net
|
|
|
5,172
|
|
|
|
14,495
|
|
|
|
7,150
|
|
Deferred tax liabilities
|
|
|
(23,074
|
)
|
|
|
38,295
|
|
|
|
64
|
|
Accrued expenses and other liabilities
|
|
|
31,053
|
|
|
|
(2,344
|
)
|
|
|
(2,090
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
|
|
|
(8,628
|
)
|
|
|
89,270
|
|
|
|
16,747
|
|
Cash flows from investing activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchases of property, plant, and equipment, net
|
|
|
(17,597
|
)
|
|
|
(30,225
|
)
|
|
|
(3,666
|
)
|
Software development costs capitalized
|
|
|
(4,454
|
)
|
|
|
(7,740
|
)
|
|
|
(1,999
|
)
|
Purchases of other assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(500
|
)
|
|
|
(903
|
)
|
Purchases of marketable securities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(125,034
|
)
|
Sales and maturities of marketable securities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
141,869
|
|
Transaction costs, pending acquisitions
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3,425
|
)
|
Purchases of equity investments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(5,700
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Acquisition of businesses, net of cash and cash equivalents
acquired
|
|
|
(15,753
|
)
|
|
|
(267,531
|
)
|
|
|
(10,867
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash used in investing activities
|
|
|
(37,804
|
)
|
|
|
(311,696
|
)
|
|
|
(4,025
|
)
|
Cash flows from financing activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds from debt, net of costs
|
|
|
3,408
|
|
|
|
613,197
|
|
|
|
184,060
|
|
Repayments of debt
|
|
|
(8,210
|
)
|
|
|
(263,859
|
)
|
|
|
(182,696
|
)
|
Payment of debt amendment fees
|
|
|
(1,645
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchase of hedge on convertible debt
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(80,236
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Sale of warrants
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
31,188
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds from exercises of stock options
|
|
|
3,026
|
|
|
|
37,088
|
|
|
|
3,015
|
|
Tax benefit of stock-based compensation
|
|
|
1,176
|
|
|
|
11,464
|
|
|
|
3,414
|
|
Investment in subsidiary by minority stockholder
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,050
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
28
|
|
|
|
41
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
|
|
|
(2,245
|
)
|
|
|
349,920
|
|
|
|
7,834
|
|
Effect of foreign currency exchange rate changes on cash and
cash equivalents
|
|
|
(9,164
|
)
|
|
|
943
|
|
|
|
943
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
(57,841
|
)
|
|
|
128,437
|
|
|
|
21,499
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year
|
|
|
215,001
|
|
|
|
86,564
|
|
|
|
65,065
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents, end of year
|
|
$
|
157,160
|
|
|
$
|
215,001
|
|
|
$
|
86,564
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash paid for interest
|
|
$
|
19,015
|
|
|
$
|
29,765
|
|
|
$
|
12,402
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash paid (received) for income taxes
|
|
$
|
(8,049
|
)
|
|
$
|
27,301
|
|
|
$
|
37,253
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Schedule of noncash transactions
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Debt issuance costs withheld from proceeds
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
8,388
|
|
|
$
|
8,720
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issuance of common stock and stock options for acquisition
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
435,228
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
consolidated financial statements.
70
VERIFONE
HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
|
|
Note 1.
|
Principles
of Consolidation and Summary of Significant Accounting
Policies
|
Business
Description
VeriFone Holdings, Inc. (VeriFone or the
Company) was incorporated in the state of Delaware
on June 13, 2002. Prior to the Companys initial
public offering on May 4, 2005, VeriFone was majority-owned
by GTCR Fund VII, L.P., an equity fund managed by GTCR
Golder Rauner, LLC (GTCR), a private equity firm.
VeriFone designs, markets, and services electronic payment
solutions that enable secure electronic payments among
consumers, merchants, and financial institutions.
Principles
of Consolidation
The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the
accounts of the Company and its majority-owned subsidiaries. All
significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been
eliminated and amounts pertaining to the non-controlling
ownership interest held by third parties in the operating
results and financial position of the Companys
majority-owned subsidiaries are reported as minority interest.
Use of
Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with
U.S. generally accepted accounting principles requires
management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the
reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of
contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial
statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses
during the reporting periods. The Company bases its estimates on
historical experience and various other assumptions that are
believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual
results could differ from those estimates, and such differences
may be material to the consolidated financial statements.
Foreign
Currency Translation
The assets and liabilities of foreign subsidiaries, where the
local currency is the functional currency, are translated from
their respective functional currencies into the U.S. dollar
at the rates in effect at the balance sheet date. Revenues and
expenses are translated at the average exchange rates during the
period. The resulting foreign currency translation adjustments
are recorded as a separate component of accumulated other
comprehensive income in the stockholders equity section of
the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
For subsidiaries whose functional currency is the
U.S. dollar, foreign currency denominated assets and
liabilities are remeasured into U.S. dollars at the rates
in effect at the balance sheet date for monetary assets and
liabilities and historical exchange rates for non-monetary
assets and liabilities. Revenue and expense amounts are
translated at average exchange rates during the period. Any
gains or losses from foreign currency remeasurement were
included in other income (expense), net on the Consolidated
Statements of Operations.
Gains and losses resulting from transactions denominated in
currencies other than an entitys functional currency are
included in other income (expense), net on the Consolidated
Statements of Operations.
Revenue
Recognition
The Companys revenue recognition policy is consistent with
applicable revenue recognition guidance and interpretations,
including the requirements of Emerging Issues Task Force
(EITF) Issue
No. 00-21,
Revenue Arrangements with Multiple Deliverables,
Statement of Position (SOP)
97-2,
Software Revenue Recognition,
SOP 81-1,
Accounting for Performance of Construction-Type and Certain
Production Type Contracts, Staff Accounting Bulletin
(SAB) No. 104, Revenue Recognition, and
other applicable revenue recognition guidance and
interpretations.
The Company records revenue when all of the following criteria
are met: (i) there is persuasive evidence that an
arrangement exists; (ii) delivery of the products
and/or
services has occurred; (iii) the selling price is fixed or
71
VERIFONE
HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
determinable; and (iv) collection is reasonably assured.
Cash received in advance of revenue recognition is recorded as
deferred revenue.
Net revenues from System Solutions sales to end-users,
resellers, value-added resellers, and distributors are
recognized upon shipment of the product with the following
exceptions:
|
|
|
|
|
if a product is shipped
free-on-board
destination, revenue is recognized when the shipment is
delivered, or
|
|
|
|
if an acceptance or a contingency clause exists, revenue is
recognized upon the earlier of receipt of the acceptance letter
or when the clause lapses.
|
End-users, resellers, value-added resellers, and distributors
generally have no rights of return, stock rotation rights, or
price protection.
The Companys System Solutions sales include software that
is incidental to the electronic payment devices and services
included in its sales arrangements.
The Company enters into revenue arrangements for individual
products or services. As a System Solutions provider, the
Companys sales arrangements often include support services
in addition to electronic payment devices (multiple
deliverables). These services may include installation,
training, consulting, customer support, product maintenance,
and/or
refurbishment arrangements.
Revenue arrangements with multiple deliverables are evaluated to
determine if the deliverables (items) should be divided into
more than one unit of accounting. An item can generally be
considered a separate unit of accounting if all of the following
criteria are met:
|
|
|
|
|
the delivered item(s) has value to the customer on a standalone
basis;
|
|
|
|
there is objective and reliable evidence of the fair value of
the undelivered item(s); and
|
|
|
|
if the arrangement includes a general right of return relative
to the delivered item(s), delivery or performance of the
undelivered item(s) is considered probable and substantially in
the control of the Company.
|
Deliverables which do not meet these criteria are combined into
a single unit of accounting.
If there is objective and reliable evidence of fair value for
all units of accounting, the arrangement consideration is
allocated to the separate units of accounting based on their
relative fair values. In cases where there is objective and
reliable evidence of the fair value(s) of the undelivered
item(s) in an arrangement but no such evidence for one or more
of the delivered item(s), the residual method is used to
allocate the arrangement consideration. In cases in which there
is no objective and reliable evidence of the fair value(s) of
the undelivered item(s), the Company defers all revenues for the
arrangement until the period in which the last item is delivered.
For revenue arrangements with multiple deliverables, upon
shipment of its electronic payment devices, the Company defers
revenue for the aggregate fair value for all remaining
undelivered elements and recognizes the residual amount within
the arrangement as revenue for the delivered items as prescribed
in
EITF 00-21.
Fair value is determined based on the price charged when each
element is sold separately
and/or the
price charged by third parties for similar services.
Net revenues from services such as customer support and product
maintenance are initially deferred and then recognized on a
straight-line basis over the term of the contract. Net revenues
from services such as installations, equipment repairs,
refurbishment arrangements, training, and consulting are
recognized as the services are rendered.
For software development contracts, the Company recognizes
revenue using the completed contract method pursuant to
SOP 81-1.
During the period of performance of such contracts, billings and
costs are accumulated on the balance sheet, but no profit is
recorded before completion or substantial completion of the
work. The Company uses
72
VERIFONE
HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
customers acceptance of such products as the specific
criteria to determine when such contracts are substantially
completed. Provisions for losses on software development
contracts are recorded in the period they become evident.
For operating lease arrangements, the Company recognizes the
revenue and corresponding costs ratably over the term of the
lease.
In addition, the Company sells products to leasing companies
that, in turn, lease these products to end-users. In
transactions where the leasing companies have no recourse to the
Company in the event of default by the end-user, the Company
recognizes revenue at the point of shipment or point of
delivery, depending on the shipping terms and when all the other
revenue recognition criteria have been met. In arrangements
where the leasing companies have substantive recourse to the
Company in the event of default by the end-user, the Company
recognizes both the product revenue and the related cost of the
product as the payments are made to the leasing company by the
end-user, generally ratably over the lease term.
The Company presents revenues net of sales taxes and value-added
taxes in its Consolidated Statement of Operations in accordance
with EITF
No. 06-3,
How Taxes Collected From Customers and Remitted to
Governmental Authorities should Be Presented in the Income
Statements.
Segment
Reporting
The Company maintains two reportable segments, North America,
consisting of the United States and Canada, and International,
consisting of all other countries from which the Company derives
revenues.
Cash
and Cash Equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash, money market funds,
and other highly liquid investments with maturities of three
months or less when purchased.
Fair
Value of Financial Instruments
Financial instruments consist principally of cash and cash
equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable, long-term
debt, foreign currency forward contracts and interest rate caps.
The estimated fair value of cash, accounts receivable, and
accounts payable approximates their carrying value due to the
short period of time to their maturities. Cash equivalents,
foreign currency forward contracts, and interest rate caps are
recorded at fair value based on quoted market prices. The
estimated fair value of long-term debt related to the Term B
loan approximates its carrying value since the rate of interest
on the long-term debt adjusts to market rates on a periodic
basis. The fair value of the Companys 1.375% Senior
Convertible Notes as of October 31, 2008 was
$191.0 million based on the closing trading price at that
date.
Derivative
Financial Instruments
The Company uses foreign currency forward contracts to hedge
certain existing and anticipated foreign currency denominated
transactions. Foreign currency forward contracts generally
mature within 95 days of inception. Under its foreign
currency risk management strategy, the Company utilizes
derivative instruments to protect its interests from
unanticipated fluctuations in earnings and cash flows caused by
volatility in currency exchange rates. This financial exposure
is monitored and managed by the Company as an integral part of
its overall risk management program which focuses on the
unpredictability of financial markets and seeks to reduce the
potentially adverse effects that the volatility of these markets
may have on its operating results. The Company has entered into
interest rate caps, which expired October 31, 2008, in
order to manage its variable interest rate risk on its secured
credit facility.
The Company records certain derivatives, namely foreign currency
forward contracts, interest penalties on the Companys
1.375% Senior Convertible Notes, and interest rate caps, on
the balance sheet at fair value. Changes in
73
VERIFONE
HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
the fair value of derivatives that do not qualify or are not
effective as hedges are recognized currently in earnings. The
Company does not use derivative financial instruments for
speculative or trading purposes, nor does it hold or issue
leveraged derivative financial instruments.
The Company formally documents relationships between hedging
instruments and associated hedged items. This documentation
includes: identification of the specific foreign currency asset,
liability, or forecasted transaction being hedged; the nature of
the risk being hedged; the hedge objective; and, the method of
assessing hedge effectiveness. Hedge effectiveness is formally
assessed, both at hedge inception and on an ongoing basis, to
determine whether the derivatives used in hedging transactions
are highly effective in offsetting changes in foreign currency
denominated assets, liabilities, and anticipated cash flows of
hedged items. When an anticipated transaction is no longer
likely to occur, the corresponding derivative instrument is
ineffective as a hedge, and changes in fair value of the
instrument are recognized in net income.
The Companys international sales are generally denominated
in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. For sales in
currencies other than the U.S. dollar, the volatility of
the foreign currency markets represents risk to the
Companys revenue and profit margins. From time to time the
Company enters into certain foreign currency forward contracts.
The objective of these contracts is to neutralize the impact of
currency exchange rate movements on the Companys operating
results by offsetting gains and losses on the forward contracts
with increases or decreases in foreign currency transactions.
The Company does not designate these foreign currency forward
contracts as hedging instruments and, as such, records the
changes in the fair value of these derivatives in earnings.
The Company is exposed to interest rate risk related to a
portion of its debt, which bears interest generally based upon
the three-month LIBOR rate. On October 31, 2006, the
Companys principal subsidiary, VeriFone, Inc., entered
into a credit agreement with a syndicate of financial
institutions, led by J.P. Morgan Chase Bank, N.A. and
Lehman Commercial Paper Inc. (the Credit Facility).
The Credit Facility consists of a Term B Loan facility of
$500.0 million and a revolving credit facility permitting
borrowings of up to $40.0 million, reduced to
$25.0 million as of October 2008. The proceeds from the
Term B loan were used to repay all outstanding amounts relating
to a previous credit facility, pay certain transaction costs,
and partially fund the cash consideration in connection with the
acquisition of Lipman on November 1, 2006. Through
October 31, 2008, the Company repaid an aggregate of
$268.8 million, leaving a Term B Loan balance of
$231.2 million at October 31, 2008. Under the Credit
Facility, the Company is required to fix the interest rate of
the loan through swaps, rate caps, collars, and similar
agreements with respect to at least 30.0% of the outstanding
principal amount of all loans and other indebtedness that have
floating interest rates. As of October 31, 2008, the
Company is no longer required by the Credit Facility to protect
against credit rate increases.
Inventories
Inventories are stated at the lower of standard cost or market.
Standard costs approximate actual costs under the
first-in,
first-out (FIFO) method. The Company regularly
monitors inventory quantities on hand and records write-downs
for excess and obsolete inventories based primarily on the
Companys estimated forecast of product demand and
production requirements. Such write-downs establish a new
cost-basis of accounting for the related inventory. Actual
inventory losses may differ from managements estimates.
Property,
Plant, and Equipment, net
Property, plant, and equipment are stated at cost, net of
accumulated depreciation and amortization. Property, plant, and
equipment are depreciated on a straight-line basis over the
estimated useful lives of the assets, generally ranging from two
to ten years, except buildings which are depreciated over
50 years. The cost of equipment under capital leases is
recorded at the lower of the present value of the minimum lease
payments or the fair value of the assets and is amortized on a
straight-line basis over the shorter of the term of the related
lease or the estimated useful life of the asset. Amortization of
assets under capital leases is included with depreciation
expense.
74
VERIFONE
HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Research
and Development Costs
Research and development costs are generally expensed as
incurred. Costs capitalized under SFAS No. 86,
Accounting for the Costs of Computer Software to be Sold,
Leased, or Otherwise Marketed, were $4.5 million,
$7.7 million, and $2.0 million for the fiscal years
ended October 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006, respectively. In
accordance with SFAS No. 86, the capitalized software
costs are amortized on a straight-line basis to cost of sales
over the estimated life of the products, up to three years,
commencing when the respective products are available to
customers. Total amortization related to capitalized software
development costs were $1.7 million, $1.2 million and
$1.2 million for the years ended October 31, 2008,
2007 and 2006, respectively. Unamortized capitalized software
development costs as of October 31, 2008 and 2007 of
$10.1 million and $10.8 million, respectively, are
recorded in other assets in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
Business
Combinations
The Company accounts for business combinations in accordance
with FAS No. 141, Business Combinations
(FAS 141), which requires the purchase
method of accounting for business combinations. In accordance
with FAS 141, the Company determines the recognition of
intangible assets based on the following criteria: (i) the
intangible asset arises from contractual or other rights; or
(ii) the intangible is separable or divisible from the
acquired entity and capable of being sold, transferred,
licensed, returned or exchanged. In accordance with
FAS 141, the Company allocates the purchase price of its
business combinations to the tangible assets, liabilities and
intangible assets acquired, including in-process research and
development (IPR&D), based on their estimated
fair values. The excess purchase price over those fair values is
recorded as goodwill. In conjunction with certain business
combinations, the Company records restructuring liabilities of
the acquired company in accordance with EITF Issue
No. 95-3,
Recognition of Liabilities in Connection with a Purchase
Business Combination
(EITF 95-3).
These costs represent liabilities that are recorded as part of
the purchase price allocation.
The Company must make valuation assumptions that require
significant estimates, especially with respect to intangible
assets. Critical estimates in valuing certain intangible assets
include, but are not limited to future expected cash flows from
customer contracts, customer lists, distribution agreements and
acquired developed technologies, expected costs to develop
IPR&D into commercially viable products, estimated cash
flows from projects when completed and discount rates. The
Company estimates fair value based upon assumptions the Company
believes to be reasonable, but which are inherently uncertain
and unpredictable and, as a result, actual results may differ
from estimates. Other estimates such as restructuring accruals
associated with the accounting for acquisitions may change as
additional information becomes available regarding the assets
acquired and liabilities assumed.
Goodwill
Goodwill and purchased intangible assets have been recorded as a
result of the Companys acquisitions. Goodwill is not
amortized for accounting purposes. The Company is required to
perform an annual impairment test of goodwill. Should certain
events or indicators of impairment occur between annual
impairment tests, the Company would perform the impairment test
of goodwill when those events or indicators occurred. In the
first step of the analysis, the Companys assets and
liabilities, including existing goodwill and other intangible
assets, are assigned to the identified reporting units to
determine the carrying value of the reporting units. Based on
how the business is managed, the Company has five reporting
units. Goodwill is allocated to each reporting unit based on its
relative contribution to the Companys overall operating
results. If the carrying value of a reporting unit is in excess
of its fair value, an impairment may exist, and the Company must
perform the second step of the analysis, in which the implied
fair value of the goodwill is compared to its carrying value to
determine the impairment charge, if any.
The fair value of the reporting units is determined using the
income approach. The income approach focuses on the
income-producing capability of an asset, measuring the current
value of the asset by calculating the present value of its
future economic benefits such as cash earnings, cost savings,
tax deductions, and proceeds from
75
VERIFONE
HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
disposition. Value indications are developed by discounting
expected cash flows to their present value at a rate of return
that incorporates the risk-free rate for the use of funds, the
expected rate of inflation, and risks associated with the
particular investment.
Accounting
for Long-Lived Assets
The Company periodically evaluates whether changes have occurred
that would require revision of the remaining useful life of
property, plant, and equipment and purchased intangible assets
or render them not recoverable. If such circumstances arise, the
Company uses an estimate of the undiscounted value of expected
future operating cash flows to determine whether the long-lived
assets are impaired. If the aggregate undiscounted cash flows
are less than the carrying value of the assets, the resulting
impairment charge to be recorded is calculated based on the
excess of the carrying value of the assets over the fair value
of such assets, with the fair value determined based on an
estimate of discounted future cash flows.
Purchased intangible assets are amortized over their estimated
useful lives, generally ranging from one and one-half to twenty
years.
Debt
Issuance Costs
Debt issuance costs are stated at cost, net of accumulated
amortization. Amortization expense is calculated using the
effective interest method and is recorded in interest expense in
the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations. During
the fiscal year ended October 31, 2007, the Company
recorded a $4.8 million write-off of debt issuance costs
related to the portion of the Credit Facility which was repaid.
Income
Taxes
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the
expected tax consequences of temporary differences between the
tax bases of assets and liabilities and their reported amounts
using enacted tax rates in effect for the year the differences
are expected to reverse. In evaluating the Companys
ability to recover its deferred tax assets management considered
all available positive and negative evidence including the past
operating results, the existence of cumulative losses in past
fiscal years and the forecasted future taxable income in the
jurisdictions in which VeriFone has operations.
The Company has placed a valuation allowance on certain
U.S. deferred tax assets and
non-U.S. net
operating loss carry forwards because realization of these tax
benefits through future taxable income cannot be reasonably
assured. VeriFone intends to maintain the valuation allowances
until sufficient positive evidence exists to support the
reversal of the valuation allowances. An increase in the
valuation allowance would result in additional expense in such
period. The Company makes estimates and judgments about its
future taxable income that are based on assumptions that are
consistent with its plans and estimates. Should the actual
amounts differ from the estimates, the amount of the valuation
allowance could be materially impacted.
VeriFone must make certain estimates and judgments in
determining income tax expense for financial statement purposes.
These estimates and judgments occur in the calculation of tax
credits and deductions, and in the calculation of certain tax
assets and liabilities, which arise from differences in the
timing of recognition of revenue and expense for tax and
financial statement purposes, as well as the interest and
penalties relating to these uncertain tax positions. Significant
changes to these estimates may result in an increase or decrease
to the Companys tax provision in a subsequent period.
The calculation of the Companys tax liabilities involves
dealing with uncertainties in the application of complex tax
laws. The Companys estimate for the potential outcome of
any uncertain tax issue is based on detailed facts and
circumstances of each issue. Resolution of these uncertainties
in a manner inconsistent with the Companys expectations
could have a material impact on its results of operations and
financial condition.
76
VERIFONE
HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
In addition, the calculation of the Companys tax
liabilities involves dealing with uncertainties in the
application of complex tax regulations. As a result of the
implementation of FIN 48 in the first quarter of fiscal
year 2008, the Company recognizes liabilities for uncertain tax
positions based on the two-step process prescribed within the
interpretation. The first step is to evaluate the tax position
for recognition by determining if the weight of available
evidence indicates that it is more likely than not that the
position will be sustained on audit, including resolution of
related appeals or litigation processes, if any. The second step
requires the Company to estimate and measure the tax benefit as
the largest amount that is more than 50% likely of being
realized upon ultimate settlement. It is inherently difficult
and subject to estimation of such amounts, as this requires the
Company to determine the probability of various possible
outcomes. The Company reevaluates these uncertain tax positions
on a quarterly basis. This evaluation is based on factors
including, but not limited to, changes in facts or
circumstances, changes in tax law, effectively settled issues
under audit, and new audit activity. Such a change in
recognition or measurement would result in the recognition of a
tax benefit or an additional charge to the tax provision in the
period.
Net
Income (Loss) Per Share
Basic net income (loss) per common share is computed by dividing
income (loss) attributable to common stockholders by the
weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the
period, less the weighted average number of common shares
subject to repurchase. Diluted net income (loss) per common
share is computed using the weighted average number of common
shares outstanding plus the effect of common stock equivalents,
unless the common stock equivalents are anti-dilutive. The
potential dilutive shares of the Companys common stock
resulting from the assumed exercise of outstanding stock options
and equivalents and the assumed exercise of the warrants
relating to the senior convertible notes and the dilutive effect
of the senior convertible notes are determined under the
treasury stock method.
Stock-Based
Compensation
The Company accounts for stock-based employee compensation plans
under the fair value recognition and measurement provisions of
SFAS No. 123(R), Share-Based Payment.
SFAS No. 123(R) which is applicable for
stock-based awards exchanged for employee services and in
certain circumstances for non-employee directors. Pursuant to
SFAS No. 123(R), stock-based compensation cost is
measured at the grant date, based on the fair value of the
award, and is recognized as expense over the requisite service
period. SFAS No. 123(R) requires the cash flows
resulting from the tax benefits due to tax deductions in excess
of the compensation cost recognized for those options (excess
tax benefits) to be classified as financing cash flows.
Restructuring
In conjunction with certain business combinations, the Company
records restructuring liabilities of the acquired company in
accordance with EITF Issue
No. 95-3,
Recognition of Liabilities in Connection with a Purchase
Business Combination. These costs represent liabilities that
are recorded as part of the purchase price allocation. Other
restructuring costs are accounted for under
SFAS No. 146, Accounting for Costs Associated with
Exit or Disposal Activities or under SFAS No. 112,
Employers Accounting for Postemployment Benefits.
Warranty
Costs
The Company accrues for estimated warranty obligations when
revenue is recognized based on an estimate of future warranty
costs for delivered products. Such estimates are based on
historical experience and expectations of future costs. The
Company periodically evaluates and adjusts the accrued warranty
costs to the extent actual warranty costs vary from the original
estimates. The Companys warranty period typically extends
from 13 months to five years from the date of shipment.
Costs associated with maintenance contracts, including extended
warranty contracts, are expensed when they are incurred. Actual
warranty costs may differ from managements estimates.
77
VERIFONE
HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Shipping
and Handling Costs
Shipping and handling costs incurred for delivery to customers
are expensed as incurred and are included in cost of net
revenues in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of
Operations. In those instances where the Company bills shipping
and handling costs to customers, the amounts billed are
classified as revenue.
Advertising
Costs
Advertising costs are expensed as incurred and totaled
approximately $1.1 million, $1.4 million, and
$0.3 million for the fiscal years ended October 31,
2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
Concentrations
of Credit Risk
Cash is placed on deposit in major financial institutions in the
United States and other countries. Such deposits may be in
excess of insured limits. Management believes that the financial
institutions that hold the Companys cash are financially
sound and, accordingly, minimal credit risk exists with respect
to these balances.
The Company invests cash not required for use in operations in
high credit quality securities based on its investment policy.
The investment policy has limits based on credit quality,
investment concentration, investment type, and maturity that the
Company believes will result in reduced risk of loss of capital.
Investments are of a
short-term
nature and include investments in money market funds and
corporate debt securities.
The Company has not experienced any investment losses due to
institutional failure or bankruptcy.
The Companys accounts receivable are derived from sales to
a large number of direct customers, resellers, and distributors
in the Americas, Europe, and the Asia Pacific region. The
Company performs ongoing evaluations of its customers
financial condition and limits the amount of credit extended
when deemed necessary, but generally requires no collateral.
An allowance for doubtful accounts is established with respect
to those amounts that the Company has determined to be doubtful
of collection using specific identification of doubtful accounts
and an aging of receivables analysis based on invoice due dates.
Actual collection losses may differ from managements
estimates, and such differences could be material to the
Companys consolidated financial position, results of
operations, and cash flows. Uncollectible receivables are
written off against the allowance for doubtful accounts when all
efforts to collect them have been exhausted and recoveries are
recognized when they are received. Generally, accounts
receivable are past due 30 days after the invoice date
unless special payment terms are provided.
For the fiscal years ended October 31, 2008 and 2007, no
customer accounted for more than 10% of net revenues. For the
fiscal year ended October 31, 2006, one customer,
First Data Corporation and its affiliates, accounted for 13% of
net revenues which were included in both North America and
International segments. At October 31, 2008 and 2007, no
customer accounted for more than 10% of accounts receivable.
The Company is exposed to credit loss in the event of
nonperformance by counterparties to the foreign currency forward
contracts used to mitigate the effect of exchange rate changes,
the interest rate caps used to mitigate the effect of interest
rate changes, and the purchased call option for the
Companys stock related to the senior convertible notes. As
described in Note 6. Financing in
September 2008, following the bankruptcy of Lehman Brothers
Holdings, Inc. (Lehman Brothers), the Company
delivered a notice of termination for the note hedge purchased
from Lehman OTC Derivatives Inc. (Lehman
Derivatives) in June 2007. The Company believes the
counterparties for its other outstanding contracts are large,
financially sound institutions and thus, the Company does not
anticipate nonperformance by these counterparties. However,
given the recent, unprecedented turbulence in the financial
markets, the failure of additional counterparties is possible.
78
VERIFONE
HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Equity
Investments and Minority Interests
The Company holds minority investments in two companies. These
investments are accounted for under the equity method if the
Company can exert significant influence on the investee company
or under the cost method if the Company does not have
significant influence over the investee company. The investments
are included in other assets in the accompanying Consolidated
Balance Sheets. Gains and losses recorded for equity method
investments are included in other income (expense), net in the
accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations. The Company
periodically monitors its investments for impairment and will
record a reduction in the carrying value, if and when necessary.
During fourth quarter of 2008, the Company recorded a
$2.2 million charge for impairment to one of its equity
investments to reflect the decline of the investments fair
value below its carrying value.
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
Comprehensive income (loss) consists of net income (loss) and
other comprehensive income (loss). Other comprehensive income
(loss) includes certain changes in equity that are excluded from
results of operations. Specifically, foreign currency
translation adjustments, changes in the fair value of
derivatives designated as hedges, unrealized gains and losses on
available-for-sale marketable securities and the unfunded
portion of pension plan obligations are included in accumulated
other comprehensive income in the accompanying Consolidated
Balance Sheets.
Recent
Accounting Pronouncements
In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157,
Fair Value Measurements. SFAS No. 157 defines
fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value and
expands disclosures about fair value measurements.
SFAS No. 157 is effective for financial statements
issued for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007
and is required to be adopted by the Company in the first
quarter of fiscal 2009. In February 2008, the FASB issued FASB
Staff Position (FSP)
FAS 157-1,
Application of FASB Statement No. 157 to FASB Statement
No. 13 and Other Accounting Pronouncements That Address
Fair Value Measurements for Purposes of Lease Classification or
Measurement under Statement 13 and also issued FSP
No. 157-2,
Effective Date of FASB Statement No. 157, which
collectively remove certain leasing transactions from the scope
of SFAS No. 157 and partially delay the effective date
of SFAS No. 157 for one year for certain nonfinancial
assets and liabilities. In October 2008, the FASB also issued
FSP 157-3,
Determining the Fair Value of a Financial Asset When the
Market for That Asset Is Not Active, which clarifies the
application of SFAS No. 157 in an inactive market and
illustrates how an entity would determine fair value when the
market for a financial asset is not active. Although the Company
will continue to evaluate the application of
SFAS No. 157, it does not currently believe adoption
of SFAS No. 157 will have a material impact on its
consolidated financial statements.
In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159, The
Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial
Liabilities. SFAS No. 159 permits entities to
elect to measure financial assets and liabilities at fair value.
The objective of the guidance is to improve financial reporting
by providing entities with the opportunity to mitigate
volatility in reported earnings caused by measuring related
assets and liabilities differently, without having to apply
complex hedge accounting provisions. SFAS No. 159 is
effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15,
2007 and interim periods within those fiscal years, provided the
provisions of SFAS No. 157 are applied. The Company
adopted SFAS No. 159 at the beginning of the
Companys fiscal year 2009 on November 1, 2008 and did
not make any elections for fair value accounting.
In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 160,
Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial
Statements, an amendment of ARB No. 51.
SFAS No. 160 will change the accounting and
reporting for minority interests, which will be recharacterized
as noncontrolling interests (NCI) and classified as
a component of equity. In conjunction with
SFAS No. 141(R), discussed below,
SFAS No. 160 will significantly change the accounting
for
79
VERIFONE
HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
partial
and/or step
acquisitions. SFAS No. 160 will be effective for the
Company in the first quarter of fiscal year 2010. Early adoption
is not permitted. The Company is currently evaluating
SFAS No. 160 and has not yet determined the impact, if
any, its adoption will have on the Companys consolidated
financial statements.
In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 141(R),
Business Combinations. SFAS No. 141(R) changes
the accounting for business combinations including the
measurement of acquirer shares issued in consideration for a
business combination, the recognition of contingent
consideration, the accounting for pre-acquisition gain and loss
contingencies, the recognition of capitalized in-process
research and development as an indefinite-lived intangible asset
until approved or discontinued rather than as an immediate
expense, expensing restructuring costs in connection with an
acquisition rather than considering them a liability assumed in
the acquisition, the treatment of acquisition-related
transaction costs, including the fair value of contingent
consideration at the date of an acquisition, the recognition of
changes in the acquirers income tax valuation allowance,
and accounting for partial
and/or step
acquisitions. SFAS No. 141(R) is effective on a
prospective basis for all business combinations for which the
acquisition date is on or after the beginning of the first
annual period subsequent to December 15, 2008, with the
exception of the accounting for valuation allowances on deferred
taxes and acquired tax contingencies under
SFAS No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes.
Early adoption is not permitted. When SFAS No. 141(R)
becomes effective, which, for the Company, will be in the first
quarter of fiscal year 2010, any adjustments made to valuation
allowances on deferred taxes and acquired tax contingencies
associated with acquisitions that closed prior to the effective
date of SFAS No. 141(R) will be recorded through
income tax expense, whereas currently the accounting treatment
would require any adjustment to be recognized through the
purchase price. The Company is currently evaluating
SFAS No. 141(R) and has not yet determined the impact,
if any, its adoption will have on the Companys
consolidated financial statements.
In May 2008, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position
(FSP) APB
14-1,
Accounting for Convertible Debt Instruments That May Be
Settled in Cash upon Conversion (Including Partial Cash
Settlement). FSP APB
14-1
requires the issuer of a convertible debt instrument with cash
settlement features to account separately for the liability and
equity components of the instrument. The debt would be
recognized at the present value of its cash flows discounted
using an entity specific nonconvertible debt borrowing rate at
the time of issuance. The equity component would be recognized
as the difference between the proceeds from the issuance of the
note and the fair value of the liability. The FSP also requires
accretion of the resultant debt discount over the expected life
of the debt. The FSP is effective for fiscal years beginning
after December 15, 2008, and interim periods within those
years. Entities are required to apply the FSP retrospectively
for all periods presented. The Company is currently evaluating
FSP APB 14-1
and has not yet determined the impact its adoption will have on
the Companys consolidated financial statements. However,
the impact of this new accounting treatment will be significant
and will result in a significant increase to non-cash interest
expense beginning in fiscal year 2010 for financial statements
covering past and future periods.
In April 2008, the FASB issued FSP
No. 142-3,
Determination of the Useful Life of Intangible
Assets. FSP 142-3
amends the factors that should be considered in developing
renewal or extension assumption used to determine the useful
life of a recognized intangible asset under
SFAS No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible
Assets.
FSP 142-3
will be effective in the first quarter of fiscal year 2010. The
Company is currently evaluating the impact of the adoption of
FSP 142-3
and has not yet determined the impact, if any, its adoption will
have on the Companys consolidated financial statements.
Recently
adopted accounting pronouncements
In July 2006, the FASB issued FIN 48 which clarifies the
accounting for income taxes, by prescribing a minimum
recognition threshold a tax position is required to meet before
being recognized in the financial statements. FIN 48 also
provides guidance on derecognizing, measurement, classification,
interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods,
disclosure and transition. FIN 48 is effective for fiscal
years beginning after December 15, 2006. The Company
adopted FIN 48 as of November 1, 2007. As a result of
the implementation of
80
VERIFONE
HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
FIN 48, the Company recognized a $3.3 million increase
in its existing liabilities for uncertain tax positions which
has been recorded as a decrease of $1.4 million to the
opening balance of retained earnings, an increase of
$0.5 million to non-current deferred tax assets and an
increase of $1.4 million to goodwill. At November 1,
2007, the Company also reclassified $17.7 million from
current to non-current taxes payable.
Reclassifications
Certain amounts reported in previous periods have been
reclassified to conform to the current period presentation. The
reclassifications did not affect previously reported revenues,
total operating expense, operating income, net income, or
stockholders equity.
|
|
Note 2.
|
Business
Combinations
|
A.C.
Application Limited
On July 1, 2008, the Company acquired the business of A.C.
Application Ltd., in accordance with an asset purchase
agreement. The acquisition was an all-cash transaction of
$13.0 million including acquisition costs. The assets
acquired consisted primarily of intangible assets related to
technology, brand name and customer relationships. The agreement
also provides for additional consideration to be paid in the
form of an earn-out amount of up to ILS 8.0 million
(approximately $2.3 million), if certain target revenues
and gross margins are achieved at April 30, 2009 and 2010.
The earn-out payments to be made are not included in the
$13.0 million total purchase price mentioned above. The
earn-out payments to be made under the agreement will be
recorded as an expense when it is probable that the earn-out
payments will be payable. The Company has expensed
$0.3 million as of October 31, 2008 for the earn-out
due April 30, 2009. The results of operations of A.C.
Application Ltd. were included in the consolidated financial
statements from the acquisition date. Pro forma results of
operations have not been presented because the effect of the
acquisition was not material.
Peripheral
Computer Industries Pty Limited
On December 13, 2007, the Company acquired the business of
Peripheral Computer Industries Pty Limited (PCI) in
accordance with an asset purchase agreement. The acquisition was
an all-cash transaction of approximately $2.8 million
including acquisition costs. The agreement also provides for
additional consideration to be paid in the form of an earn-out
amount of up to $6.8 million, if certain target revenues
are achieved at the end of the
36-month
earn-out period. The earn-out payments to be made under the
agreement, if any, will be recorded as an additional cost of the
acquisition at such time as they are earned. The results of
operations of PCI were included in the consolidated financial
statements from the acquisition date. Pro forma results of
operations have not been presented because the effect of the
acquisition was not material.
Lipman
Electronic Engineering Ltd. (Lipman)
On November 1, 2006, the Company acquired all of the
outstanding common stock of Lipman. The Company acquired Lipman
to enhance the Companys ability to reach certain of its
strategic and business objectives, which include
(i) extending the Companys product and service
offerings to include Lipmans products, (ii) enabling
the Company to leverage its distribution channels, international
presence, customer base, and brand recognition to accelerate
Lipmans market penetration and growth, (iii) enabling
the Company to enhance its position in areas where the Company
is already strong by offering complementary products and
services developed by Lipman, (iv) enhancing its product
offerings in a variety of its core product areas, and
(v) enhancing the Companys manufacturing capacity.
The consideration paid to acquire Lipman was $347.4 million
in cash, 13,462,474 shares of common stock of the Company,
and assumption of all outstanding Lipman stock options. To fund
a portion of the cash consideration,
81
VERIFONE
HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
the Company used $307.2 million of the Term B Loan proceeds
under its Credit Facility on November 1, 2006. See
Note 6. Financing for additional
information related to the Credit Facility.
The purchase price was as follows (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
Cash
|
|
$
|
347,350
|
|
Value of common stock issued
|
|
|
417,606
|
|
Value of Lipman vested and unvested options assumed
|
|
|
38,008
|
|
Transaction costs and expenses
|
|
|
15,686
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sub-total
|
|
|
818,650
|
|
Less: Value of unvested Lipman options assumed
|
|
|
(19,356
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total purchase price
|
|
$
|
799,294
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pursuant to the proration and allocation provisions of the
merger agreement, the total merger consideration consisted of
(i) a number of shares of the Companys common stock
equal to the product of 0.50 multiplied by the number of Lipman
ordinary shares issued and outstanding on the closing date and
(ii) an amount in cash equal to the product of $12.804
multiplied by the number of Lipman ordinary shares issued and
outstanding on the closing date, as reduced by the aggregate
amount of the special cash dividend paid by Lipman prior to the
merger. The Company issued 13,462,474 shares of common
stock and paid $344.7 million in cash (excluding the
aggregate amount of the special cash dividend) on the closing
date. The Company subsequently paid an additional
$2.6 million in cash to acquire the remaining minority
interest of Lipmans Chinese subsidiary.
The 13,462,474 shares have been valued at $31.02 per share
based on an average of the closing prices of the Companys
common stock for a range of trading days two days before
April 10, 2006, the announcement date of the proposed
merger, the announcement date, and two days after the
announcement date.
Pursuant to the merger agreement, the Company assumed, generally
on a one-for-one basis, all Lipman share options outstanding at
closing. The Company assumed options to purchase approximately
3,375,527 shares of Lipman ordinary shares at a weighted
average exercise price of $24.47. The fair value of the
outstanding vested and unvested options of $38.0 million
was determined using a Black-Scholes valuation model using the
following weighted-average assumptions: stock price of $31.02
per share (determined as described above), expected term of
2.5 years, expected volatility of 41%, and risk free
interest rate of 4.7%.
For accounting purposes the fair value of unvested options as of
the closing date is considered unrecognized share-based
compensation and is deducted in determining the purchase price.
This unrecognized share-based compensation is being recognized
as compensation expense on a straight-line basis over the
estimated remaining service period of 2.8 years. The fair
value of the outstanding unvested options of $19.4 million
was determined using a Black-Scholes valuation model using the
assumptions noted above, except that the stock price on the
closing date of $30.00 per share was used, as required, instead
of the average price around the announcement date of
$31.02 per share. The Company determined the number of
unvested options based on the ratio of the number of months of
service remaining to be provided by employees as of
November 1, 2006 to the total vesting period for the
options.
Under the purchase method of accounting, the total purchase
price as shown in the table above is allocated to Lipmans
tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed
as well as in-process research and development based on their
estimated fair values as of the closing date. The excess of the
purchase price over the net tangible and intangible assets is
recorded as goodwill.
82
VERIFONE
HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
The purchase price was allocated as follows (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
Cash
|
|
$
|
95,931
|
|
Accounts receivable
|
|
|
33,201
|
|
Inventory
|
|
|
65,315
|
|
Property, plant, and equipment, net
|
|
|
18,603
|
|
Other assets
|
|
|
12,778
|
|
Deferred revenue
|
|
|
(8,890
|
)
|
Other current liabilities
|
|
|
(93,073
|
)
|
Net deferred tax liabilities
|
|
|
(60,345
|
)
|
Non current liabilities
|
|
|
(7,933
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net tangible assets
|
|
|
55,587
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortizable intangible assets:
|
|
|
|
|
Developed and core technology
|
|
|
135,690
|
|
Customer backlog
|
|
|
110
|
|
Customer relationships
|
|
|
66,250
|
|
Internal use software
|
|
|
3,450
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Subtotal
|
|
|
205,500
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In-process research and development
|
|
|
6,752
|
|
Excess over fair value of vested options
|
|
|
1,030
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
530,425
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total purchase price allocation
|
|
$
|
799,294
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note 3.
|
Goodwill
and Purchased Intangible Assets
|
The Company performed its annual impairment test of goodwill as
of August 1, 2008 in accordance with
SFAS No. 142 which did not result in an impairment of
goodwill. However, in October 2008, in light of the
Companys disappointing fourth quarter operating results
due to severe macro-economic conditions caused by the
illiquidity of the credit markets, difficulties in banking and
financial services sectors, falling consumer confidence and
rising unemployment rates, the Companys projected future
cash flow declined significantly, which was considered an
indicator of possible impairment of goodwill and long-lived
assets as defined under SFAS No. 142 and
SFAS No. 144, triggering the necessity of impairment
tests as of October 15, 2008.
As a result of the goodwill impairment test, the Company
concluded that the carrying amount of the Companys
goodwill in the EMEA reporting unit exceeded its implied fair
value and recorded an impairment charge of $262.5 million
in the Corporate segment. The Company determined the fair value
of the EMEA reporting unit using the income approach, which
requires estimates of future operating results and discounted
cash flows.
As a result of the long-lived assets impairment test, the
Company recorded a $26.6 million impairment charge in the
Corporate segment related to the write-down to fair value of the
net carrying value of certain developed and core technology
intangible assets in the International segment. The
Companys management determined the recoverability of these
assets under SFAS No. 144 based on their undiscounted
estimated future net cash flows and the impairment charge based
on fair value using discounted cash flows.
The Company will continue to evaluate the carrying value of the
remaining goodwill and intangible assets and if it determines in
the future that there is a potential further impairment in any
of its reporting units, the Company
83
VERIFONE
HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
may be required to record additional charges to earnings which
could adversely affect the Companys financial results.
Goodwill
Activity related to goodwill consisted of the following (in
thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
October 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
Balance, beginning of year
|
|
$
|
611,977
|
|
|
$
|
52,689
|
|
Additions related to acquisitions
|
|
|
4,564
|
|
|
|
540,043
|
|
Resolution of tax contingencies, adjustments to tax reserves and
valuation allowances established in purchase accounting, and tax
benefits from exercise of vested stock options assumed
|
|
|
139
|
|
|
|
(5,229
|
)
|
Goodwill impairment
|
|
|
(262,462
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Currency translation adjustments
|
|
|
(32,315
|
)
|
|
|
24,474
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance, end of year
|
|
$
|
321,903
|
|
|
$
|
611,977
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
During fiscal year 2008, the Company recorded $4.6 million
of goodwill related to the acquisition of A.C. Applications,
Ltd. and PCI. During fiscal year 2007, the Company recorded
$530.4 million of goodwill related to the acquisition of
Lipman and $9.6 million of goodwill related to other
acquisitions.
Purchased
Intangible Assets
Purchased intangible assets subject to amortization consisted of
the following (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
October 31, 2008
|
|
|
October 31, 2007
|
|
|
|
Gross
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Carrying
|
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
|
|
|
|
Carrying
|
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Amortization
|
|
|
Net
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Amortization
|
|
|
Net
|
|
|
Developed and core technology
|
|
$
|
158,432
|
|
|
$
|
(109,991
|
)
|
|
$
|
48,441
|
|
|
$
|
187,006
|
|
|
$
|
(79,423
|
)
|
|
$
|
107,583
|
|
Trade name
|
|
|
24,917
|
|
|
|
(22,315
|
)
|
|
|
2,602
|
|
|
|
22,225
|
|
|
|
(22,225
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Internal use software
|
|
|
5,155
|
|
|
|
(1,629
|
)
|
|
|
3,526
|
|
|
|
4,485
|
|
|
|
(853
|
)
|
|
|
3,632
|
|
Customer relationships
|
|
|
94,003
|
|
|
|
(55,935
|
)
|
|
|
38,068
|
|
|
|
91,023
|
|
|
|
(32,165
|
)
|
|
|
58,858
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
282,507
|
|
|
$
|
(189,870
|
)
|
|
$
|
92,637
|
|
|
$
|
304,739
|
|
|
$
|
(134,666
|
)
|
|
$
|
170,073
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortization of purchased intangibles was allocated as follows
(in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended October 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
Included in cost of net revenues
|
|
$
|
32,230
|
|
|
$
|
37,897
|
|
|
$
|
5,625
|
|
Included in operating expenses
|
|
|
26,033
|
|
|
|
21,571
|
|
|
|
4,703
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
58,263
|
|
|
$
|
59,468
|
|
|
$
|
10,328
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
84
VERIFONE
HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Estimated future amortization expense of intangible assets as of
October 31, 2008 is as follows (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of
|
|
|
Operating
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Revenues
|
|
|
Expenses
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
2009
|
|
$
|
20,295
|
|
|
$
|
20,518
|
|
|
$
|
40,813
|
|
2010
|
|
|
15,828
|
|
|
|
12,234
|
|
|
|
28,062
|
|
2011
|
|
|
10,653
|
|
|
|
3,737
|
|
|
|
14,390
|
|
2012
|
|
|
949
|
|
|
|
1,200
|
|
|
|
2,149
|
|
2013
|
|
|
163
|
|
|
|
726
|
|
|
|
889
|
|
Thereafter
|
|
|
765
|
|
|
|
5,569
|
|
|
|
6,334
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
48,653
|
|
|
$
|
43,984
|
|
|
$
|
92,637
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note 4.
|
Balance
Sheet Details
|
Allowance
for Doubtful Accounts
Activity related to the allowance for doubtful accounts
consisted of the following (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at
|
|
|
Charges to
|
|
|
Write-Offs,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Beginning
|
|
|
Bad Debt
|
|
|
Recoveries and
|
|
|
Balance at
|
|
|
|
of Year
|
|
|
Expense
|
|
|
Adjustments
|
|
|
End of Year
|
|
|
Year ended October 31, 2008
|
|
$
|
4,270
|
|
|
$
|
110
|
|
|
$
|
653
|
|
|
$
|
5,033
|
|
Year ended October 31, 2007
|
|
$
|
2,364
|
|
|
$
|
2,654
|
|
|
$
|
(748
|
)
|
|
$
|
4,270
|
|
Year ended October 31, 2006
|
|
$
|
1,571
|
|
|
$
|
1,623
|
|
|
$
|
(830
|
)
|
|
$
|
2,364
|
|
Inventories
Inventories consisted of the following (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
October 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
Raw materials
|
|
$
|
52,152
|
|
|
$
|
29,548
|
|
Work-in-process
|
|
|
6,416
|
|
|
|
3,849
|
|
Finished goods
|
|
|
109,792
|
|
|
|
73,771
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
168,360
|
|
|
$
|
107,168
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Prepaid
Expenses and Other Current Assets
Prepaid expenses and other current assets consisted of the
following (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
October 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
Prepaid taxes
|
|
$
|
31,554
|
|
|
$
|
38,390
|
|
Other prepaid expenses
|
|
|
13,489
|
|
|
|
15,266
|
|
Other receivables
|
|
|
5,267
|
|
|
|
7,827
|
|
Other current assets
|
|
|
7,321
|
|
|
|
1,930
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
57,631
|
|
|
$
|
63,413
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
85
VERIFONE
HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Property,
Plant, and Equipment, net
Property, plant, and equipment consisted of the following (in
thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Estimated Useful Life
|
|
October 31,
|
|
|
|
(in Years)
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
Computer hardware and software
|
|
3-7
|
|
$
|
40,013
|
|
|
$
|
13,519
|
|
Office equipment, furniture, and fixtures
|
|
2-5
|
|
|
3,979
|
|
|
|
4,288
|
|
Machinery and equipment
|
|
2-5
|
|
|
15,027
|
|
|
|
10,579
|
|
|
|
Lesser of the term of
the lease or 10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Leasehold improvements
|
|
years
|
|
|
11,413
|
|
|
|
11,061
|
|
Construction in progress
|
|
|
|
|
1,549
|
|
|
|
18,532
|
|
Land
|
|
|
|
|
1,025
|
|
|
|
1,633
|
|
Buildings
|
|
50
|
|
|
5,439
|
|
|
|
4,832
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
78,445
|
|
|
|
64,444
|
|
Accumulated depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
|
|
(26,136
|
)
|
|
|
(16,151
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Property, plant, and equipment, net
|
|
|
|
$
|
52,309
|
|
|
$
|
48,293
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At October 31, 2008 and 2007, equipment amounting to
$1.5 million and $1.3 million, respectively, was
capitalized under capital leases. Related accumulated
amortization as of October 31, 2008 and 2007 amounted to
$1.4 million and $1.3 million, respectively.
Restricted
Cash
The Company had $1.9 million and $1.3 million of
restricted cash as of October 31, 2008 and 2007,
respectively. The restricted cash balances were comprised mainly
of pledged deposits for bank guarantees to customers. The
restricted cash was included in Other Assets in the Consolidated
Balance Sheets.
Warranty
Activity related to warranty consisted of the following (in
thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended October 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
Balance, beginning of year
|
|
$
|
11,667
|
|
|
$
|
5,432
|
|
Warranty charged to cost of net revenues
|
|
|
7,289
|
|
|
|
3,664
|
|
Utilization of warranty
|
|
|
(10,877
|
)
|
|
|
(13,089
|
)
|
Changes in estimates(1)
|
|
|
1,889
|
|
|
|
4,768
|
|
Warranty liabilities assumed on acquisitions
|
|
|
49
|
|
|
|
10,892
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance, end of year
|
|
|
10,017
|
|
|
|
11,667
|
|
Less current portion
|
|
|
(8,527
|
)
|
|
|
(11,012
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-term portion
|
|
$
|
1,490
|
|
|
$
|
655
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
In fiscal year 2007, the Company recorded a change in warranty
estimates of $3.0 million related to a product specific
warranty reserve for an acquired product, following the
establishment of a field replacement program. As of
October 31, 2008, the outstanding balance for this product
specific warranty was reduced to $1.3 million predominately
as a result of utilization. |
86
VERIFONE
HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Deferred
Revenue, Net
Deferred revenue, net of related costs consisted of the
following (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
October 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
Deferred revenue
|
|
$
|
73,263
|
|
|
$
|
58,992
|
|
Deferred cost of revenue
|
|
|
(12,284
|
)
|
|
|
(4,669
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
60,979
|
|
|
|
54,323
|
|
Less current portion
|
|
|
(47,687
|
)
|
|
|
(43,049
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-term portion
|
|
$
|
13,292
|
|
|
$
|
11,274
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
Current Liabilities
Other current liabilities consisted of the following (in
thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
October 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
Other tax liabilities(1)
|
|
$
|
35,542
|
|
|
$
|
39,310
|
|
Accrued interest
|
|
|
4,448
|
|
|
|
2,620
|
|
Accounts payable related accrual
|
|
|
23,217
|
|
|
|
16,246
|
|
Accrued legal and audit fees
|
|
|
10,885
|
|
|
|
4,693
|
|
Other liabilities
|
|
|
17,076
|
|
|
|
23,596
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
91,168
|
|
|
$
|
86,465
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Two of the Companys Brazilian subsidiaries that were
acquired as part of the Lipman acquisition have been notified of
assessments regarding Brazilian customs penalties that relate to
alleged infractions in the importation of goods. The Company has
accrued $17.7 million and $19.4 million as of
October 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively, related to
these assessments. See Note 12. Commitments and
Contingencies for additional information related to
these tax assessments. |
|
|
Note 5.
|
Other
Income (Expense), net and Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income
(Loss)
|
Other
Income (Expense), Net
Other income (expense), net consisted of the following (in
thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended October 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
Foreign currency transaction gains (losses), net
|
|
$
|
(16,167
|
)
|
|
$
|
2,534
|
|
|
$
|
397
|
|
Foreign currency contract gains (losses), net
|
|
|
4,841
|
|
|
|
(4,804
|
)
|
|
|
(866
|
)
|
Impairment of equity investment
|
|
|
(2,236
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss on debt extinguishment and debt repricing fee
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4,764
|
)
|
|
|
(6,359
|
)
|
Other income (expense), net
|
|
|
381
|
|
|
|
(848
|
)
|
|
|
434
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
(13,181
|
)
|
|
$
|
(7,882
|
)
|
|
$
|
(6,394
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
87
VERIFONE
HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Accumulated
Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)
Accumulated other comprehensive income consisted of the
following (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
October 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
Foreign currency translation adjustments, net of tax of $617 and
$2,664
|
|
$
|
(8,805
|
)
|
|
$
|
22,224
|
|
Unrecognized loss on interest rate hedges, net of tax of $0 and
$41
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(63
|
)
|
Unfunded portion of pension plan obligations
|
|
|
(1,687
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
|
|
$
|
(10,492
|
)
|
|
$
|
22,161
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income tax expense allocated to the components of accumulated
other comprehensive income (loss) consisted of the following (in
thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended October 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
Foreign currency translation adjustments
|
|
$
|
(2,047
|
)
|
|
$
|
1,596
|
|
|
$
|
234
|
|
Unrealized loss on interest rate hedges
|
|
|
(41
|
)
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
18
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
(2,088
|
)
|
|
$
|
1,608
|
|
|
$
|
252
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Companys financings consisted of the following (in
thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
October 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
Secured credit facility:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Term B loan
|
|
$
|
231,250
|
|
|
$
|
236,250
|
|
1.375% Senior convertible notes
|
|
|
316,250
|
|
|
|
316,250
|
|
Other
|
|
|
879
|
|
|
|
652
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
548,379
|
|
|
|
553,152
|
|
Less current portion
|
|
|
(5,022
|
)
|
|
|
(5,386
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-term portion
|
|
$
|
543,357
|
|
|
$
|
547,766
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Secured
Credit Facility
On October 31, 2006, VeriFone Inc. entered into a credit
agreement (the Credit Facility) consisting of a Term
B Loan facility of $500.0 million and a revolving credit
facility permitting borrowings of up to $40.0 million. The
proceeds from the Term B loan were used to repay all outstanding
amounts relating to a previous credit facility, pay certain
transaction costs, and partially fund the cash consideration in
connection with the acquisition of Lipman on November 1,
2006. Through October 31, 2008, the Company had repaid an
aggregate of $268.8 million, leaving a Term B Loan balance
of $231.2 million at October 31, 2008. The Credit
Facility is guaranteed by the Company and certain of its
subsidiaries and is secured by collateral including
substantially all of the Companys assets and stock of the
Companys subsidiaries.
During fiscal 2008 the Company entered into three consecutive
amendments to the Credit Facility with its lenders. The
amendments extended the time periods for delivery of certain
required financial information for the three-month periods ended
January 31, April 30 and July 31, 2007, the year ended
October 31, 2007 and the
88
VERIFONE
HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
three-month
periods ended January 31, 2008 and April 30, 2008. In
connection with the three amendments, the Company paid a total
fee of $1.6 million and agreed to certain increases in the
interest rates and fees.
The Company pays a commitment fee on the unused portion of the
revolving loan under its Credit Facility at a rate that varies
depending upon its consolidated total leverage ratio. The
Company was paying a commitment fee at a rate of 0.425% per
annum as of October 31, 2008 and 0.300% per annum as of
October 31, 2007. The Company pays a letter of credit fee
on the unused portion of any letter of credit issued under the
Credit Facility at a rate that varies depending upon its
consolidated total leverage ratio. At October 31, 2008 and
October 31, 2007, the Company was subject to a letter of
credit fee at a rate of 2.00% and 1.25% per annum, respectively.
The maturity dates on the components of the Credit Facility are
October 31, 2012 for the revolving loan and
October 31, 2013 for the Term B Loan. Principal payments on
the Term B Loan are due in equal quarterly installments of
$1.2 million over the seven-year term on the last business
day of each calendar quarter with the balance due on maturity.
At the Companys option, the Term B loan and the revolving
loan can be Base Rate or Eurodollar Rate
loans. Base Rate loans bear interest at a per annum rate equal
to a margin over the greater of the Federal Funds rate plus
0.50% or the JP Morgan prime rate. For the Base Rate Term B
loan, the margin was 1.75% as of October 31, 2008 and 0.75%
as of October 31, 2007. For the Base Rate revolving loan,
the margin varies depending upon the Companys consolidated
leverage ratio and was 1.00% and 0.25% as of October 31,
2008 and 2007, respectively.
At the Companys option, Eurodollar Rate loans bear
interest at a margin over the one-, two-, three- or
six-month
LIBOR rate. The margin for the Eurodollar Rate Term B loan was
2.75% as of October 31, 2008 and 1.75% as of
October 31, 2007. The margin for the Eurodollar Rate
revolving loan varies depending upon the Companys
consolidated leverage ratio and was 2.00% and 1.25% as of
October 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.
As of October 31, 2008, the Term B loan bears interest at
2.75% over the one-month LIBOR rate of 3.12% for a total of
5.87%. As of October 31, 2007, the Term B loan bore
interest at a rate of 1.75% over the three-month LIBOR rate of
5.36%, for a total of 7.11%. As of October 31, 2008 and
2007, no amounts were outstanding under the revolving loan.
Lehman Commercial Paper, Inc. (Lehman CP), a lender
in the revolving loan, declared bankruptcy in October 2008.
Under the terms of the Credit Facility, the Company declared
Lehman CP a defaulting lender and removed Lehman CP as a lender
in the revolving loan. Therefore, as of October 31, 2008,
only $25 million was available to the Company under the
revolving loan.
The terms of the Credit Facility require the Company to comply
with financial covenants, including maintaining leverage and
fixed charge coverage ratios at the end of each fiscal quarter,
obtaining protection against fluctuation in interest rates, and
meeting limits on annual capital expenditure levels. As of
October 31, 2008, the Company was required to maintain a
total leverage ratio of not greater than 3.5 to 1.0 and a fixed
charge coverage ratio of at least 2.0 to 1.0. Total leverage
ratio is equal to total debt less cash as of the end of a
reporting fiscal quarter divided by consolidated EBITDA, as
adjusted, for the most recent four consecutive fiscal quarters.
Some of the financial covenants become more restrictive over the
term of the Credit Facility. Noncompliance with any of the
financial covenants without cure or waiver would constitute an
event of default under the Credit Facility. An event of default
resulting from a breach of a financial covenant may result, at
the option of lenders holding a majority of the loans, in an
acceleration of repayment of the principal and interest
outstanding and a termination of the revolving loan. The Credit
Facility also contains non-financial covenants that restrict
some of the Companys activities, including its ability to
dispose of assets, incur additional debt, pay dividends, create
liens, make investments, make capital expenditures, and engage
in specified transactions with affiliates. The terms of the
Credit Facility permit prepayments of principal and require
prepayments of principal upon the occurrence of certain events
including among others, the receipt of proceeds from the sale of
assets, the receipt of excess cash flow as defined, and the
receipt of proceeds of certain debt issues. The Credit Facility
also contains customary events of default, including defaults
based on events of bankruptcy and insolvency; nonpayment of
principal, interest, or fees when
89
VERIFONE
HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
due, subject to specified grace periods; breach of specified
covenants; change in control; and material inaccuracy of
representations and warranties. In addition, if the
Companys leverage exceeds a certain level set out in its
Credit Facility, a portion of the Companys excess cash
flows must be used to pay down its outstanding debt. The Company
was in compliance with its financial and non-financial covenants
as of October 31, 2008.
1.375% Senior
Convertible Notes
On June 22, 2007, the Company sold $316.2 million
aggregate principal amount of 1.375% Senior Convertible
Notes due 2012 (the Notes) in an offering through
Lehman Brothers and JP Morgan Securities Inc. (together
initial purchasers) to qualified institutional
buyers pursuant to Section 4(2) and Rule 144A under
the Securities Act. The net proceeds from the offering, after
deducting transaction costs, were approximately
$307.9 million. The Company incurred approximately
$8.3 million of debt issuance costs. The transaction costs,
consisting of the initial purchasers discounts and
offering expenses, were primarily recorded in debt issuance
costs, net and are being amortized to interest expense using the
effective interest method over five years. The Company will pay
1.375% interest per annum on the principal amount of the Notes,
payable semi-annually in arrears in cash on June 15 and December
15 of each year, commencing on December 15, 2007, subject
to increase in certain circumstances as described below. The
interest rate on the Notes increased an additional 0.25% per
annum during the period from May 1, 2008 to August 19,
2008 due to the Companys delay in filing its Annual Report
on
Form 10-K
for the year ended October 31, 2007.
The Notes were issued under an Indenture between the Company and
U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee. Each $1,000 of
principal of the Notes will initially be convertible into
22.719 shares of VeriFone common stock, which is equivalent
to a conversion price of approximately $44.02 per share, subject
to adjustment upon the occurrence of specified events. Holders
of the Notes may convert their Notes prior to maturity during
specified periods as follows: (1) on any date during any
fiscal quarter beginning after October 31, 2007 (and only
during such fiscal quarter) if the closing sale price of the
Companys common stock was more than 130% of the then
current conversion price for at least 20 trading days in the
period of the 30 consecutive trading days ending on the last
trading day of the previous fiscal quarter; (2) at any time
on or after March 15, 2012; (3) if the Company
distributes, to all holders of its common stock, rights or
warrants (other than pursuant to a rights plan) entitling them
to purchase, for a period of 45 calendar days or less, shares of
the Companys common stock at a price less than the average
closing sale price for the ten trading days preceding the
declaration date for such distribution; (4) if the Company
distributes, to all holders of its common stock, cash or other
assets, debt securities, or rights to purchase the
Companys securities (other than pursuant to a rights
plan), which distribution has a per share value exceeding 10% of
the closing sale price of the Companys common stock on the
trading day preceding the declaration date for such
distribution; (5) during a specified period if certain
types of fundamental changes occur; or (6) during the five
business-day
period following any five consecutive
trading-day
period in which the trading price for the Notes was less than
98% of the average of the closing sale price of the
Companys common stock for each day during such five
trading-day
period multiplied by the then current conversion rate. Upon
conversion, the Company would pay the holder the cash value of
the applicable number of shares of the Companys common
stock, up to the principal amount of the note. Amounts in excess
of the principal amount, if any, will be paid in stock. Because
the Company did not increase its authorized capital to permit
conversion of all of the Notes at the initial conversion rate by
June 21, 2008, beginning on that date the Notes began to
bear additional interest at a rate of 2.0% per annum (in
addition to the additional interest described above) on the
principal amount of the Notes until October 8, 2008 when
the Companys stockholders approved an increase of
100,000,000 shares to the Companys authorized share
capital.
As of October 31, 2008, none of the conditions allowing
holders of the Notes to convert had been met. If a fundamental
change, as defined in the Indenture, occurs prior to the
maturity date, holders of the Notes may require the Company to
repurchase all or a portion of their Notes for cash at a
repurchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the
Notes to be repurchased, plus any accrued and unpaid interest
(including additional interest, if any) up to, but excluding,
the repurchase date.
90
VERIFONE
HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
The Notes are senior unsecured obligations and rank equal in
right of payment with all of the Companys existing and
future senior unsecured indebtedness. The Notes are effectively
subordinated to any secured indebtedness to the extent of the
value of the related collateral and structurally subordinated to
indebtedness and other liabilities of the Companys
subsidiaries including any secured indebtedness of such
subsidiaries.
In connection with the sale of the Notes, the Company entered
into a registration rights agreement, dated as of June 22,
2007, with the initial purchasers of the Notes (the
Registration Rights Agreement). Under the
Registration Rights Agreement, the Company has agreed to use
reasonable best efforts to file a shelf registration statement
regarding the Notes within 180 days after the original
issuance of the Notes and cause the shelf registration statement
to be effective until the earliest of (i) the date when the
holders of transfer restricted Notes and shares of common stock
issued upon conversion of the Notes are able to sell all such
securities immediately without restriction under
Rule 144(k) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended
(the Securities Act), (ii) the date when all
transfer-restricted Notes and shares of common stock issued upon
conversion of the Notes are registered under the registration
statement and sold pursuant thereto and (iii) the date when
all transfer-restricted Notes and shares of common stock issued
upon conversion of the Notes have ceased to be outstanding. Due
to the delay in the filing of the Companys Annual Report
on
Form 10-K
for the year ended October 31, 2007, the Company was not
able to register the Notes and the shares underlying the Notes
until December 11, 2008. Accordingly, the interest rate on
the Notes increased by 0.25% per annum on December 20, 2007
and by an additional 0.25% per annum on March 19, 2008
relating to the Companys obligations under the
Registration Rights Agreement. Such additional interest ceased
to accrue on December 10, 2008, the day prior to the date
the registration statement covering the Notes became effective.
The Company incurred $1.3 million in interest expense
related to the registration default of which $0.7 million
remained accrued as of October 31, 2008.
In connection with the offering of the Notes, the Company
entered into note hedge transactions with affiliates of the
initial purchasers (the counterparties), consisting
of Lehman Brothers OTC Derivatives (Lehman
Derivatives) and JPMorgan Chase Bank, National
Association, London Branch, whereby the Company has the option
to purchase up to 7.2 million shares of its common stock at
a price of approximately $44.02 per share. The note hedge
transactions expire the earlier of the last day on which any
Notes remain outstanding and June 14, 2012. The cost to the
Company of the note hedge transactions was approximately
$80.2 million. The note hedge transactions are intended to
mitigate the potential dilution upon conversion of the Notes in
the event that the volume weighted average price of the
Companys common stock on each trading day of the relevant
conversion period or other relevant valuation period is greater
than the applicable strike price of the convertible note hedge
transactions, which initially corresponds to the conversion
price of the Notes and is subject, with certain exceptions, to
the adjustments applicable to the conversion price of the Notes.
The note hedge transaction with Lehman Derivatives, which
benefited from a guarantee by Lehman Brothers, covers 50% of the
shares of the Companys common stock potentially issuable
upon conversion of the Notes. The filing by Lehman Brothers of a
voluntary Chapter 11 bankruptcy petition in September 2008
constituted an event of default under the note hedge
transaction with Lehman Derivatives, giving the Company the
immediate right to terminate the transaction and entitling the
Company to claim reimbursement for the loss incurred in
terminating and closing out the transaction. On
September 21, 2008, the Company delivered a notice of
termination to Lehman Derivatives and claimed reimbursement for
the loss incurred in termination and close-out of the
transaction.
In addition, the Company sold warrants to the counterparties
whereby they have the option to purchase up to approximately
7.2 million shares of VeriFone common stock at a price of
$62.356 per share. The Company received approximately
$31.2 million in cash proceeds from the sale of these
warrants. The warrants expire progressively from
December 19, 2013 to February 3, 2014. If the volume
weighted average price of the Companys common stock on
each trading day of the measurement period at maturity of the
warrants exceeds the applicable strike price of the warrants,
there would be dilution to the extent that such volume weighted
average price of the Companys common stock exceeds the
applicable strike price of the warrants.
91
VERIFONE
HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
The cost incurred in connection with the note hedge
transactions, net of the related tax benefit and the proceeds
from the sale of the warrants, is included as a net reduction in
additional paid-in capital in the accompanying Consolidated
Balance Sheets as of October 31, 2008 and 2007, in
accordance with the guidance in
EITF 00-19,
Accounting for Derivative Financial Instruments Indexed to,
and Potentially Settled in, a Companys Own Stock.
In accordance with SFAS No. 128, Earnings per
Share, the Notes will have no impact on diluted earnings
per share, or EPS, until the price of the Companys
common stock exceeds the conversion price of $44.02 per share
because the principal amount of the Notes will be settled in
cash upon conversion. Prior to conversion the Company will
include the effect of the additional shares that may be issued
if its common stock price exceeds $44.02 per share,
using the treasury stock method. If the price of the
Companys common stock exceeds $62.356 per share, it will
also include the effect of the additional potential shares that
may be issued related to the warrants, using the treasury stock
method. Prior to conversion, the note hedge transactions are not
considered for purposes of the EPS calculation as their effect
would be anti-dilutive.
Principal
Payments
Principal payments due for financings, including capital leases,
over the next five years and thereafter are as follows (in
thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Years ending October 31:
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
$
|
5,062
|
|
2010
|
|
|
5,748
|
|
2011
|
|
|
5,069
|
|
2012
|
|
|
321,250
|
|
2013
|
|
|
211,250
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
548,379
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) before income taxes consisted of the following (in
thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended October 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
US
|
|
$
|
(58,389
|
)
|
|
$
|
(15,390
|
)
|
|
$
|
74,267
|
|
Foreign
|
|
|
(293,049
|
)
|
|
|
6,092
|
|
|
|
17,403
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
(351,438
|
)
|
|
$
|
(9,298
|
)
|
|
$
|
91,670
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
92
VERIFONE
HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
The provision for income taxes consisted of the following (in
thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended October 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
Current:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Federal
|
|
$
|
(2,253
|
)
|
|
$
|
8,964
|
|
|
$
|
28,618
|
|
State
|
|
|
(293
|
)
|
|
|
1,843
|
|
|
|
5,257
|
|
Foreign
|
|
|
19,814
|
|
|
|
12,250
|
|
|
|
4,179
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
17,268
|
|
|
$
|
23,057
|
|
|
$
|
38,054
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Federal
|
|
$
|
55,736
|
|
|
$
|
2,127
|
|
|
$
|
(4,744
|
)
|
State
|
|
|
5,564
|
|
|
|
735
|
|
|
|
(476
|
)
|
Foreign
|
|
|
(4,684
|
)
|
|
|
(1,201
|
)
|
|
|
(675
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
56,616
|
|
|
|
1,661
|
|
|
|
(5,895
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
73,884
|
|
|
$
|
24,718
|
|
|
$
|
32,159
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A reconciliation of taxes computed at the federal statutory
income tax rate to the provision for income taxes is as follows
(in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended October 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
Provision (benefit) computed at the federal statutory rate
|
|
$
|
(123,003
|
)
|
|
$
|
(3,254
|
)
|
|
$
|
32,084
|
|
State income tax
|
|
|
5,271
|
|
|
|
1,651
|
|
|
|
3,108
|
|
Foreign income tax rate differential
|
|
|
(33,148
|
)
|
|
|
1,445
|
|
|
|
(1,488
|
)
|
Goodwill and intangibles impairment
|
|
|
91,862
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Valuation allowance
|
|
|
133,252
|
|
|
|
23,571
|
|
|
|
(2,304
|
)
|
Stock compensation
|
|
|
740
|
|
|
|
1,302
|
|
|
|
568
|
|
Research credit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(763
|
)
|
|
|
(190
|
)
|
Other
|
|
|
(1,090
|
)
|
|
|
766
|
|
|
|
381
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
73,884
|
|
|
$
|
24,718
|
|
|
$
|
32,159
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
93
VERIFONE
HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary
differences between the carrying amounts of assets and
liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts
used for income tax purposes. The significant components of the
Companys deferred tax assets and liabilities were as
follows (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended October 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
Deferred tax assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Inventories
|
|
$
|
7,482
|
|
|
$
|
7,516
|
|
Net operating loss carryforwards
|
|
|
22,033
|
|
|
|
27,151
|
|
Accrued expenses and reserves
|
|
|
19,308
|
|
|
|
13,719
|
|
Deferred revenue
|
|
|
16,106
|
|
|
|
12,815
|
|
Depreciation
|
|
|
2,959
|
|
|
|
5,908
|
|
Basis differences in deductible goodwill and intangibles
|
|
|
103,982
|
|
|
|
33,900
|
|
Stock option compensation
|
|
|
11,743
|
|
|
|
7,635
|
|
Amortizable debt costs
|
|
|
27,839
|
|
|
|
30,728
|
|
Foreign taxes on basis differences
|
|
|
62,599
|
|
|
|
63,247
|
|
Foreign tax credit carryforwards
|
|
|
22,921
|
|
|
|
7,163
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total deferred tax assets
|
|
|
296,972
|
|
|
|
209,782
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Valuation allowance
|
|
|
(277,316
|
)
|
|
|
(119,536
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred tax liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basis differences on acquired intangibles
|
|
|
(13,034
|
)
|
|
|
(28,841
|
)
|
Basis differences on acquired inventory
|
|
|
(394
|
)
|
|
|
(788
|
)
|
Unrealized foreign currency gains
|
|
|
(243
|
)
|
|
|
(5,852
|
)
|
Basis differences in investments in foreign subsidiaries
|
|
|
(60,660
|
)
|
|
|
(53,645
|
)
|
Other
|
|
|
(5,317
|
)
|
|
|
(2,766
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total deferred tax liabilities
|
|
|
(79,648
|
)
|
|
|
(91,892
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net deferred tax assets (liabilities)
|
|
$
|
(59,992
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1,646
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of October 31, 2008, the Company has recorded a net
deferred tax liability of $60.0 million. The realization of
the deferred tax assets is primarily dependent on the Company
generating sufficient U.S. and foreign taxable income in
future fiscal years. Management has determined that it is not
more likely than not the deferred tax assets in the
U.S. and certain foreign jurisdictions will be realized and
as such the Company has recorded a full valuation allowance
against these assets as of October 31, 2008. At
October 31, 2008 and 2007, the Company has recorded a
valuation allowance for deferred tax assets of
$277.3 million and $119.5 million, respectively. The
Companys deferred tax asset valuation allowance increased
by $157.8 million for the fiscal year ended
October 31, 2008, increased by $94.3 million for the
fiscal year ended October 31, 2007, and increased by
$4.6 million for the fiscal year ended October 31,
2006. The increase of $157.8 million during fiscal year
2008 is primarily attributable to the recording of a full
valuation allowance against all U.S. deferred tax assets as
of October 31, 2008. Approximately $76.9 million of
deferred tax assets subject to the valuation allowance are
attributable to acquisition-related items that, when realized,
will reduce goodwill. During the fiscal years ended
October 31, 2008 and 2007, goodwill was reduced by
approximately $0.5 million and $1.0 million,
respectively, as a result of a reduction in the valuation
allowance for acquisition-related deferred tax assets that were
realized.
The net operating loss carryforwards (NOLs) of
$150.0 million are primarily related to tax losses in
Ireland of $134.0 million, France of $9.3 million, the
United Kingdom of $3.1 million and various other
non-U.S. countries
of $3.6 million. Approximately $148.1 million of
foreign NOLs may be carried forward indefinitely. The remaining
94
VERIFONE
HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
balance of approximately $1.9 million of foreign NOLs is
subject to limited carry forward terms of 5 to 15 years.
NOLs of $0.4 million, and $0.6 million will expire in
fiscal 2009 and 2010, respectively, if not utilized.
As of October 31, 2008, the Company has recorded
U.S. foreign tax credit carryforwards of
$22.9 million, which will expire beginning in 2018, if not
utilized.
The Company reduced tax liabilities by $1.0 million and
$0.9 million for the fiscal years ended October 31,
2008 and 2007, respectively, due to the resolution of certain
pre-acquisition tax contingencies. The reduction in tax
liabilities resulted in a reduction of goodwill by
$1.0 million and $0.9 million for the fiscal years
ended October 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively, for tax
liabilities recorded for the period prior to the Companys
2002 acquisition.
The Company recognizes deferred tax liabilities associated with
outside basis differences on investment in foreign subsidiaries
unless the difference is considered essentially permanent in
duration. As of October 31, 2008, the Company has recorded
a deferred tax liability of $53.9 million associated with
$206.0 million of taxable outside basis differences which
are not considered permanently reinvested. The Company has not
recorded deferred taxes on approximately $37.6 million of
taxable outside basis differences as they are considered
permanently reinvested. As of October 31, 2008, the
determination of the unrecorded deferred tax liability related
to these earnings is not practicable. If circumstances change
and it becomes apparent that some or all of the undistributed
earnings will not be invested indefinitely, or will be remitted
in the foreseeable future, an additional deferred tax liability
will be recorded for some or all of the outside basis difference.
The Company has been granted pioneer status for its operations
in Singapore commencing November 1, 2005. The tax rate for
enterprises granted pioneer status in Singapore is 0%. The
benefits of the pioneer status will expire on November 1,
2011. The tax benefit of the tax holiday for the year ended
October 31, 2008 was $1.2 million which increased
earnings per share by one cent.
The Companys subsidiary in Israel and a subsidiary in
Brazil are currently under audit by the Israeli and Brazilian
taxing authorities for the fiscal years 2004 to 2006 and
calendar years 2003 to 2008, respectively. Although the Company
believes it has provided income taxes for the years subject to
audit, the Israeli and Brazilian taxing authorities may adopt
different interpretations. The Company has not yet received any
final determinations with respect to these audits.
The Company is currently subject to an audit by the Internal
Revenue Service, or IRS, for its fiscal years ended
October 31, 2003 and 2004. Although the Company believes it
has provided income taxes for the years subject to audit, the
IRS may adopt different interpretations. The Company has not yet
received any final determinations with respect to this audit
although certain adjustments have been agreed with the IRS. The
tax liability associated with the agreed adjustments has been
accrued in the financial statements.
Effective November 1, 2007, the Company adopted the
provisions of FIN 48. FIN 48 establishes a single
model to address accounting for uncertain tax positions by
prescribing the minimum recognition threshold a tax position is
required to meet before being recognized in the financial
statements. In addition, FIN 48 provides guidance on
derecognition, measurement classification, interest and
penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure, and
transition.
As a result of the implementation of FIN 48, the Company
recognized a $3.3 million increase in its existing
liabilities for uncertain tax positions which has been recorded
as a decrease of $1.4 million to the opening balance of
retained earnings, an increase of $0.5 million to
non-current deferred tax assets and an increase of
$1.4 million to goodwill.
The Company has historically classified unrecognized tax
benefits in current taxes payable. As a result of adoption of
FIN 48, the Company reclassified $17.7 million of
unrecognized tax benefits from short-term to long-term income
taxes payable. Long-term income taxes payable include uncertain
tax positions, reduced by the associated federal deduction for
state taxes and
non-U.S. tax
credits. The Companys policy to include interest and
95
VERIFONE
HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits within the
provision for taxes on the consolidated condensed statements of
operations did not change as a result of implementing the
provisions of FIN 48.
The aggregate changes in the balance of gross unrecognized tax
benefits were as follows (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
Beginning balance as of November 1, 2007 (date of adoption)
|
|
$
|
19,200
|
|
Settlements and effective settlements with tax authorities and
related remeasurements
|
|
|
|
|
Lapse of statute of limitations
|
|
|
(1,300
|
)
|
Increases in balances related to tax positions taken during
prior periods
|
|
|
1,500
|
|
Decreases in balances related to tax positions taken during
prior periods
|
|
|
(800
|
)
|
Increases in balances related to tax positions taken during
current period
|
|
|
9,600
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance as of October 31, 2008
|
|
$
|
28,200
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If the remaining balance of $28.2 million of gross
unrecognized tax benefits at October 31, 2008 were realized
in a future period, it would result in a tax benefit of
$19.2 million and a reduction of the effective tax rate.
Approximately $9.0 million of gross unrecognized tax
benefits are related to pre-acquisition period income tax
exposures and would result in an adjustment to goodwill.
The Company recognizes potential accrued interest related to
unrecognized tax benefits as tax expense. As of the adoption
date of FIN 48, the Company had accrued approximately
$3.7 million for the payment of interest and penalties (net
of tax benefit) relating to unrecognized tax benefits. As of
October 31, 2008, the Company had accrued interest and
penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits of
$6.4 million (net of tax benefit). During fiscal year 2008,
interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits
increased by $2.7 million, and was recognized in the
provision for income taxes.
The Company does not anticipate that the total unrecognized tax
benefits will significantly change due to the settlement of
audits and the expiration of statute of limitations in the next
12 months.
|
|
Note 8.
|
Stockholders
Equity
|
Common
and Preferred Stock
On October 8, 2008, the Companys stockholders
approved an amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation
increasing the authorized shares of Common Stock from
100,000,000 to 200,000,000 shares, par value
$0.01 per share. In addition, the Company has
10,000,000 authorized shares of Preferred Stock, par value
$0.01. The holder of each share of Common Stock has the right to
one vote. The Board of Directors has the authority to issue the
undesignated Preferred Stock in one or more series and to fix
the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions thereof. At
October 31, 2008 and October 31, 2007, there were no
shares of Preferred Stock outstanding and there were 84,442,833
and 84,060,120 shares of Common Stock outstanding,
respectively.
Stock
Option Plans
As of October 31, 2008, the Company had a total of
8,706,712 stock options outstanding with a weighted average
exercise price of $26.20 per share. The number of shares that
remained available for future grants under the 2006 Equity
Incentive Plan was 5,944,862 as of October 31, 2008.
New
Founders Stock Option Plan
On April 30, 2003, the Company adopted the New
Founders Stock Option Plan (the New Founders
Plan) for executives and employees of the Company. A total
of 1,500,000 shares of the Companys Common Stock were
reserved for issuance under the New Founders Plan. The
Company is no longer granting options under the
New Founders Plan and retired 156,670 shares
available for future grant under the New Founders Plan on
96
VERIFONE
HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
March 22, 2006 and will retire any options cancelled
thereafter. Option awards under the New Founders Plan were
generally granted with an exercise price equal to the market
price of the Companys stock on the date of grant. Those
option awards generally vest in equal annual amounts over a
period of five years from the date of grant and have a maximum
term of 10 years.
Outside
Directors Stock Option Plan
In January 2005, the Company adopted the Outside Directors
Stock Option Plan (the Directors Plan) for
members of the Board of Directors of the Company who are not
employees of the Company or representatives of major
stockholders of the Company. A total of 225,000 shares of
the Companys Common Stock have been reserved for issuance
under the Directors Plan. The Company will no longer grant
options under the Directors Plan and retired
135,000 shares available for future grant under the
Directors Plan on March 22, 2006 and will retire any
options cancelled thereafter. Option grants for members of the
Board of Directors of the Company who are not employees of the
Company or representatives of major stockholders of the Company
will be covered under the 2006 Equity Incentive Option Plan.
Stock options granted generally vest over a period of four years
from the date of grant and have a maximum term of seven years.
2005
Equity Incentive Option Plan
On April 29, 2005, the Company adopted the 2005 Equity
Incentive Option Plan (the EIP Plan) for executives
and employees of the Company, and other individuals who perform
services to the Company. A total of 3,100,000 shares of the
Companys Common Stock have been reserved for issuance
under the EIP Plan. The Company will no longer grant options
under the EIP Plan and retired 890,300 shares available for
future grant under the EIP Plan on March 22, 2006 and will
retire any options cancelled thereafter. Option awards were
generally granted with an exercise price equal to the market
price of the Companys stock at the day of grant. Those
options generally vest over a period of four years from the date
of grant and have a maximum term of seven years.
2006
Equity Incentive Plan
On March 22, 2006, the Companys stockholders approved
the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan (the 2006 Plan) for
officers, directors, employees, and consultants of the Company.
Upon approval of the 2006 Plan a total of 9,000,000 shares
of the Companys Common Stock were reserved for issuance.
On October 8, 2008, the stockholders approved an amendment
to the 2006 Plan increasing the shares reserved for issuance to
13,200,000. Awards are granted with an exercise price equal to
the market price of the Companys Common Stock at the date
of grant except for restricted stock units (RSUs).
The awards generally vest over a period of four years from the
date of grant and have a maximum term of seven years. Any shares
granted as stock options and stock appreciation rights shall be
counted as one share for every share granted. Any awards granted
other than stock options or stock appreciation rights are
counted, for the purpose of the number of shares issuable under
the 2006 Plan, as 1.75 shares for every share granted.
In January 2007, the Company made an award of up to 900,000 RSUs
to the Companys CEO. These RSUs may vest in three tranches
of up to 300,000 RSUs each over a four-year period based upon
annual growth in the Companys net income, as adjusted, per
share and its share price. Two-thirds of the RSUs are
performance units that will vest based on
achievement of net income, as adjusted, targets, and one-third
of the RSUs are market units that will vest based on
achievement of net income, as adjusted, targets and specified
targets for the share price of the Companys stock. Each
years RSUs will not vest until the end of the fiscal year
following the year for which the specified target is met.
As of October 31, 2008, the Company had not recognized any
compensation expense related to these RSUs as the fiscal year
2008 and 2007 financial targets were not achieved. Both the
200,000 performance units and the 100,000 market units related
to each of fiscal years 2008 and 2007 were cancelled on
October 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.
97
VERIFONE
HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
The measurement of the fiscal 2009 tranche occurs in January
2009, the measurement date for that tranche. Up to 200,000
performance units will vest if the fiscal year 2009 performance
targets are achieved. Up to 100,000 market units will vest if
the fiscal 2009 performance targets are achieved and the
volume-weighted average price of the Companys stock
exceeds $62.20 per share during the
10-day
trading period beginning with the second full trading day
following the Companys announcement of the financial
results for the fiscal year ending October 31, 2009.
Because these shares are contingently issuable, they are
excluded from the earnings per share calculation.
Lipman
Plans
On November 1, 2006, the Company completed its acquisition
of Lipman. As part of the acquisition consideration, the Company
issued 13,462,474 shares of its common stock and assumed
all of Lipmans outstanding options. The Company no longer
grants options under the Lipman Plans.
All
Plans
The total proceeds received from employees as a result of
employee stock option exercises under all plans for each of the
fiscal years ended October 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006 was
$2.4 million, $38.3 million, and $3.1 million,
respectively. In connection with these exercises, the tax
benefits realized by the Company for each of the fiscal years
2008, 2007, and 2006 were $0.5 million, $11.5 million,
and $3.4 million, respectively.
The Company estimates the grant-date fair value of stock options
using a Black-Scholes valuation model, consistent with the
provisions of SFAS No. 123(R) and
SAB No. 107, Share-Based Payment, using the
weighted-average assumptions noted in the following table.
Expected volatility of the stock is based on a blend of the
Companys peer group in the industry in which it does
business and the Companys historical volatility for its
own stock. The expected term represents the period of time that
options granted are expected to be outstanding. The expected
term of options granted is derived from the historical actual
term of option grants and an estimate of future exercises during
the remaining contractual period of the option. The average
risk-free rate is based on the US Treasury zero-coupon issues
with a remaining term equal to the expected term of the options
used in the Black-Scholes valuation model. Estimates of fair
value are not intended to predict actual future events or the
value ultimately realized by employees who receive equity
awards, and subsequent events are not indicative of the
reasonableness of the original estimates of fair value made by
the Company under SFAS No. 123(R). The fair value of
each RSU is equal to the market value of the Companys
common stock on the date of grant. The Company estimates
forfeitures of options and RSUs based on historical experience
and records compensation expense only for those awards that are
expected to vest.
The Companys assumptions subsequent to adoption of
SFAS No. 123(R) are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended October 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
Expected term of the options
|
|
|
3 years
|
|
|
|
2 years
|
|
|
|
3 years
|
|
Risk-free interest rate
|
|
|
2.5
|
%
|
|
|
4.8
|
%
|
|
|
5.0
|
%
|
Expected stock price volatility
|
|
|
52.2
|
%
|
|
|
40.0
|
%
|
|
|
42.0
|
%
|
Expected dividend rate
|
|
|
0.0
|
%
|
|
|
0.0
|
%
|
|
|
0.0
|
%
|
98
VERIFONE
HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
The following table presents the stock-based compensation
expense recognized in accordance with SFAS No. 123(R)
during the fiscal years ended October 31, 2008, 2007, and
2006 (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended October 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
Cost of net revenues
|
|
$
|
1,521
|
|
|
$
|
2,998
|
|
|
$
|
709
|
|
Research and development
|
|
|
4,910
|
|
|
|
5,937
|
|
|
|
1,194
|
|
Sales and marketing
|
|
|
6,157
|
|
|
|
8,942
|
|
|
|
2,057
|
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
5,328
|
|
|
|
11,015
|
|
|
|
2,040
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total stock-based compensation
|
|
$
|
17,916
|
|
|
$
|
28,892
|
|
|
$
|
6,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of October 31, 2008, total unrecognized compensation
cost adjusted for estimated forfeitures related to unvested
stock options and RSUs was $38.3 million and
$2.6 million, respectively, which is expected to be
recognized over the remaining weighted-average vesting periods
of 2.7 years for stock options and 2.1 years for RSUs.
In the fiscal year ended October 31, 2007, stock-based
compensation expense included $1.0 million related to the
excess over fair value of the vested Lipman options assumed.
Stock
Option Activity
The following table provides a summary of stock options activity
under all of the equity incentive plans described above for the
year ended October 31, 2008:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
Remaining
|
|
|
Aggregate
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
Contractual
|
|
|
Intrinsic
|
|
|
|
Under
|
|
|
Exercise
|
|
|
Term
|
|
|
Value
|
|
|
|
Option
|
|
|
Price
|
|
|
(Years)
|
|
|
(Thousands)
|
|
|
Outstanding at October 31, 2007
|
|
|
8,331,637
|
|
|
$
|
27.10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
1,824,000
|
|
|
$
|
19.76
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercised
|
|
|
(325,064
|
)
|
|
$
|
7.37
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cancelled
|
|
|
(893,861
|
)
|
|
$
|
28.32
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Expired
|
|
|
(230,000
|
)
|
|
$
|
26.25
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding at October 31, 2008
|
|
|
8,706,712
|
|
|
$
|
26.20
|
|
|
|
5.2
|
|
|
$
|
2,557
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Vested or expected to vest at October 31, 2008
|
|
|
8,063,622
|
|
|
$
|
26.20
|
|
|
|
5.1
|
|
|
$
|
2,537
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercisable at October 31, 2008
|
|
|
3,622,427
|
|
|
$
|
25.57
|
|
|
|
4.4
|
|
|
$
|
1,916
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The weighted-average grant date fair value per share of options
granted during each of the fiscal years 2008, 2007, and 2006 was
$7.29, $9.59, and $9.82, respectively. The total intrinsic value
of options exercised during each of the fiscal years 2008, 2007,
and 2006 was $5.3 million, $53.9 million and
$11.1 million, respectively.
99
VERIFONE
HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
The following table summarizes RSU activity for the year ended
October 31, 2008:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
Aggregate
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
Intrinsic
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchase
|
|
|
Value
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Price
|
|
|
(Thousands)
|
|
|
Outstanding at October 31, 2007
|
|
|
749,750
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
7,500
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Vested
|
|
|
(45,187
|
)
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Forfeited
|
|
|
(326,875
|
)
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding at October 31, 2008
|
|
|
385,188
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
968
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Expected to vest at October 31, 2008
|
|
|
311,098
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
724
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The weighted-average grant date fair value per share of RSUs
granted during each of the fiscal years 2008, 2007 and 2006,
excluding the CEOs performance and market RSUs was $19.81,
$36.85 and $28.22, respectively. The total fair value of RSUs
that vested in fiscal years 2008 and 2007 was $1.9 million
and $1.7 million, respectively. There were no RSUs which
vested in fiscal year 2006.
|
|
Note 9.
|
Employee
Benefit Plans
|
401(k)
and Pension Plans
The Company maintains a defined contribution 401(k) plan for its
US employees that allows eligible employees to contribute up to
60% of their pretax salary up to the maximum allowed under
Internal Revenue Service regulations. Discretionary employer
matching contributions of $2.2 million, $2.0 million,
and $1.9 million were made to the plan during the fiscal
years ended October 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
The Company has a defined benefit plan for its employees in
Taiwan who were hired prior to July 1, 2005, as required by
local laws. All employees hired in Taiwan after July 1,
2005 are on a defined contribution plan. The unfunded portion of
the pension plans obligations amounts to $1.7 million
as of October 31, 2008 and is included in other long-term
liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The
Companys fiscal year end, October 31, is the
measurement date for the plan. Net pension costs were
approximately $0.3 million, $0.2 million and
$0.2 million for the fiscal years ended October 31,
2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
Israeli
Severance Pay
The Companys liability for severance pay to its Israeli
employees is calculated pursuant to Israeli severance pay law
based on the most recent salary of the employee multiplied by
the number of years of employment of such employee as of the
applicable balance sheet date. Employees are entitled to one
months salary for each year of employment, or a pro-rata
portion thereof. The Company funds the liability by monthly
deposits in insurance policies and severance pay funds.
Severance pay expense totaled approximately $1.7 million,
$1.4 million and zero for the fiscal years ended
October 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
|
|
Note 10.
|
Restructuring
Charges
|
The following table summarizes restructuring expenses for the
year ended October 31, 2008 (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Cost of net revenues
|
|
$
|
587
|
|
Research and development
|
|
|
1,829
|
|
Sales and marketing
|
|
|
3,048
|
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
2,805
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
8,269
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
100
VERIFONE
HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Fiscal
Year 2008 Restructuring Plans
In 2008, management approved and committed plans to reduce the
Companys cost structure. The restructuring plan applied to
employees and facilities worldwide. In accordance with
SFAS No. 146, Accounting for Costs Associated with
Exit or Disposal Activities and SFAS No. 112,
Employers Accounting for Postemployment Benefits,
the Company expensed $0.8 million for facilities and
$6.7 million for employees for a total of $7.5 million
in the year ended October 31, 2008, of which
$1.4 million is in the North America segment and the
balance in the International segment. As of October 31,
2008, $0.6 million has been paid in the North America
segment and $5.1 million in the International segment,
respectively.
Fiscal
Year 2007 Restructuring Plan
For the fiscal year ended October 31, 2007, the Company
implemented a restructuring plan that included reductions in
workforce of employees in the United States, China, Hong Kong,
Mexico, and the Philippines with an expected cost of
$0.8 million. For the fiscal year ended October 31,
2007, the Company accrued and paid $0.8 million mainly
representing employee costs in the North America segment.
Acquisition-Related
Restructuring Plans
Lipman
Restructuring Plan
In the first quarter of fiscal year 2007, the Company completed
the acquisition of Lipman and formulated a restructuring plan.
The Company accrued into the purchase price allocation
restructuring costs related to reduction in workforce and future
facilities lease obligations. For the fiscal year ended
October 31, 2007, the Company accrued and paid
restructuring costs of $6.1 million and $5.3 million,
respectively, for the International segment. For the fiscal year
ended October 31, 2007, the Company accrued and paid
restructuring costs of $0.5 million for the North America
segment. As of October 31, 2007, the Company had a
remaining liability of $0.8 million, entirely for the
International segment. For the fiscal year ended
October 31, 2008, the Company paid $0.2 million. As of
October 31, 2008, the remaining liability of
$0.6 million relates to employee costs expected to be paid
in fiscal 2009.
PayWare
Restructuring Plan
In the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2006, the Company completed
the acquisition of PayWare, the payment system business of
Trintech Group PLC. The Company developed a restructuring plan
and accrued $2.9 million restructuring costs for the
International segment related to a workforce reduction and
future facilities lease obligations which were included in the
purchase price allocation of PayWare. The Company paid
$0.4 million in restructuring costs in the fiscal year
ended October 31, 2006. During the fiscal year ended
October 31, 2007, the Company accrued and paid
$1.2 million and $2.8 million in restructuring costs,
respectively. As of October 31, 2007, the Company had
a liability of $0.9 million which related mainly to
facilities costs. During the fiscal year ended October 31,
2008, the Company paid $0.6 million and expensed
$0.8 million for facilities, resulting in a remaining
liability of $1.0 million as of October 31, 2008.
|
|
Note 11.
|
Net
Income (Loss) per Share of Common Stock
|
Basic net income (loss) per share of common stock is computed by
dividing net income (loss) by the weighted average number of
shares of common stock outstanding for the period, less the
weighted average number of shares of common stock subject to
repurchase. Diluted net income (loss) per share of common stock
is computed using the weighted average number of shares of
common stock outstanding plus the effect of common stock
equivalents, unless the common stock equivalents are
anti-dilutive. The potential dilutive shares of the
Companys common stock resulting from the assumed exercise
of outstanding stock options and equivalents and the assumed
exercise of
101
VERIFONE
HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
the warrants relating to the convertible senior notes and the
dilutive effect of the senior convertible notes are determined
using the treasury stock method.
The following details the computation of income (loss) per share
of common stock (in thousands, except per share data):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended October 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
Basic and diluted net income (loss) per share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Numerator:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
(425,322
|
)
|
|
$
|
(34,016
|
)
|
|
$
|
59,511
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Denominator:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average shares of common stock outstanding
|
|
|
84,220
|
|
|
|
82,862
|
|
|
|
67,887
|
|
Less: weighted average number of shares subject to repurchase
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(668
|
)
|
|
|
(1,670
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average shares used in computing basic net income
(loss) per share
|
|
|
84,220
|
|
|
|
82,194
|
|
|
|
66,217
|
|
Add dilutive securities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average shares subject to repurchase
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,670
|
|
Stock options and restricted stock units
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average number of shares used in computing diluted net
income (loss) per share
|
|
|
84,220
|
|
|
|
82,194
|
|
|
|
68,894
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss) per share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
(5.05
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.41
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.90
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$
|
(5.05
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.41
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.86
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of October 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006, options and
restricted stock units to purchase 9.1 million,
9.1 million and 2.7 million shares of common stock,
respectively, were excluded from the calculation of weighted
average shares for diluted net income (loss) per share as they
were anti-dilutive.
The senior convertible notes are considered to be Instrument C
securities as defined by
EITF 90-19,
Convertible Bonds with Issuer Option to Settle for Cash upon
Conversion; therefore, only the conversion spread relating
to the senior convertible notes is included in the
Companys diluted earnings per share calculation, if
dilutive. The potential dilutive shares of the Companys
common stock resulting from the assumed settlement of the
conversion spread of the senior convertible notes are determined
under the method set forth in
EITF 90-19.
Under such method, the settlement of the conversion spread of
the senior convertible notes has a dilutive effect when the
average share price of the Companys common stock during
the period exceeds $44.02. The average share price of the
Companys common stock during the fiscal years ended
October 31, 2008 and 2007 did not exceed $44.02.
Warrants to purchase 7.2 million shares of the
Companys common stock were outstanding at October 31,
2008 and 2007, but were not included in the computation of
diluted earnings per share because the warrants exercise
price was greater than the average market price of the
Companys common stock during the fiscal years ended
October 31, 2008 and 2007; therefore, their effect was
anti-dilutive.
102
VERIFONE
HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
|
|
Note 12.
|
Commitments
and Contingencies
|
Commitments
The Company leases certain facilities under non-cancellable
operating leases that contain free rent periods
and/or rent
escalation clauses. Rent expense under these leases has been
recorded on a straight-line basis over the lease term. The
difference between amounts paid and rent expense is recorded as
accrued rent and the short-term and long-term portions are
included in other current liabilities and other long-term
liabilities, respectively, in the Consolidated Balance Sheeet.
Additionally, the Company subleases certain real property to
third parties. Future minimum lease payments and sublease rental
income under these leases as of October 31, 2008, were as
follows (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Minimum Lease
|
|
|
Sublease Rental
|
|
|
Net Minimum
|
|
|
|
Payments
|
|
|
Income
|
|
|
Lease Payments
|
|
|
Year ended October 31, 2009
|
|
$
|
13,051
|
|
|
$
|
85
|
|
|
$
|
12,966
|
|
2010
|
|
|
11,344
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
11,339
|
|
2011
|
|
|
9,327
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9,327
|
|
2012
|
|
|
7,824
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7,824
|
|
2013
|
|
|
6,184
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,184
|
|
Thereafter
|
|
|
7,610
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7,610
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
55,340
|
|
|
$
|
90
|
|
|
$
|
55,250
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Certain leases require the Company to pay property taxes,
insurance, and routine maintenance and include rent escalation
clauses and options to extend the term of certain leases. Rent
expense was approximately $16.1 million, $14.9 million
and $9.2 million for the fiscal years ended
October 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006, respectively.
Manufacturing
Agreements
The Company works on a purchase order basis with third-party
contract manufacturers and component suppliers with facilities
in China, Singapore, Israel, and Brazil to supply a majority of
the Companys inventories. The total amount of purchase
commitments as of October 31, 2008 and 2007 was
approximately $48.5 million and $47.4 million,
respectively, and are generally paid within one year. Of this
amount, $3.8 million and $4.4 million has been
recorded in accrued expenses in the accompanying Consolidated
Balance Sheets as of October 31, 2008 and 2007,
respectively, because the commitment is not expected to have
future value to the Company.
Employee
Health and Dental Costs
The Company is primarily self-insured for employee health and
dental costs, but has stop-loss insurance coverage to limit
per-incident liability. The Company believes that adequate
accruals are maintained to cover the retained liability. The
accrual for self-insurance is determined based on claims filed
and an estimate of claims incurred but not yet reported.
Litigation
Brazilian
State Tax Assessment
One of the Companys Brazilian subsidiaries has been
notified of a tax assessment regarding Brazilian state value
added tax (VAT), for the periods from January 2000
to December 2001 that relates to products supplied to the
Company by a contract manufacturer. The assessment relates to an
asserted deficiency of 4.7 million Brazilian reais
(approximately $2.3 million) excluding interest. The tax
assessment was based on a clerical error in which the
Companys Brazilian subsidiary omitted the required tax
exemption number on its invoices. Management does not expect
that the Company will ultimately incur a material liability in
respect of this assessment, because they believe,
103
VERIFONE
HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
based in part on advice of the Companys Brazilian tax
counsel, that the Company is likely to prevail in the
proceedings relating to this assessment. On May 25, 2005,
the Company had an administrative hearing with respect to this
audit. The Companys management expects to receive the
decision of the administrative body sometime in 2009. In the
event the Company receives an adverse ruling from the
administrative body, the Company will decide whether or not to
appeal and would reexamine the determination as to whether an
accrual is necessary. It is currently uncertain what impact this
state tax examination may have with respect to the
Companys use of a corresponding exemption to reduce the
Brazilian federal VAT.
Importation
of Goods Assessments
Two of the Companys Brazilian subsidiaries that were
acquired as a part of the Lipman acquisition have been notified
of assessments regarding Brazilian customs penalties that relate
to alleged infractions in the importation of goods. The
assessments were issued by the Federal Revenue Department in the
City of Vitória, the City of São Paulo, and the
City of Itajai. The assessments relate to asserted deficiencies
totaling 26.9 million Brazilian reais (approximately
$12.8 million) excluding interest. The tax authorities
allege that the structure used for the importation of goods was
simulated with the objective of evading taxes levied on the
importation by under-invoicing the imported goods; the tax
authorities allege that the simulation was created through a
fraudulent interposition of parties, where the real sellers and
buyers of the imported goods were hidden.
In the Vitória tax assessment, the fines were reduced from
4.7 million Brazilian reais (approximately
$2.2 million) to 1.5 million Brazilian reais
(approximately $0.7 million) on a first level
administrative decision on January 26, 2007. The proceeding
has been remitted to the Taxpayers Council to adjudicate the
appeal of the first level administrative decision filed by the
tax authorities. The Company also appealed the first level
administrative decision on February 26, 2007. In this
appeal, the Company argued that the tax authorities did not have
enough evidence to determine that the import transactions were
indeed fraudulent and that, even if there were some
irregularities in such importations, they could not be deemed to
be the Companys responsibility since all the transactions
were performed by the third-party importer of the goods. On
February 27, 2008, the Taxpayers Council rendered its
decision to investigate the first level administrative decision
for further analysis of the matter. The Company expects to
receive the decision of the Taxpayers Council sometime in 2009.
In the event the Company receives an adverse ruling from the
Taxpayers Council, the Company will decide whether or not to
appeal to the judicial level. Based on the Companys
current understanding of the underlying facts, the Company
believes that it is probable that its Brazilian subsidiary will
be required to pay some amount of fines. At October 31,
2008, the Company has accrued 4.7 million Brazilian reais
(approximately $2.2 million), excluding interest, which it
believes is the probable payment.
On July 12, 2007, the Company was notified of a first
administrative level decision rendered in the São Paulo tax
assessment, which maintained the total fine of 20.2 million
Brazilian reais (approximately $9.7 million) imposed. On
August 10, 2007, the Company appealed the first
administrative level decision to the Taxpayers Council. A
hearing was held on August 12, 2008 before the Taxpayers
Council, and on October 14, 2008, the Taxpayers Council
granted the Companys appeal and dismissed the Sao Paulo
assessment. However, the Taxpayers Council has not issued its
written opinion concerning the legal basis for such dismissal,
and the Brazilian tax authorities have informed the Company that
it will file a revised assessment in this matter. Based on the
Companys current understanding of the underlying facts,
the Company believes that it is probable that its Brazilian
subsidiary will be required to pay some amount of fines.
Accordingly, at October 31, 2008, the Company has accrued
20.2 million Brazilian reais (approximately
$9.7 million), excluding interest.
On May 22, 2008, the Company was notified of a first
administrative level decision rendered in the Itajai assessment,
which maintained the total fine of 2.0 million Brazilian
reais (approximately $0.9 million) imposed, excluding
interest. On May 27, 2008, the Company appealed the first
level administrative level decision to the Taxpayers Council.
Based on the Companys current understanding of the
underlying facts, the Company believes that it is probable that
its Brazilian subsidiary will be required to pay some amount of
fines. Accordingly, at
104
VERIFONE
HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
October 31, 2008, the Company has accrued 2.0 million
Brazilian reais (approximately $0.9 million), excluding
interest.
Patent
Infringement and Commercial Lawsuits
SPA
Syspatronic AG v. VeriFone Holdings, Inc., VeriFone, Inc.,
et al.
On September 18, 2007, SPA Syspatronic AG (SPA)
commenced this action in the United States District Court for
the Eastern District of Texas, Marshall Division, against the
Company and others, alleging infringement of U.S. Patent
No. 5,093,862 purportedly owned by SPA. The plaintiff is
seeking a judgment of infringement, an injunction against
further infringement, damages, interest and attorneys
fees. The Company filed an answer and counterclaims on
November 8, 2007, and intends to vigorously defend this
litigation. On January 28, 2008, the Company requested that
the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office (the PTO)
perform a re-examination of the patent. The PTO granted the
request on April 4, 2008. The Company then filed a motion
to stay the proceedings with the Court and on April 25,
2008, the Court agreed to stay the proceedings pending the
re-examination. On December 19, 2008, the PTO rejected all
claims of the subject patent on the same basis as was identified
in the Companys request for re-examination. The case is
still in the preliminary stages, and it is not possible to
quantify the extent of the Companys potential liability,
if any. An unfavorable outcome could have a material adverse
effect on the Companys business, financial condition,
results of operations, and cash flow.
Cardsoft,
Inc. et al v. VeriFone Holdings, Inc., VeriFone, Inc.,
et al.
On March 6, 2008, Cardsoft, Inc. and Cardsoft (Assignment
for the Benefit of Creditors), LLC (Cardsoft)
commenced this action in the United States District Court for
the Eastern District of Texas, Marshall Division, against the
Company and others, alleging infringement of U.S. Patents
No. 6,934,945 and No. 7,302,683 purportedly owned by
Cardsoft. The plaintiff is seeking a judgment of infringement,
an injunction against further infringement, damages, interest
and attorneys fees. The Company intends to vigorously
defend this litigation. The case is still in the preliminary
stages, and it is not possible to quantify the extent of the
Companys potential liability, if any. An unfavorable
outcome could have a material adverse effect on the
Companys business, financial condition, results of
operations, and cash flow.
Communication
Transaction Solutions, Inc. v. VeriFone Holdings, Inc.,
VeriFone, Inc., et al.
The Company is a defendant in this action initiated in the
California Superior Court in Santa Clara County on
August 30, 2006, in which the plaintiff alleges among other
things misappropriation of trade secrets in connection with the
Companys development of its wireless
pay-at-the-table
system. These allegations followed the Companys decision
in October 2005 to terminate discussions regarding a possible
acquisition of the plaintiffs business. The plaintiff is
seeking damages, interest and attorneys fees. The parties
argued summary judgment motions on September 4, 2008 and on
September 11, 2008, the Court dismissed certain of the
plaintiffs claims. With respect to the remaining claims,
the case is scheduled to go to trial in January 2009. The
Company has engaged in court-mandated settlement discussions
with the plaintiff but no settlement has been reached. Although
an unfavorable outcome could have a material adverse effect on
the Company, the Company believes the plaintiffs claims
are entirely without merit and intends to vigorously defend this
litigation and pursue its counterclaims.
Class Action
and Derivative Lawsuits
On or after December 4, 2007, several securities class
action claims were filed against the Company and certain of the
Companys officers, former officers, and a former director.
These lawsuits have been consolidated in the U.S. District
Court for the Northern District of California as In re
VeriFone Holdings, Inc. Securities Litigation, C
07-6140 MHP.
The original actions were: Eichenholtz v. VeriFone
Holdings, Inc. et al., C
07-6140 MHP;
Lien v. VeriFone Holdings, Inc. et al., C
07-6195 JSW;
Vaughn et al. v. VeriFone Holdings, Inc. et al., C
07-6197 VRW
(Plaintiffs voluntarily dismissed this complaint on
March 7, 2008); Feldman et al. v. VeriFone
Holdings, Inc. et al.,
105
VERIFONE
HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
C
07-6218 MMC;
Cerini v. VeriFone Holdings, Inc. et al., C
07-6228 SC;
Westend Capital Management LLC v. VeriFone Holdings,
Inc. et al., C
07-6237 MMC;
Hill v. VeriFone Holdings, Inc. et al., C
07-6238 MHP;
Offutt v. VeriFone Holdings, Inc. et al., C
07-6241 JSW;
Feitel v. VeriFone Holdings, Inc., et al., C
08-0118 CW.
On August 22, 2008, the Court appointed plaintiff National
Elevator Fund lead plaintiff and its attorneys lead counsel.
Plaintiff filed its consolidated amended class action complaint
on October 31, 2008, and the Company filed its motion to
dismiss on December 31, 2008. The consolidated amended
complaint asserts claims under the Securities Exchange Act
Sections 10(b), 20(a), and 20A and Securities and Exchange
Commission
Rule 10b-5
for securities fraud and control person liability against the
Company and certain of the Companys current and former
officers and directors, based on allegations that the Company
and the individual defendants made false or misleading public
statements regarding the Companys business and operations
during the putative class periods and seeks unspecified monetary
damages and other relief. Discovery has not yet commenced and is
not expected to do so until after a ruling on the Companys
motion to dismiss. At this time, the Company has not recorded
any liabilities as the Company is unable to estimate any
potential liability.
Beginning on December 13, 2007, several actions were also
filed against certain current and former directors and officers
derivatively on the Companys behalf. These derivative
lawsuits were filed in: (1) the U.S. District Court
for the Northern District of California, as In re VeriFone
Holdings, Inc. Shareholder Derivative Litigation, Lead Case
No. C
07-6347,
which consolidates King v. Bergeron, et
al. (Case
No. 07-CV-6347),
Hilborn v. VeriFone Holdings, Inc., et
al. (Case
No. 08-CV-1132),
Patel v. Bergeron, et al. (Case
No. 08-CV-1133),
and Lemmond, et al. v. VeriFone Holdings, Inc., et
al. (Case
No. 08-CV-1301);
and (2) California Superior Court, Santa Clara County,
as In re VeriFone Holdings, Inc. Derivative Litigation,
Lead Case
No. 1-07-CV-100980,
which consolidates Catholic Medical Mission Board v.
Bergeron, et al. (Case
No. 1-07-CV-100980),
and Carpel v. Bergeron, et al. (Case
No. 1-07-CV-101449).
On May 15, 2008, the Court in the federal derivative action
appointed Charles R. King as lead plaintiff and his attorneys as
lead counsel. On October 31, 2008, plaintiffs in the
federal action filed their consolidated amended derivative
complaint, which names the Company as a nominal defendant and
brings claims for insider selling, breach of fiduciary duty,
unjust enrichment, waste of corporate assets and aiding and
abetting breach of fiduciary duty against the Company and
certain of the Companys current and former officers and
directors. On December 15, 2008, the Company and the other
defendants filed a motion to dismiss. The parties have agreed by
stipulation that briefing on this motion will relate only to the
issue of plaintiffs failure to make a pre-suit demand on
the Companys Board of Directors.
On October 31, 2008, the derivative plaintiffs in
California Superior Court for the County of Santa Clara
filed their consolidated derivative complaint, naming the
Company as a nominal defendant and brings claims for insider
selling, breach of fiduciary duty, unjust enrichment, waste of
corporate assets and aiding and abetting breach of fiduciary
duty against certain of the Companys current and former
officers and directors and the Companys largest
shareholder, GTCR Golder Rauner. On November 10, 2008, the
Company filed a motion to stay the state court action pending
resolution of the parallel federal actions, and the parties have
agreed by stipulation to delay briefing on the motion to stay
until after the issue of demand futility is resolved in the
federal derivative case.
On January 27, 2008, a class action complaint was filed
against the Company in the Central District Court in Tel Aviv,
Israel on behalf of purchasers of the Companys stock on
the Tel Aviv Stock Exchange. The complaint seeks compensation
for damages allegedly incurred by the class of plaintiffs due to
the publication of erroneous financial reports. The Company
filed a motion to stay the action, in light of the proceedings
already filed in the United States, on March 31, 2008. A
hearing on the motion was held on May 25, 2008. Further
briefing in support of the stay motion, specifically with regard
to the threshold issue of applicable law, was submitted on
June 24, 2008. On September 11, 2008, the Israeli
District Court ruled in the Companys favor, holding that
U.S. law would apply in determining the Companys
liability. On October 7, 2008, plaintiffs filed a motion
for leave to appeal the District Courts ruling to the
Israeli Supreme Court. The Companys response to
plaintiffs appeal motion is currently due January 18,
2009. Because the Companys motion to stay will depend upon
the Supreme Courts ruling, the District Court has stayed
its proceedings until the Supreme Court rules on
plaintiffs motion for leave to appeal. At this time, the
Company has not recorded any liabilities as the Company is
unable to estimate any potential liability.
106
VERIFONE
HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
The foregoing cases are still in the preliminary stages, and the
Company is not able to quantify the extent of its potential
liability, if any. An unfavorable outcome in any of these
matters could have a material adverse effect on the
Companys business, financial condition, results of
operations, and cash flows. In addition, defending this
litigation is likely to be costly and may divert
managements attention from the day-to-day operations of
the Companys business.
Regulatory
Actions
The Company has responded to inquiries and provided information
and documents related to the restatement of its fiscal year 2007
interim financial statements to the Securities and Exchange
Commission, the Department of Justice, the New York Stock
Exchange and the Chicago Board Options Exchange. The SEC has
interviewed several current and former officers and employees.
The Company is continuing to cooperate with the SEC in
responding to the SECs requests for information and in
scheduling interviews with current and former officers and
employees. The Company is unable to predict what consequences,
if any, any investigation by any regulatory agency may have on
the Company. There is no assurance that other regulatory
inquiries will not be commenced by other U.S. federal,
state or foreign regulatory agencies.
Other
Litigation
The Company is subject to various other legal proceedings
related to commercial, customer, and employment matters that
have arisen during the ordinary course of business. Although
there can be no assurance as to the ultimate disposition of
these matters, the Companys management has determined,
based upon the information available at the date of these
financial statements, that the expected outcome of these
matters, individually or in the aggregate, will not have a
material adverse effect on the Companys consolidated
financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
|
|
Note 13.
|
Related-Party
Transactions
|
For the years ended October 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006,
respectively, the Company recorded sales to affiliates of
related parties of $11.2 million, $11.9 million, and
$7.8 million, respectively. The majority of sales to
affiliates were to Global Payments and amounted to
$11.2 million, $11.2 million and $5.4 million,
respectively, for the years ended October 31, 2008, 2007
and 2006. Global Payments is considered a related party since
Alex W. Pete Hart is a director of both Global
Payments and VeriFone. These sales are included in System
Solutions net revenues in the accompanying Consolidated
Statements of Operations. As of October 31, 2008 and 2007,
the Company has an outstanding accounts receivable balance of
$2.4 million and $3.3 million, respectively, related
to sales to affiliates.
|
|
Note 14.
|
Segment
and Geographic Information
|
The Company is primarily structured in a geographic manner. The
Companys Chief Executive Officer is identified as the
Chief Operating Decision Maker (CODM) as defined by
SFAS No. 131, Disclosures About Segments of an
Enterprise and Related Information. The CODM reviews
consolidated financial information on revenues and gross profit
percentage for System Solutions and Services. The CODM also
reviews operating expenses, certain of which are allocated to
the Companys two segments described below.
Segment
Information
The Company operates in two business segments: North America and
International. The Company defines North America as the United
States and Canada, and International as the other countries from
which it derives revenues. Total assets and long-lived assets by
segment are based on the physical location of the assets.
Net revenues and operating income (loss) of each business
segment reflect net revenues generated within the segment,
standard cost of System Solutions net revenues, actual cost of
Services net revenues, and expenses that
107
VERIFONE
HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
directly benefit only that segment. Corporate net revenues and
operating income (loss) reflect non-cash acquisition charges,
including amortization of purchased core and developed
technology assets,
step-up of
inventory and
step-down in
deferred revenue, impairment and other Corporate charges,
including inventory obsolescence and scrap at corporate
distribution centers, rework, specific warranty provisions,
non-standard freight,
over-and-under
absorption of materials management, and supply chain engineering
overhead.
In 2008, the Company revised the methodology for business
segment gross margin reporting. Distribution center costs and
certain warranty and royalty costs, which were previously
allocated to the Corporate segment were reallocated based on
ship-to locations. The following table sets forth net revenues
and operating income (loss), as revised, for the Companys
segments (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended October 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
Net revenues:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
North America
|
|
$
|
359,136
|
|
|
$
|
400,433
|
|
|
$
|
333,673
|
|
International
|
|
|
564,459
|
|
|
|
506,195
|
|
|
|
248,383
|
|
Corporate
|
|
|
(1,664
|
)
|
|
|
(3,736
|
)
|
|
|
(986
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total net revenues
|
|
$
|
921,931
|
|
|
$
|
902,892
|
|
|
$
|
581,070
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income (loss):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
North America
|
|
$
|
118,516
|
|
|
$
|
147,254
|
|
|
$
|
126,980
|
|
International
|
|
|
107,283
|
|
|
|
121,545
|
|
|
|
63,344
|
|
Corporate
|
|
|
(541,624
|
)
|
|
|
(240,319
|
)
|
|
|
(82,015
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating income (loss)
|
|
$
|
(315,825
|
)
|
|
$
|
28,480
|
|
|
$
|
108,309
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Companys goodwill by segment was as follows (in
thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
October 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
International
|
|
$
|
252,869
|
|
|
$
|
542,186
|
|
North America
|
|
|
69,034
|
|
|
|
69,791
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
321,903
|
|
|
$
|
611,977
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Companys total assets by segment were as follows (in
thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
October 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
International
|
|
$
|
735,991
|
|
|
$
|
1,122,411
|
|
North America
|
|
|
343,761
|
|
|
|
424,898
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,079,752
|
|
|
$
|
1,547,309
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Companys depreciation and amortization expense of
property, plant and equipment by segment was as follows (in
thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended October 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
International
|
|
$
|
6,352
|
|
|
$
|
4,738
|
|
|
$
|
900
|
|
North America
|
|
|
7,024
|
|
|
|
3,028
|
|
|
|
2,605
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
13,376
|
|
|
$
|
7,766
|
|
|
$
|
3,505
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
108
VERIFONE
HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Geographic
Information
The Companys revenues by geographic area were as follows
(in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended October 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
United States
|
|
$
|
321,247
|
|
|
$
|
355,222
|
|
|
$
|
315,851
|
|
Europe
|
|
|
292,038
|
|
|
|
281,628
|
|
|
|
108,889
|
|
Latin America
|
|
|
198,443
|
|
|
|
160,867
|
|
|
|
104,225
|
|
Asia
|
|
|
73,978
|
|
|
|
63,700
|
|
|
|
35,269
|
|
Canada
|
|
|
36,225
|
|
|
|
41,475
|
|
|
|
16,836
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
921,931
|
|
|
$
|
902,892
|
|
|
$
|
581,070
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenues are allocated to the geographic areas based on the
shipping destination of customer orders. Corporate revenues are
included in the United States geographic area.
The Companys long-lived assets, which consist primarily of
property, plant and equipment, exclusive of intercompany
accounts, were as follows (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
October 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
North America
|
|
$
|
29,182
|
|
|
$
|
26,549
|
|
Europe
|
|
|
22,808
|
|
|
|
20,694
|
|
Asia
|
|
|
3,093
|
|
|
|
2,160
|
|
Latin America
|
|
|
2,184
|
|
|
|
1,417
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
57,267
|
|
|
$
|
50,820
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note 15.
|
Quarterly
Financial Information (Unaudited) (Revised)
|
The following tables set forth selected financial statement data
for each quarter for the last two years (in thousands, except
per share data):
Quarterly
Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months
|
|
|
Three Months
|
|
|
Three Months
|
|
|
Three Months
|
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
|
January 31
|
|
|
April 30
|
|
|
July 31
|
|
|
October 31
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended October 31, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net revenues
|
|
$
|
185,521
|
|
|
$
|
233,001
|
|
|
$
|
258,698
|
|
|
$
|
244,711
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
57,364
|
|
|
|
73,352
|
|
|
|
88,423
|
|
|
|
73,892
|
|
Operating income (loss)
|
|
|
(21,697
|
)
|
|
|
(4,605
|
)
|
|
|
5,279
|
|
|
|
(294,802
|
)
|
Net loss
|
|
$
|
(33,498
|
)
|
|
$
|
(17,987
|
)
|
|
$
|
(7,199
|
)
|
|
$
|
(366,638
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss per share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic and diluted
|
|
$
|
(0.40
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.21
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.09
|
)
|
|
$
|
(4.35
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average shares outstanding:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic and diluted
|
|
|
84,153
|
|
|
|
84,194
|
|
|
|
84,194
|
|
|
|
84,337
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
109
VERIFONE
HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months
|
|
|
Three Months
|
|
|
Three Months
|
|
|
Three Months
|
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
|
January 31
|
|
|
April 30
|
|
|
July 31
|
|
|
October 31
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended October 31, 2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net revenues
|
|
$
|
216,363
|
|
|
$
|
216,883
|
|
|
$
|
231,701
|
|
|
$
|
237,945
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
68,623
|
|
|
|
77,646
|
|
|
|
85,596
|
|
|
|
67,367
|
|
Operating income (loss)
|
|
|
(602
|
)
|
|
|
7,469
|
|
|
|
21,765
|
|
|
|
(152
|
)
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
(5,679
|
)
|
|
$
|
(4,818
|
)
|
|
$
|
(42,386
|
)
|
|
$
|
18,867
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss) per share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
(0.07
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.06
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.51
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.23
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$
|
(0.07
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.06
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.51
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.22
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average shares outstanding:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
80,993
|
|
|
|
81,705
|
|
|
|
82,407
|
|
|
|
83,629
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
80,993
|
|
|
|
81,705
|
|
|
|
82,407
|
|
|
|
85,216
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Quarterly
Consolidated Balance Sheets Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
January 31
|
|
|
April 30
|
|
|
July 31
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended October 31, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
209,310
|
|
|
$
|
215,039
|
|
|
$
|
182,014
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
|
1,546,609
|
|
|
|
1,545,980
|
|
|
|
1,555,603
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-term debt and capital leases, including current portion
|
|
|
552,413
|
|
|
|
551,004
|
|
|
|
549,747
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total equity
|
|
$
|
549,885
|
|
|
$
|
536,634
|
|
|
$
|
537,226
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
January 31
|
|
|
April 30
|
|
|
July 31
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended October 31, 2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
161,889
|
|
|
$
|
175,760
|
|
|
$
|
212,946
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
|
1,341,669
|
|
|
|
1,373,846
|
|
|
|
1,474,780
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-term debt and capital leases, including current portion
|
|
|
500,123
|
|
|
|
499,452
|
|
|
|
554,373
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total equity
|
|
$
|
558,643
|
|
|
$
|
573,068
|
|
|
$
|
530,594
|
|
|
|
|
|
110
VERIFONE
HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Consolidated
Statements of Cash Flows Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
Six Months Ended
|
|
|
Nine Months Ended
|
|
|
|
January 31
|
|
|
April 30
|
|
|
July 31
|
|
|
|
As Reported
|
|
|
As Reported
|
|
|
As Revised(1)
|
|
|
As Reported
|
|
|
As Revised(1)
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended October 31, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by (used in):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating activities
|
|
$
|
2,021
|
|
|
$
|
17,631
|
|
|
$
|
13,671
|
|
|
$
|
7,648
|
|
|
$
|
(2,520
|
)
|
Investing activities
|
|
|
(8,903
|
)
|
|
|
(14,552
|
)
|
|
|
(14,552
|
)
|
|
|
(32,904
|
)
|
|
|
(32,904
|
)
|
Financing activities
|
|
|
1,079
|
|
|
|
(1,061
|
)
|
|
|
(1,061
|
)
|
|
|
(2,647
|
)
|
|
|
(2,647
|
)
|
Effect of foreign exchange rate changes on cash and cash
equivalents
|
|
|
112
|
|
|
|
(1,980
|
)
|
|
|
1,980
|
|
|
|
(5,084
|
)
|
|
|
5,084
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
(5,691
|
)
|
|
|
38
|
|
|
|
38
|
|
|
|
(32,987
|
)
|
|
|
(32,987
|
)
|
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period
|
|
|
215,001
|
|
|
|
215,001
|
|
|
|
215,001
|
|
|
|
215,001
|
|
|
|
215,001
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period
|
|
$
|
209,310
|
|
|
$
|
215,039
|
|
|
$
|
215,039
|
|
|
$
|
182,014
|
|
|
$
|
182,014
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
The Company has corrected a clerical error in the determination
of the effect of foreign currency exchange rates on cash and
cash equivalents for the six months ended April 30, 2008
and the nine months ended July 31, 2008. The Company has
not amended its quarterly reports on
Form 10-Q
for the quarterly periods affected by the revisions. The
information previously filed for these periods is superseded by
the information included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months
|
|
|
Six Months
|
|
|
Nine Months
|
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
|
January 31
|
|
|
April 30
|
|
|
July 31
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended October 31, 2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by (used in):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating activities
|
|
$
|
22,338
|
|
|
$
|
40,126
|
|
|
$
|
84,813
|
|
Investing activities
|
|
|
(267,573
|
)
|
|
|
(279,800
|
)
|
|
|
(293,143
|
)
|
Financing activities
|
|
|
320,287
|
|
|
|
327,158
|
|
|
|
334,104
|
|
Effect of foreign exchange rate change on cash and cash
equivalents
|
|
|
273
|
|
|
|
1,712
|
|
|
|
608
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
75,325
|
|
|
|
89,196
|
|
|
|
126,382
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period
|
|
|
86,564
|
|
|
|
86,564
|
|
|
|
86,564
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period
|
|
$
|
161,889
|
|
|
$
|
175,760
|
|
|
$
|
212,946
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
111
|
|
ITEM 9.
|
CHANGES
IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND
FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE.
|
There were no changes in or disagreements with accountants on
accounting and financial disclosure during the last three fiscal
years.
|
|
ITEM 9A.
|
CONTROLS
AND PROCEDURES
|
Evaluation
of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
VeriFone maintains disclosure controls and procedures (as
defined in
Rule 13a-15(e)
under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the
Exchange Act)), that are designed to ensure that
information required to be disclosed in the reports that we file
or submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed,
summarized, and reported within the time periods specified in
Securities and Exchange Commission rules and forms, and that
such information is accumulated and communicated to our
management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief
Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions
regarding required disclosure.
Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining
our disclosure controls and procedures. Our Chief Executive
Officer and Chief Financial Officer participated with our
management in evaluating the effectiveness of our disclosure
controls and procedures as of October 31, 2008.
Based on our managements evaluation (with the
participation of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial
Officer), our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial
Officer have concluded that, as of October 31, 2008, in
light of the material weaknesses described below, our disclosure
controls and procedures were not effective to provide reasonable
assurance that the information required to be disclosed by us in
the reports we file or submit under the Exchange Act is
recorded, processed, summarized, and reported within the time
periods specified in the SECs rules and forms, and that
such information is accumulated and communicated to our
management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief
Financial Officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions
regarding required disclosure.
Notwithstanding the material weaknesses described below, we have
performed additional analyses and other procedures to enable
management to conclude that our consolidated financial
statements included in this report were prepared in accordance
with accounting principles generally accepted in the United
States of America (US GAAP). Based in part on these
additional efforts, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief
Financial Officer have included their certifications as exhibits
to this Annual Report on
Form 10-K.
Managements
Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining
adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term
is defined in Exchange Act
Rules 13a-15(f)
and
15d-15(f),
to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of our
financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements
for external purposes in accordance with US GAAP. Under the
supervision and with the participation of our management,
including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial
Officer, we conducted an evaluation of the design and
operational effectiveness of our internal control over financial
reporting as of October 31, 2008 based on the framework in
Internal Control Integrated Framework issued
by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway
Commission (COSO).
Our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief
Financial Officer, does not expect our disclosure controls or
our internal control over financial reporting will prevent or
detect all errors or all fraud. A control system, no matter how
well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable, not
absolute, assurance that the control systems objectives
will be met. The design of a control system must reflect the
fact that there are resource constraints, and the benefits of
controls must be considered relative to their costs. Further,
because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no
evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that
misstatements due to error or fraud will not occur or that all
control issues and instances of fraud, if any, within the
company have been detected. These inherent limitations include
the realities that judgments in decision-making can be faulty
and that breakdowns can occur because of simple error or
mistake. Controls can also be circumvented by the individual
acts of some persons, by collusion of two or more people, or by
management override of the controls. The design of any system of
controls is based in part on certain assumptions about the
likelihood of future events,
112
and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in
achieving its stated goals under all potential future
conditions. Projections of any evaluation of controls
effectiveness to future periods are subject to risks. Over time,
controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions
or deterioration in the degree of compliance with policies or
procedures.
A material weakness is a control deficiency, or combination of
control deficiencies, in internal control over financial
reporting such that there is a reasonable possibility that a
material misstatement of the annual or interim financial
statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.
Managements assessment identified the following material
weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting as
of October 31, 2008.
|
|
|
|
|
An entity-level material weakness in control activities related
to the design and operation of our supervision, monitoring, and
monthly financial statement review processes. This material
weakness contributed to adjustments in several accounts during
the fiscal year ended October 31, 2008. The accounts most
affected included capitalized software development costs,
inventories, accounts payable and cost of net revenues; however,
this material weakness could impact all financial statement
accounts.
|
|
|
|
A transaction-level material weakness in the design and
operating effectiveness of controls related to income taxes.
Specifically, our processes and procedures were not designed to
provide for adequate and timely identification, documentation
and review of various income tax calculations, reconciliations
and related supporting documentation required to apply our
accounting policy for income taxes in accordance with
U.S. GAAP. This material weakness impacted our ability to
timely report financial information related to income tax
accounts and resulted in adjustments to income tax expense,
income taxes payable, deferred tax assets and liabilities, and
goodwill accounts during the fiscal year ended October 31,
2008.
|
|
|
|
An entity-level material weakness in the control environment
related to our period-end financial reporting process due to an
insufficient number of qualified personnel with the required
proficiency to apply our accounting policies in accordance with
U.S. GAAP. This material weakness contributed to
adjustments in several accounts during the fiscal year ended
October 31, 2008. The accounts most affected included
capitalized software development costs, inventories, accounts
payable and cost of net revenues; however, this material
weakness could impact all financial statement accounts, with a
higher likelihood for accounts subject to non-routine or
estimation processes, such as inventory reserves and income
taxes.
|
As a result of the identified material weaknesses, our
management concluded that, as of October 31, 2008, our
internal control over financial reporting was not effective. The
effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting
as of October 31, 2008 was audited by Ernst &
Young LLP, our independent registered public accounting firm as
stated in their report, which report is included in Item 8
of this Annual Report on
Form 10-K.
Managements
Remediation Initiatives
Following the independent investigation (see
Item 7 Managements Discussion
and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations Restatement) by the Audit
Committee and in response to the material weaknesses discussed
above, we plan to continue the efforts already underway to
review and make necessary changes to improve our internal
control over financial reporting, including:
|
|
|
|
|
We have added and expect to continue to add qualified accounting
and finance personnel having sufficient knowledge and experience
in general accepted accounting principles, cost accounting, tax,
and management of financial systems. During 2008 key accounting
functions were filled by qualified and experienced staff
inclusive of Corporate Accounting, Supply Chain Finance, and the
creation of an Internal Audit function. For fiscal year 2009,
management will continue to add qualified personnel in the
United Kingdom and Supply Chain Finance to strengthen the
remaining weaknesses in controls;
|
|
|
|
We intend to enhance our review process over the monthly
financial results by requiring additional documentation and
analysis to be provided that will then be reviewed by
appropriate key senior personnel from both finance and
non-finance areas;
|
|
|
|
We expect to enhance the segregation of duties between the
financial planning and the accounting and control
functions; and
|
113
|
|
|
|
|
We intend to enhance our governance and compliance functions to
improve control consciousness and prevention of errors in
financial reporting, as well as to improve tone, communication,
education, and training for employees involved in the financial
reporting process.
|
Changes
in Internal Control over Financial Reporting
During the fourth quarter of our fiscal year ended
October 31, 2008, we implemented the following changes to
internal control over financial reporting (as defined in
Rule 13a-15(f)
under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934):
|
|
|
|
|
We hired a Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Compliance
Officer to assist in the further promotion of governance
communication, education and training for all employees involved
in the financial reporting process; and
|
|
|
|
We refined our manual journal entry policy which was published
in January 2008. This policy requires a stringent review and
approval process and was automated in July 2008. This automated
process promotes the segregation of duty between the preparer
and approver. The approval process requires tiered approval
levels in which escalating dollar amounts require additional
authorization by increasingly more senior personnel.
Additionally, instructions have also been incorporated into the
policy that require specific related documents be included to
support a detailed compliance review.
|
There have been no other changes in our internal control over
financial reporting that have materially affected or are
reasonably likely to materially affect our internal control over
financial reporting for the quarter ended October 31, 2008.
|
|
ITEM 9B.
|
OTHER
INFORMATION
|
We have no information to report pursuant to Item 9B.
PART III
|
|
ITEM 10.
|
DIRECTORS,
EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT AND CORPORATE
GOVERNANCE
|
In addition to the information set forth under the caption
Executive Officers in Part I of this
Form 10-K,
the information required by this Item is expected to be in our
definitive Proxy Statement for the 2009 Annual Meeting of
Stockholders, which we expect to filed within 120 days of
the end of our fiscal year ended October 31, 2008 and is
incorporated herein by reference.
Code of
Business Conduct and Ethics
We have adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, which can
be found in the Investor Relations section of our website,
http://ir.verifone.com/,
and is available in print to any stockholder who requests it.
The Code of Business Conduct and Ethics applies to all of
VeriFones employees, officers and directors. We will post
any amendments to or waivers from a provision of our Code of
Business Conduct and Ethics that applies to our principal
executive officer, principal financial officer, principal
accounting officer or controller or persons performing similar
functions and that relates to any element of the code of
ethics definition set forth in Item 406(b) of
Regulation S-K
of the SEC at
http://ir.verifone.com/.
ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE
COMPENSATION
Information relating to our executive officer and director
compensation is incorporated herein by reference in the Proxy
Statement.
|
|
ITEM 12.
|
SECURITY
OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND
RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
|
Information relating to security ownership of certain beneficial
owners of our common stock and information relating to the
security ownership of the registrants management is
incorporated herein by reference to the Proxy Statement.
114
|
|
ITEM 13.
|
CERTAIN
RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR
INDEPENDENCE
|
Information relating to certain relationships and related
transactions and director independence is incorporated herein by
reference to the Proxy Statement.
|
|
ITEM 14.
|
PRINCIPAL
ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES
|
Information regarding principal accountant fees and services is
incorporated herein by reference in the Proxy Statement.
PART IV
|
|
ITEM 15.
|
EXHIBITS,
FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
|
(a) The following documents are filed as part of this
Annual Report on
Form 10-K:
1. Consolidated Financial Statements
The consolidated financial statements required to be filed in
the Annual Report on
Form 10-K
are listed in Item 8 hereof. Other supplemental financial
information required by Item 302 of
Regulation S-K
is contained in Item 7 hereof under Selected
Quarterly Results of Operations.
2. Exhibits
The documents set forth below are filed herewith or incorporated
by reference to the location indicated.
|
|
|
Exhibit
|
|
|
Number
|
|
Description
|
|
3.1(4)
|
|
Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the
Registrant
|
3.2(21)
|
|
Amendment of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation
of the Registrant
|
3.2(5)
|
|
Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant
|
3.3(14)
|
|
Amendment No. 1 to the Bylaws of VeriFone Holdings, Inc.
|
4.1(3)
|
|
Specimen Common Stock Certificate
|
4.2(2)
|
|
Stockholders Agreement, dated as of July 1, 2002, by and
among VeriFone Holdings, Inc., GTCR Fund VII, L.P., GTCR
Co-Invest, L.P., GTCR Capital Partners, L.P., TCW/Crescent
Mezzanine Partners III, L.P., TCW/Crescent Mezzanine Trust III,
TCW/Crescent Mezzanine Partners III Netherlands, L.P. and
TCW Leveraged Income Trust IV, L.P., VF Holding Corp. and the
executives who are parties thereto
|
4.2.1(4)
|
|
Form of Amendment to Stockholders Agreement
|
4.3(1)
|
|
Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of July 1, 2002, by
and among VeriFone Holdings, Inc., GTCR Fund VII, L.P., GTCR
Co-Invest, L.P., GTCR Capital Partners, L.P., TCW/Crescent
Mezzanine Partners III, L.P., TCW/Crescent Mezzanine Trust III,
TCW/Crescent Mezzanine Partners III Netherlands, L.P., and
TCW Leveraged Income Trust IV, L.P., VF Holding Corp., Jesse
Adams, William Atkinson, Douglas G. Bergeron, Nigel Bidmead,
Denis Calvert, Donald Campion, Robert Cook, Gary Grant, Robert
Lopez, James Sheehan, David Turnbull and Elmore Waller
|
4.4(1)
|
|
Amendment to Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of
November 30, 2004, by and among VeriFone Holdings, Inc.,
GTCR Fund VII, L.P., Douglas Bergeron, DGB Investments, Inc.,
The Douglas G. Bergeron Family Annuity Trust, The Sandra E.
Bergeron Family Annuity Trust and The Bergeron Family Trust
|
4.5(11)
|
|
Indenture related to the 1.375% Senior Convertible Notes
due 2012, dated as of June 22, 2007, between VeriFone
Holdings, Inc. and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee
|
4.6(11)
|
|
Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of June 22, 2007,
between VeriFone Holdings, Inc. and Lehman Brothers Inc. and
J.P. Morgan Securities Inc.
|
10.1(2)
|
|
Purchase Agreement, dated as of July 1, 2002, by and among
VeriFone Holdings, Inc., GTCR Fund VII, L.P., GTCR Co-Invest,
L.P., TCW/Crescent Mezzanine Partners III, L.P., TCW/Crescent
Mezzanine Trust III, TCW/Crescent Mezzanine Partners III
Netherlands, L.P. and TCW Leveraged Income Trust IV, L.P.
|
10.1.1(4)
|
|
Form of Amendment No. 1 to Purchase Agreement
|
115
|
|
|
Exhibit
|
|
|
Number
|
|
Description
|
|
10.2(1)+
|
|
Senior Management Agreement, dated as of July 1, 2002,
among VeriFone Holdings, Inc., VeriFone, Inc. and Douglas G.
Bergeron
|
10.2.1(2)+
|
|
Amendment to Senior Management Agreement, dated as of
June 29, 2004, by and among VeriFone Holdings, Inc.,
VeriFone, Inc. and Douglas G. Bergeron
|
10.3(1)+
|
|
Amendment to Senior Management Agreement, dated as of
December 27, 2004, by and among VeriFone Holdings, Inc.,
VeriFone, Inc. and Douglas Bergeron
|
10.4(1)+
|
|
2002 Securities Purchase Plan
|
10.5(1)+
|
|
New Founders Stock Option Plan
|
10.6(1)+
|
|
Change in Control Severance Agreement, effective July 1,
2004, between VeriFone Holdings, Inc. and Barry Zwarenstein
|
10.7(3)+
|
|
Outside Directors Stock Option Plan
|
10.8(1)
|
|
Patent License Agreement, effective as of November 1, 2004,
by and between NCR Corporation and VeriFone, Inc.
|
10.9(6)+
|
|
2005 Employee Equity Incentive Plan
|
10.10(5)+
|
|
Form of Indemnification Agreement
|
10.11(20)+
|
|
Amended and Restated VeriFone Holdings, Inc. 2006 Equity
Incentive Plan
|
10.12(7)+
|
|
VeriFone Holdings, Inc. Bonus Plan
|
10.13(8)
|
|
Credit Agreement, dated October 31, 2006, among VeriFone
Intermediate Holdings, Inc., VeriFone, Inc., various financial
institutions and other persons from time to time parties
thereto, as lenders, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as the
administrative agent for the lenders, Lehman Commercial Paper
Inc., as the syndication agent for the lenders, Bank Leumi USA
and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as the co-documentation agents for
the lenders, and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. and Lehman
Brothers Inc., as joint lead arrangers and joint book running
managers
|
10.14(9)+
|
|
Lipman Electronic Engineering Ltd. 2003 Stock Option Plan
|
10.15(9)+
|
|
Lipman Electronic Engineering Ltd. 2004 Stock Option Plan
|
10.16(9)+
|
|
Lipman Electronic Engineering Ltd. 2004 Share Option Plan
|
10.17(9)+
|
|
Amendment to Lipman Electronic Engineering Ltd. 2004 Share
Option Plan
|
10.18(9)+
|
|
Lipman Electronic Engineering Ltd. 2006 Share Incentive Plan
|
10.19(10)+
|
|
Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated January 4,
2007, among VeriFone Holdings, Inc., VeriFone, Inc., and Douglas
G. Bergeron
|
10.20(11)
|
|
Confirmation of Convertible Note Hedge Transaction, dated
June 18, 2007, by and between VeriFone Holdings, Inc. and
Lehman Brothers OTC Derivatives Inc.
|
10.21(11)
|
|
Confirmation of Convertible Note Hedge Transaction, dated
June 18, 2007, by and between VeriFone Holdings, Inc. and
JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association, London Branch
|
10.22(11)
|
|
Confirmation of Warrant Transaction, dated June 18, 2007,
by and between VeriFone Holdings, Inc. and Lehman Brothers OTC
Derivatives Inc.
|
10.23(11)
|
|
Confirmation of Warrant Transaction, dated June 18, 2007,
by and between VeriFone Holdings, Inc. and JPMorgan Chase Bank,
National Association, London Branch
|
10.24(11)
|
|
Amendment to Confirmation of Warrant Transaction, dated
June 21, 2007, by and between VeriFone Holdings, Inc. and
Lehman Brothers OTC Derivatives Inc.
|
10.25(11)
|
|
Amendment to Confirmation of Warrant Transaction, dated
June 21, 2007, by and between VeriFone Holdings, Inc. and
JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association, London Branch
|
10.26(12)+
|
|
Confidential Separation Agreement, dated August 2, 2007,
between VeriFone Holdings, Inc. and William G. Atkinson
|
10.27(13)
|
|
First Amendment and Waiver to Credit Agreement, dated as of
January 25, 2008.
|
10.28(15)+
|
|
Separation Agreement, dated as of April 1, 2008, among
VeriFone Holdings, Inc., VeriFone, Inc. and Barry Zwarenstein.
|
10.29(16)
|
|
Second Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of April 28,
2008.
|
10.30(17)
|
|
Third Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of July 31,
2008.
|
10.31(18)+
|
|
Executive Services Agreement, dated May 15, 2008, between
VeriFone and Tatum LLC.
|
10.32(19)+
|
|
Offer Letter between VeriFone Holdings, Inc. and Robert Dykes.
|
10.33(19)+
|
|
Severance Agreement, dated September 2, 2008, between
VeriFone Holdings, Inc. and Robert Dykes.
|
116
|
|
|
Exhibit
|
|
|
Number
|
|
Description
|
|
21.1*
|
|
List of subsidiaries of the Registrant
|
23.1*
|
|
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
|
31.1*
|
|
Certification of the Chief Executive Officer, as required by
Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
|
31.2*
|
|
Certification of the Chief Financial Officer, as required by
Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
|
32.1*
|
|
Certification of the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief
Financial Officer as required by Section 906 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
|
|
|
|
* |
|
Filed herewith. |
|
+ |
|
Indicates a management contract or compensatory plan or
arrangement. |
|
(1) |
|
Filed as an exhibit to Amendment No. 1 to the
Registrants Registration Statement on
Form S-1
(File
No. 333-121947),
filed February 23, 2005. |
|
(2) |
|
Filed as an exhibit to Amendment No. 2 to the
Registrants Registration Statement on
Form S-1
(File
No. 333-121947),
filed March 28, 2005. |
|
(3) |
|
Filed as an exhibit to Amendment No. 3 to the
Registrants Registration Statement on
Form S-1
(File
No. 333-121947),
filed April 18, 2005. |
|
(4) |
|
Filed as an exhibit to Amendment No. 4 to the
Registrants Registration Statement on
Form S-1
(File
No. 333-121947),
filed April 21, 2005. |
|
(5) |
|
Filed as an exhibit to Amendment No. 5 to the
Registrants Registration Statement on
Form S-1
(File
No. 333-121947),
filed April 29, 2005. |
|
(6) |
|
Filed as an exhibit to the Registrants Registration
Statement on
Form S-8
(File
No. 333-124545),
filed May 2, 2005. |
|
(7) |
|
Incorporated by reference in the Registrants Current
Report on
Form 8-K,
filed March 23, 2006. |
|
(8) |
|
Filed as an exhibit to the Registrants Current Report on
Form 8-K,
filed November 1, 2006. |
|
(9) |
|
Incorporated by reference in the Registrants Registration
Statement on
Form S-8
(File
No. 333-138533),
filed November 9, 2006. |
|
(10) |
|
Filed as an exhibit to the Registrants Current Report on
Form 8-K,
filed January 5, 2007. |
|
(11) |
|
Filed as an exhibit to the Registrants Current Report on
Form 8-K,
filed June 22, 2007. |
|
(12) |
|
Filed as an exhibit to the Registrants Current Report on
Form 8-K,
filed August 3, 2007. |
|
(13) |
|
Filed as an exhibit to the Registrants Current Report on
Form 8-K,
filed January 28, 2008. |
|
(14) |
|
Filed as an exhibit to the Registrants Current Report on
Form 8-K,
filed March 31, 2008. |
|
(15) |
|
Filed as an exhibit to the Registrants Current Report on
Form 8-K,
filed April 1, 2008. |
|
(16) |
|
Filed as an exhibit to the Registrants Current Report on
Form 8-K,
filed April 29, 2008. |
|
(17) |
|
Filed as an exhibit to the Registrants Current Report on
Form 8-K,
filed July 31, 2008. |
|
(18) |
|
Filed as an exhibit to the Registrants Current Report on
Form 8-K,
filed August 19, 2008. |
|
(19) |
|
Filed as an exhibit to the Registrants Current Report on
Form 8-K,
filed September 3, 2008. |
|
(20) |
|
Filed as an annex to the Registrants Definitive Proxy
Statement for its 2008 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, filed
September 10, 2008. |
|
(21) |
|
Filed as an exhibit to the Registrants Current Report on
Form 8-K,
filed October 9, 2008. |
117
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused
this report on Annual Report on
Form 10-K
to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly
authorized.
VERIFONE HOLDINGS, INC.
|
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ DOUGLAS
G. BERGERON
|
Douglas G. Bergeron,
Chief Executive Officer
January 14, 2009
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934, this report on Annual Report on
Form 10-K
has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the
registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Signature
|
|
Title
|
|
Date
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ DOUGLAS
G. BERGERON
Douglas
G. Bergeron
|
|
Chief Executive Officer
(principal executive officer)
|
|
January 14, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ ROBERT
DYKES
Robert
Dykes
|
|
Senior Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer
(principal financial and accounting officer)
|
|
January 14, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ ROBERT
W. ALSPAUGH
Robert
W. Alspaugh
|
|
Director
|
|
January 14, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ LESLIE
G. DENEND
Leslie
G. Denend
|
|
Director
|
|
January 14, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ ALEX
W. HART
Alex
W. Hart
|
|
Director
|
|
January 14, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ ROBERT
B. HENSKE
Robert
B. Henske
|
|
Director
|
|
January 14, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ RICHARD
MCGINN
Richard
McGinn
|
|
Director
|
|
January 14, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ EITAN
RAFF
Eitan
Raff
|
|
Director
|
|
January 14, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ COLLIN
E. ROCHE
Collin
E. Roche
|
|
Director
|
|
January 14, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ JEFFREY
E. STIEFLER
Jeffrey
E. Stiefler
|
|
Director
|
|
January 14, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ CHARLES
R. RINEHART
Charles
R. Rinehart
|
|
Chairman of the Board of Directors
|
|
January 14, 2009
|
118